adopting the ibm continuous engineering (ce) solution configuration management capability
TRANSCRIPT
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation
Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capability
October 2016
Tim Feeney (tfeeneyusibmcom)Unleash the Labs ndash IBM trfeeneywordpresscom
Kathryn Fryer (fryerkcaibmcom)Unleash the Labs ndash IBM
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation2 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
DISCLAIMER
IBMrsquos statements regarding its plans directions and intent are subject to change or withdrawal without notice at IBMrsquos sole discretion Information regarding potential future products is intended to outline our general product direction and it should not be relied on in making a purchasing decision
The information mentioned regarding potential future products is not a commitment promise or legal obligation to deliver any material code or functionality Information about potential future products may not be incorporated into any contract The development release and timing of any future features or functionality described for our products remains at our sole discretion
copy Copyright IBM Corporation 2016 All rights reserved
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation3 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Topics
bull Configuration management overviewbull Trade-offs and considerations ndash as of current release (602)
bull Primary factorsbull Reportingbull OSLC integrationsbull Linkingbull QM utilitiesbull Additional considerations
bull Enabling configuration managementbull Upgrade and migration
bull Adoption path and additional resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation4 May 2 2023
Linked Lifecycle Data
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation5 May 2 2023
Zooming In
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation6 May 2 2023
What if you have multiple versions of your artifacts
Which version to use
Which version to link to
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation7 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Configurations define the correct artifact versions
Tests
QM Release AEach tool defines streams (changeable) and baselines (frozen) to select the correct artifact versions
Requirements
ValidatesTests
RM Release A
QM Release A
How do we know which RM stream belongs with which QM stream
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation8 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global configurations provide context
Requirements
Validates
Tests
Global configuration- Release A
RM Release A
QM Release A
The global configuration defines which streams andor baselines from the various applications belong together for a particular variant or version
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation9 May 2 2023
Global configurations reference local configurations
AMR MobileUS 10 GA
AMR (QM) Mobile US
AMR (RM) 10 USGA
AMR (DMMobile US
AMR (SCM) Mobile US
Global Configuration Management
Requirements Management
Quality Management
Design Management
Source control
AMR Mobile component
AMR Mobile US
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation10 May 2 2023
Global Configurations provide context
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation11 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
bull A GC component can contribute to a higher-level GC componentbull By developing a hierarchy the GC structure can reflect build-up of a product or system
bull A GC component can contribute to more than one higher-level componentbull Build variant productssystemsbull Families of similar-but-different productssystems
Model v11
Engine v11
Pump 21 Spark v31
Gear v21
Global configurations
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation12 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GC ComponentStreamContributions
A contribution from QM
Contribution from another GC component stream
13
Sports model convertible
Sports model coupe
Sports Model
Car X Model Time
GL Model
Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly customized Innovation
Work in a development stream that spans tools Baseline across tools Branch to create new variants or releases Compare across configs Control delivery of changes across configs Reuse without copying making updates and impact analysis much easier
Function
Stream
Baseline
= Baseline
= Branch
= Artifact propagation
Requirements
Architecture
Test
Implementation
Car X Model
Power Train X
GearBox X Engine X
Body X
Requirements
Architecture
Test
Implementation
Requirements
Architecture
Test
Implementation
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation14 May 2 2023
Why adopt configuration management Extend the value of versioning and configurations across
lifecycle and disciplines Increase reuse speed of delivery and reliability in recreating
releases Improve quality and reduce cost
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation15 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Trade-offs to consider(for projects adopting configuration management)
bull Configuration management capabilities come with some trade-offsbull Behavior changes from ldquonon-enabledrdquo projectsbull Limitations in the initial releases (fewer with each new release)bull Some inconsistencies across the products
bull One must be aware of all factors and carefully consider whether to enable configuration management for a project areabull Most critical considerations are described on
self-serve page on jazznet when obtaining an activation keybull Guided discussions with Support or other client-facing SMEs are
encouraged especially before production decisionbull Strongly encourage pilot before any production decision
bull Because once you enable configuration management for a project area you cannot disable it
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation16 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Primary factorsbull Must upgrade everything to consistent v6 level
bull In general need consistent level to take advantage of newgrowing cross-application capabilities
bull v5 applications donrsquot understand versioning and configurationsbull Working with mixed versions is not practical beyond a short transition
bull Additional infrastructure requiredbull GCM and LDX applications ndash include on (expanded) JTS or separate
serverbull LQE server ndash 8-32 cores 16-256G RAMbull Potential impacts to other servers depending on repository size and shape
number of users usage patternshellipbull If RM or QM project areas are linked enable all or none of them
bull Enabling only some linked projects is not practical beyond a short transitionndash Links between them are frozenndash Cannot create new linksndash Links from the non-enabled project may not resolve correctly
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation17 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerations
bull Configuration-enabled projects use the LQE data source for reportingbull Once enabled projects do not send data to the data warehouse
(DW) but use LQE instead existing DW data is archivedndash Exception RTC which does not ldquoenablerdquo projects continues to
populate the DWbull Existing DW-based reports (BIRT RRDI dashboard widgets) must
be recreated or replaced ndash Exception RTC reports that do not include data from versioned
artifactsbull Rational Publishing Engine report templates can be reused specify
the target configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation18 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerations
bull Some data is not yet available for configuration-aware reportingbull Time-based trending databull DNG view query resultsbull QM lab management resources (eg jobs requests reservations)bull RTC build informationbull Note some data is not available in either LQE or DW
ndash DNG reviews module hierarchy change set informationndash RTC SCM information plan resources WI comments
bull Some data available only by writing custom SPARQL queriesbull DM resourcesbull Local configurationsbull Link validity data bull QM lab resources (machines)
bull Project-area level access control not implemented for Link Validity (can be set manually in LQE)
bull Sample reports based on JKE sample available on Jazznet for evaluation no OOTB reports yet
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation19 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Integrations
bull Most OSLC-based integrations outside the CLM applications do not yet support versioned artifactsbull Requires support for OASIS OSLC Configuration Management
spec (draft) expect list of supporting applications to grow over timebull Integrations to RTC work items continue to work as expected
because work items arenrsquot versioned
bull Several RQM test execution adapters have been verified to work correctly with enabled projects
bull IBM ClearQuest V80110 introduced initial support for global configurations see the CQ documentation for details
bull Progress made with other IBM and third-party applications expect more announcements in coming months
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation20 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Changes related to linking
bull New Link Validity service replaces ldquosuspect linksrdquo in enabled projectsbull Automatic ldquosuspectrdquo assertion on changebull User assertion (validinvalidsuspect) bull No support yet for ldquoprofilesrdquo (canrsquot specify which properties affect
validity)bull In QM views you cannot filter on RTC work item and plan
traceability links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation21 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Additional considerations
bull QM Mobile application for offline execution not yet availablebull New roles and permissions to manage configurationsbull Behavior changes include
bull Working in global configuration contextbull DNG change sets and reviewsbull RTC configuration to determine configuration context
bull See appendix for additional behavior changes and minor limitations
bull A complete list of limitations and workarounds by release is available on jazznet bull View the 602 queries for workarounds and limitationsbull View the pending workaround articles for 602 from each productrsquos
release notes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation22 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Enabling Configuration Management
bull Rhapsody DM and RTC already support Configuration Management ndash no further action needed
bull Two-step process to fully enable configuration management for DNG and RQM 1 Enter activation key in application settings
ndash Advanced Properties gt Local Versioning Componentndash Obtain key from self-serve page on jazznet (for pilot) or contact IBM
Support (especially for production)2 Enable in project area property for a specific RM or QM project
areandash Configuration Management section gt click to enable
bull Once you enable Configuration Management for a Project Area you cannot disable it
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation23 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
bull Reporting switches to a new configuration-aware solution using LQEbull Project area stops feeding the DW and existing DW data is archivedbull BIRT and RRDI reports no longer work and are removed Dashboard
widgets that use report resources stop working
bull Backlinks are removed directional links created in and referenced from Link Index Servicebull May take some time to fully index especially for large projects
bull Existing links from external sources resolve to default configuration
bull QM snapshots become ldquoreference onlyrdquo use baselines instead
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation24 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Upgrade and Migrationbull New components in v6x to enable configuration management
bull GCM application LQE data source Link Index service (LDX)bull Refer to new topology diagrams on deployment wikibull Be sure to consider related changes to production infrastructure requirements
bull All v6x upgrades require migrating to new RQM and DNG repository schemas regardless of configuration management use
bull Offline migrationbull Might take some time depending on repository sizeshape and network latency to the
database serverbull No additional online steps needed
bull Upgrades between 6x releases require re-indexing LQE data which might take timebull Reporting is unreliable during re-index
bull Performance of non-configuration management enabled projects expected to be consistent with previous versions
bull Additional repository updates happen when you enable Configuration Management for a project area (as previously described)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation25 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Adoption path
Explore and define how YOUR organization should implementbull Process definition is criticalbull Define usage model including roles stream strategies change
management and cross-stream deliveryhellipbull Assess reporting needs and implementation options
Conduct one or more pilot projectsbull Validate and modify usage scenarios and processes bull Consider both new and existing projects
Roll out selectively and progressivelybull Carefully select initial projects to enable bull Manage environment changesbull Train users on processes conventions tool changes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation26 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
Achieve Strategic Reuse using Global Configurations
Benefits FeaturesComplete a smooth transition to Global
Configuration ManagementSpeed up adoption and avoid common
missteps by working with our knowledgeable experts
Benefit from the knowledge standard practices and proven repeatable processes brought by our experts
Build skills quickly and effectively with expert advice and information sharing directly from our experienced consultants
Preparing for enabling Global Configuration Management
Prepare the environment and users for the activities to enable the new capability
Supporting the activities to enable the new capability
Support upgrades and installations Verify successful operation
Supporting users transitioning to Global Configuration Management
Perform mentoring on usage updates and planning for enabling additional projects
Backed by world class Analytics Services Experts
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation27 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
For more information
bull Configuration management playlists on youtubebull Based on these lab exercisesbull Introductory series
bull Jazznet article 1492 links to many valuable resources including videos and blogs
bull Try it out httpsjazznetproductssandbox
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation28 May 2 2023
ICE -IBM Continuous Engineering Event
Website httplearnquestconferencecomiceiot16
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation29 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
copy Copyright IBM Corporation 2015 All rights reserved The information contained in these materials is provided for informational purposes only and is provided AS IS without warranty of any kind express or implied IBM shall not be responsible for any damages arising out of the use of or otherwise related to these materials Nothing contained in these materials is intended to nor shall have the effect of creating any warranties or representations from IBM or its suppliers or licensors or altering the terms and conditions of the applicable license agreement governing the use of IBM software References in these materials to IBM products programs or services do not imply that they will be available in all countries in which IBM operates Product release dates andor capabilities referenced in these materials may change at any time at IBMrsquos sole discretion based on market opportunities or other factors and are not intended to be a commitment to future product or feature availability in any way IBM the IBM logo Rational the Rational logo and other IBM products and services are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States other countries or both Other company product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation30 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for Configuration Management
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation31 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerationsbull When reporting across versioned artifacts and RTC work items carefully consider filtering
bull Filtering by configuration will yield correct results for versioned artifactsbull Filter work items based on Planned-For or Found-In fields as they have no direct association to a configuration
bull When reporting on DNG artifactsbull As of 602 reverse traceability is now supported for custom link types as well as for OSLC RM-defined links bull If you customize data types (new types or attributes) you need to add them to the initial RM stream for them to
be visible for reportingndash Alternatively use custom SPARQL queries for customized types that are not in the initial stream
bull LQE indexes all projects no UI to select or exclude projects (to reduce volume)bull Current scale is 2 million versioned resources per LQE instance with 15725 configurations bull Where concerns arise IBM can assist with configuring LQE to index only selected project areas
bull Upgrade notes bull When upgrading from v60 (where configuration-aware reporting was Tech Preview only)
ndash Uninstall the v60 LQE component and reinstall with v602 upgradendash Configure RB data sources to add LQE (httpsserverportrssetup)
bull When upgrading from v601ndash Rebase the DNG TRS feeds (instructions in the Interactive Upgrade Guide)ndash Re-index the TRS feeds from DNG RTC and data sources (httpsserverportlqewebadmindata-sources)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation32 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
RTC considerationsbull Work items are not versioned tracking and planning artifacts are not part
of GC contributionsbull RTC work items are targeted to a single Release and therefore a single
GC bull Each supported OSLC link type is associated with a single attribute specifying
the Release target (Planned For Found In or some custom attribute)bull When you set or change the Release target (and GC) for a WI you must save
the work item to make the context change take effectbull If you change the Release gt GC association in the RTC project area the
versioned links will not work correctlybull If there is no GC associated with a Release links resolve to the default
configurationbull Child iterations can inherit Release setting from the parent or have their own
(eg Sprints under a main iteration can contribute to the same Release and GC)
bull If you are working in a Personal Stream RTC cannot resolve the configuration context and therefore cannot filter artifacts by configuration when you create links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation33 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Managing and delivering changebull DNG and DM have change sets RQM doesnrsquot
bull If necessary create separate RQM stream to model changes before delivering to main stream (note that this requires additional stream management and manual work with a Personal Stream)
bull Can create link from DNG or DM change set to change request (eg RTC work item)bull DNG now allows you to enforce
bull Requiring change set for any changes bull Requiring change set be linked to an approved change request in an OSLC change
management provider (like RTC)bull Delivering changes varies
bull Within DNGndash If you deliver changes from the Manage Configurations view you can only deliver between
parentchild in the stream hierarchyndash If you deliver from an artifact view you can choose any stream as the target (Deliver changes) or
source (Accept changes) and start from either directionndash You can select one or more change sets conflicts are highlighted and can be mergedndash As of 602 you can choose to automatically deliver changes providing inputs on how to resolve
conflicts (as well as returning to manual mode in case of conflict)bull RQM merges changes from a source baseline to the current stream selected by the GC
merge can be selectivendash Start operation from the target not the source of the changes ndash In effect you accept changes from a source baseline into the current configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation34 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
More tips for change setsbull In DNG you cannot create a review against a change setbull Your DNG change set is automatically added to your Personal Stream (PS) at creation and
removed at deliverydiscardbull Only one change set per DNG configuration in the PS at one time creating a second
change set for the same configuration replaces the first in the PS and requires manual changes to switch between them
bull You can manually add someone elsersquos change set to your PS (previous point still applies)bull Personal Streams persist and are reused for future change sets
ndash In 602 when you deliver your change set the configuration context remains set to your Personal Stream
bull RTC does not recognize the context of a Personal Stream when you create links from an artifact in a PS to an RTC artifact filtering based on configuration context will not work
bull DNG change set content is not visible after you deliverbull Before delivering you can compare the change set to the existing baseline or stream to identify
the changes it contains bull If you link the change set to a WI you can manually describe the changes in the WIbull Use naming conventions to indicate content or reason for change
bull Use naming conventions so you can recognize change sets at delivery timebull If you need to deliver across streams use explicit change sets
bull Implicit change sets are hard to identify and differentiate
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation35 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Consider security and permissions
bull To reference a GC you must be a member of the GC project area (in GCM application)bull Even to set the GC context in your RMQMDM applicationbull Can use lifecycle projects to ease user administration bull Members who need to create Personal Streams must have
permission to do sobull GC Configuration Leads must be members of RMQMCCMDM
project areas in order to access streams and baselinesbull Must have project permissions to create streamsbaselines
bull Assign roles and permissions for creating streams and baselines in local applications as well as GCMbull For DNG this includes permissions related to change sets owned
by yourself and by others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation36 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GCM considerations
bull GCM application has no project associationsbull You can define it as part of Lifecycle Project but it just makes
adding all the users easier no other effectbull A GC may include more than one contribution from a component
or project area (ldquocomponent skewrdquo)bull Resolves to first configuration found in list of contributions or
hierarchybull Use component skew reports to identify skew and ensure
configurations are ordered as intended ndash especially for large or complex hierarchies
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation37 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Deployment considerations
bull Single GCM application per JTS bull A project area canrsquot contribute to multiple GCM applications bull A project area can contribute to more than one GC component or
project within a single GCM applicationbull GC components are at granularity of project area ndash define
project areas accordinglybull The project area is used in the configuration as a single unit ndash the
entire project area is included in a stream or baseline and as a contribution to a GC You canrsquot subdivide a project area and contribute only part of it
bull For more information including recommended deployment topologies see the Deployment Wiki
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation38 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation39 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Rational Team
Concert
CLM Architecture 5x
Rational Quality Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
OSLC Integration
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation40 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
Rational Team
Concert
Rational Quality
Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
Config Aware OSLC Integration wo backlinks
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
Lifecycle Query
Engine
Global Config Service
Backlink Index
Service
Additions or restructured to support multiple configurations
Fundamental rework of the query
and repository services
Reorganization of the RQM and DNG data into schema that supports configurations
Restructuring of the OSLC cross product linkages
to support configuration
Requires removal of ldquobacklinksrdquo
Rework of the web UIs to allow selection of configuration and maintain config as user
navigates app to app
Add configuration management to RQM and DNG Includes reworking storage layers adding compare and
merge UIs
Modify trackingplanning to work with
versioned CLM resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation41 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Links and Configuration Managementbull In 5x and earlier creating a link from artifact A to artifact B typically
resulted in the creation of a link in the reverse direction ndash a lsquobacklinkrsquobull In 60 configuration management enabled projects to link between
versioned resources the configuration is used to determine the right version of the target artifactbull A single link is stored in the artifact of the application owning the link
(not necessarily the one that created it) A backlink is no longer created and stored ndash RTC owns all links involving RTCndash RQM owns all links between QM and RMDMndash DM owns links between DM and RM
bull A new Link Index Service is used to determine if incoming links to an artifact version exist and thus visiblenavigable from that artifact
bull In 60 projects that configuration management is NOT enabled the linking storagebehavior is the same as that used in 5x ie backlinks are created
- Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capabilit
- Slide 2
- Topics
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Configurations define the correct artifact versions
- Global configurations provide context
- Global configurations reference local configurations
- Slide 10
- Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
- GC ComponentStreamContributions
- Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly custom
- Why adopt configuration management
- Trade-offs to consider (for projects adopting configuration man
- Primary factors
- Reporting considerations
- Reporting considerations
- OSLC Integrations
- Changes related to linking
- Additional considerations
- Enabling Configuration Management
- When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
- Upgrade and Migration
- Adoption path
- Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
- For more information
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for
- Reporting considerations (2)
- RTC considerations
- Managing and delivering change
- More tips for change sets
- Consider security and permissions
- GCM considerations
- Deployment considerations
- Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
- CLM Architecture 5x
- CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
- OSLC Links and Configuration Management
-
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation2 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
DISCLAIMER
IBMrsquos statements regarding its plans directions and intent are subject to change or withdrawal without notice at IBMrsquos sole discretion Information regarding potential future products is intended to outline our general product direction and it should not be relied on in making a purchasing decision
The information mentioned regarding potential future products is not a commitment promise or legal obligation to deliver any material code or functionality Information about potential future products may not be incorporated into any contract The development release and timing of any future features or functionality described for our products remains at our sole discretion
copy Copyright IBM Corporation 2016 All rights reserved
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation3 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Topics
bull Configuration management overviewbull Trade-offs and considerations ndash as of current release (602)
bull Primary factorsbull Reportingbull OSLC integrationsbull Linkingbull QM utilitiesbull Additional considerations
bull Enabling configuration managementbull Upgrade and migration
bull Adoption path and additional resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation4 May 2 2023
Linked Lifecycle Data
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation5 May 2 2023
Zooming In
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation6 May 2 2023
What if you have multiple versions of your artifacts
Which version to use
Which version to link to
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation7 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Configurations define the correct artifact versions
Tests
QM Release AEach tool defines streams (changeable) and baselines (frozen) to select the correct artifact versions
Requirements
ValidatesTests
RM Release A
QM Release A
How do we know which RM stream belongs with which QM stream
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation8 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global configurations provide context
Requirements
Validates
Tests
Global configuration- Release A
RM Release A
QM Release A
The global configuration defines which streams andor baselines from the various applications belong together for a particular variant or version
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation9 May 2 2023
Global configurations reference local configurations
AMR MobileUS 10 GA
AMR (QM) Mobile US
AMR (RM) 10 USGA
AMR (DMMobile US
AMR (SCM) Mobile US
Global Configuration Management
Requirements Management
Quality Management
Design Management
Source control
AMR Mobile component
AMR Mobile US
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation10 May 2 2023
Global Configurations provide context
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation11 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
bull A GC component can contribute to a higher-level GC componentbull By developing a hierarchy the GC structure can reflect build-up of a product or system
bull A GC component can contribute to more than one higher-level componentbull Build variant productssystemsbull Families of similar-but-different productssystems
Model v11
Engine v11
Pump 21 Spark v31
Gear v21
Global configurations
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation12 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GC ComponentStreamContributions
A contribution from QM
Contribution from another GC component stream
13
Sports model convertible
Sports model coupe
Sports Model
Car X Model Time
GL Model
Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly customized Innovation
Work in a development stream that spans tools Baseline across tools Branch to create new variants or releases Compare across configs Control delivery of changes across configs Reuse without copying making updates and impact analysis much easier
Function
Stream
Baseline
= Baseline
= Branch
= Artifact propagation
Requirements
Architecture
Test
Implementation
Car X Model
Power Train X
GearBox X Engine X
Body X
Requirements
Architecture
Test
Implementation
Requirements
Architecture
Test
Implementation
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation14 May 2 2023
Why adopt configuration management Extend the value of versioning and configurations across
lifecycle and disciplines Increase reuse speed of delivery and reliability in recreating
releases Improve quality and reduce cost
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation15 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Trade-offs to consider(for projects adopting configuration management)
bull Configuration management capabilities come with some trade-offsbull Behavior changes from ldquonon-enabledrdquo projectsbull Limitations in the initial releases (fewer with each new release)bull Some inconsistencies across the products
bull One must be aware of all factors and carefully consider whether to enable configuration management for a project areabull Most critical considerations are described on
self-serve page on jazznet when obtaining an activation keybull Guided discussions with Support or other client-facing SMEs are
encouraged especially before production decisionbull Strongly encourage pilot before any production decision
bull Because once you enable configuration management for a project area you cannot disable it
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation16 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Primary factorsbull Must upgrade everything to consistent v6 level
bull In general need consistent level to take advantage of newgrowing cross-application capabilities
bull v5 applications donrsquot understand versioning and configurationsbull Working with mixed versions is not practical beyond a short transition
bull Additional infrastructure requiredbull GCM and LDX applications ndash include on (expanded) JTS or separate
serverbull LQE server ndash 8-32 cores 16-256G RAMbull Potential impacts to other servers depending on repository size and shape
number of users usage patternshellipbull If RM or QM project areas are linked enable all or none of them
bull Enabling only some linked projects is not practical beyond a short transitionndash Links between them are frozenndash Cannot create new linksndash Links from the non-enabled project may not resolve correctly
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation17 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerations
bull Configuration-enabled projects use the LQE data source for reportingbull Once enabled projects do not send data to the data warehouse
(DW) but use LQE instead existing DW data is archivedndash Exception RTC which does not ldquoenablerdquo projects continues to
populate the DWbull Existing DW-based reports (BIRT RRDI dashboard widgets) must
be recreated or replaced ndash Exception RTC reports that do not include data from versioned
artifactsbull Rational Publishing Engine report templates can be reused specify
the target configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation18 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerations
bull Some data is not yet available for configuration-aware reportingbull Time-based trending databull DNG view query resultsbull QM lab management resources (eg jobs requests reservations)bull RTC build informationbull Note some data is not available in either LQE or DW
ndash DNG reviews module hierarchy change set informationndash RTC SCM information plan resources WI comments
bull Some data available only by writing custom SPARQL queriesbull DM resourcesbull Local configurationsbull Link validity data bull QM lab resources (machines)
bull Project-area level access control not implemented for Link Validity (can be set manually in LQE)
bull Sample reports based on JKE sample available on Jazznet for evaluation no OOTB reports yet
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation19 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Integrations
bull Most OSLC-based integrations outside the CLM applications do not yet support versioned artifactsbull Requires support for OASIS OSLC Configuration Management
spec (draft) expect list of supporting applications to grow over timebull Integrations to RTC work items continue to work as expected
because work items arenrsquot versioned
bull Several RQM test execution adapters have been verified to work correctly with enabled projects
bull IBM ClearQuest V80110 introduced initial support for global configurations see the CQ documentation for details
bull Progress made with other IBM and third-party applications expect more announcements in coming months
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation20 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Changes related to linking
bull New Link Validity service replaces ldquosuspect linksrdquo in enabled projectsbull Automatic ldquosuspectrdquo assertion on changebull User assertion (validinvalidsuspect) bull No support yet for ldquoprofilesrdquo (canrsquot specify which properties affect
validity)bull In QM views you cannot filter on RTC work item and plan
traceability links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation21 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Additional considerations
bull QM Mobile application for offline execution not yet availablebull New roles and permissions to manage configurationsbull Behavior changes include
bull Working in global configuration contextbull DNG change sets and reviewsbull RTC configuration to determine configuration context
bull See appendix for additional behavior changes and minor limitations
bull A complete list of limitations and workarounds by release is available on jazznet bull View the 602 queries for workarounds and limitationsbull View the pending workaround articles for 602 from each productrsquos
release notes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation22 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Enabling Configuration Management
bull Rhapsody DM and RTC already support Configuration Management ndash no further action needed
bull Two-step process to fully enable configuration management for DNG and RQM 1 Enter activation key in application settings
ndash Advanced Properties gt Local Versioning Componentndash Obtain key from self-serve page on jazznet (for pilot) or contact IBM
Support (especially for production)2 Enable in project area property for a specific RM or QM project
areandash Configuration Management section gt click to enable
bull Once you enable Configuration Management for a Project Area you cannot disable it
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation23 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
bull Reporting switches to a new configuration-aware solution using LQEbull Project area stops feeding the DW and existing DW data is archivedbull BIRT and RRDI reports no longer work and are removed Dashboard
widgets that use report resources stop working
bull Backlinks are removed directional links created in and referenced from Link Index Servicebull May take some time to fully index especially for large projects
bull Existing links from external sources resolve to default configuration
bull QM snapshots become ldquoreference onlyrdquo use baselines instead
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation24 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Upgrade and Migrationbull New components in v6x to enable configuration management
bull GCM application LQE data source Link Index service (LDX)bull Refer to new topology diagrams on deployment wikibull Be sure to consider related changes to production infrastructure requirements
bull All v6x upgrades require migrating to new RQM and DNG repository schemas regardless of configuration management use
bull Offline migrationbull Might take some time depending on repository sizeshape and network latency to the
database serverbull No additional online steps needed
bull Upgrades between 6x releases require re-indexing LQE data which might take timebull Reporting is unreliable during re-index
bull Performance of non-configuration management enabled projects expected to be consistent with previous versions
bull Additional repository updates happen when you enable Configuration Management for a project area (as previously described)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation25 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Adoption path
Explore and define how YOUR organization should implementbull Process definition is criticalbull Define usage model including roles stream strategies change
management and cross-stream deliveryhellipbull Assess reporting needs and implementation options
Conduct one or more pilot projectsbull Validate and modify usage scenarios and processes bull Consider both new and existing projects
Roll out selectively and progressivelybull Carefully select initial projects to enable bull Manage environment changesbull Train users on processes conventions tool changes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation26 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
Achieve Strategic Reuse using Global Configurations
Benefits FeaturesComplete a smooth transition to Global
Configuration ManagementSpeed up adoption and avoid common
missteps by working with our knowledgeable experts
Benefit from the knowledge standard practices and proven repeatable processes brought by our experts
Build skills quickly and effectively with expert advice and information sharing directly from our experienced consultants
Preparing for enabling Global Configuration Management
Prepare the environment and users for the activities to enable the new capability
Supporting the activities to enable the new capability
Support upgrades and installations Verify successful operation
Supporting users transitioning to Global Configuration Management
Perform mentoring on usage updates and planning for enabling additional projects
Backed by world class Analytics Services Experts
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation27 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
For more information
bull Configuration management playlists on youtubebull Based on these lab exercisesbull Introductory series
bull Jazznet article 1492 links to many valuable resources including videos and blogs
bull Try it out httpsjazznetproductssandbox
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation28 May 2 2023
ICE -IBM Continuous Engineering Event
Website httplearnquestconferencecomiceiot16
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation29 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
copy Copyright IBM Corporation 2015 All rights reserved The information contained in these materials is provided for informational purposes only and is provided AS IS without warranty of any kind express or implied IBM shall not be responsible for any damages arising out of the use of or otherwise related to these materials Nothing contained in these materials is intended to nor shall have the effect of creating any warranties or representations from IBM or its suppliers or licensors or altering the terms and conditions of the applicable license agreement governing the use of IBM software References in these materials to IBM products programs or services do not imply that they will be available in all countries in which IBM operates Product release dates andor capabilities referenced in these materials may change at any time at IBMrsquos sole discretion based on market opportunities or other factors and are not intended to be a commitment to future product or feature availability in any way IBM the IBM logo Rational the Rational logo and other IBM products and services are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States other countries or both Other company product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation30 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for Configuration Management
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation31 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerationsbull When reporting across versioned artifacts and RTC work items carefully consider filtering
bull Filtering by configuration will yield correct results for versioned artifactsbull Filter work items based on Planned-For or Found-In fields as they have no direct association to a configuration
bull When reporting on DNG artifactsbull As of 602 reverse traceability is now supported for custom link types as well as for OSLC RM-defined links bull If you customize data types (new types or attributes) you need to add them to the initial RM stream for them to
be visible for reportingndash Alternatively use custom SPARQL queries for customized types that are not in the initial stream
bull LQE indexes all projects no UI to select or exclude projects (to reduce volume)bull Current scale is 2 million versioned resources per LQE instance with 15725 configurations bull Where concerns arise IBM can assist with configuring LQE to index only selected project areas
bull Upgrade notes bull When upgrading from v60 (where configuration-aware reporting was Tech Preview only)
ndash Uninstall the v60 LQE component and reinstall with v602 upgradendash Configure RB data sources to add LQE (httpsserverportrssetup)
bull When upgrading from v601ndash Rebase the DNG TRS feeds (instructions in the Interactive Upgrade Guide)ndash Re-index the TRS feeds from DNG RTC and data sources (httpsserverportlqewebadmindata-sources)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation32 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
RTC considerationsbull Work items are not versioned tracking and planning artifacts are not part
of GC contributionsbull RTC work items are targeted to a single Release and therefore a single
GC bull Each supported OSLC link type is associated with a single attribute specifying
the Release target (Planned For Found In or some custom attribute)bull When you set or change the Release target (and GC) for a WI you must save
the work item to make the context change take effectbull If you change the Release gt GC association in the RTC project area the
versioned links will not work correctlybull If there is no GC associated with a Release links resolve to the default
configurationbull Child iterations can inherit Release setting from the parent or have their own
(eg Sprints under a main iteration can contribute to the same Release and GC)
bull If you are working in a Personal Stream RTC cannot resolve the configuration context and therefore cannot filter artifacts by configuration when you create links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation33 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Managing and delivering changebull DNG and DM have change sets RQM doesnrsquot
bull If necessary create separate RQM stream to model changes before delivering to main stream (note that this requires additional stream management and manual work with a Personal Stream)
bull Can create link from DNG or DM change set to change request (eg RTC work item)bull DNG now allows you to enforce
bull Requiring change set for any changes bull Requiring change set be linked to an approved change request in an OSLC change
management provider (like RTC)bull Delivering changes varies
bull Within DNGndash If you deliver changes from the Manage Configurations view you can only deliver between
parentchild in the stream hierarchyndash If you deliver from an artifact view you can choose any stream as the target (Deliver changes) or
source (Accept changes) and start from either directionndash You can select one or more change sets conflicts are highlighted and can be mergedndash As of 602 you can choose to automatically deliver changes providing inputs on how to resolve
conflicts (as well as returning to manual mode in case of conflict)bull RQM merges changes from a source baseline to the current stream selected by the GC
merge can be selectivendash Start operation from the target not the source of the changes ndash In effect you accept changes from a source baseline into the current configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation34 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
More tips for change setsbull In DNG you cannot create a review against a change setbull Your DNG change set is automatically added to your Personal Stream (PS) at creation and
removed at deliverydiscardbull Only one change set per DNG configuration in the PS at one time creating a second
change set for the same configuration replaces the first in the PS and requires manual changes to switch between them
bull You can manually add someone elsersquos change set to your PS (previous point still applies)bull Personal Streams persist and are reused for future change sets
ndash In 602 when you deliver your change set the configuration context remains set to your Personal Stream
bull RTC does not recognize the context of a Personal Stream when you create links from an artifact in a PS to an RTC artifact filtering based on configuration context will not work
bull DNG change set content is not visible after you deliverbull Before delivering you can compare the change set to the existing baseline or stream to identify
the changes it contains bull If you link the change set to a WI you can manually describe the changes in the WIbull Use naming conventions to indicate content or reason for change
bull Use naming conventions so you can recognize change sets at delivery timebull If you need to deliver across streams use explicit change sets
bull Implicit change sets are hard to identify and differentiate
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation35 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Consider security and permissions
bull To reference a GC you must be a member of the GC project area (in GCM application)bull Even to set the GC context in your RMQMDM applicationbull Can use lifecycle projects to ease user administration bull Members who need to create Personal Streams must have
permission to do sobull GC Configuration Leads must be members of RMQMCCMDM
project areas in order to access streams and baselinesbull Must have project permissions to create streamsbaselines
bull Assign roles and permissions for creating streams and baselines in local applications as well as GCMbull For DNG this includes permissions related to change sets owned
by yourself and by others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation36 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GCM considerations
bull GCM application has no project associationsbull You can define it as part of Lifecycle Project but it just makes
adding all the users easier no other effectbull A GC may include more than one contribution from a component
or project area (ldquocomponent skewrdquo)bull Resolves to first configuration found in list of contributions or
hierarchybull Use component skew reports to identify skew and ensure
configurations are ordered as intended ndash especially for large or complex hierarchies
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation37 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Deployment considerations
bull Single GCM application per JTS bull A project area canrsquot contribute to multiple GCM applications bull A project area can contribute to more than one GC component or
project within a single GCM applicationbull GC components are at granularity of project area ndash define
project areas accordinglybull The project area is used in the configuration as a single unit ndash the
entire project area is included in a stream or baseline and as a contribution to a GC You canrsquot subdivide a project area and contribute only part of it
bull For more information including recommended deployment topologies see the Deployment Wiki
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation38 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation39 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Rational Team
Concert
CLM Architecture 5x
Rational Quality Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
OSLC Integration
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation40 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
Rational Team
Concert
Rational Quality
Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
Config Aware OSLC Integration wo backlinks
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
Lifecycle Query
Engine
Global Config Service
Backlink Index
Service
Additions or restructured to support multiple configurations
Fundamental rework of the query
and repository services
Reorganization of the RQM and DNG data into schema that supports configurations
Restructuring of the OSLC cross product linkages
to support configuration
Requires removal of ldquobacklinksrdquo
Rework of the web UIs to allow selection of configuration and maintain config as user
navigates app to app
Add configuration management to RQM and DNG Includes reworking storage layers adding compare and
merge UIs
Modify trackingplanning to work with
versioned CLM resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation41 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Links and Configuration Managementbull In 5x and earlier creating a link from artifact A to artifact B typically
resulted in the creation of a link in the reverse direction ndash a lsquobacklinkrsquobull In 60 configuration management enabled projects to link between
versioned resources the configuration is used to determine the right version of the target artifactbull A single link is stored in the artifact of the application owning the link
(not necessarily the one that created it) A backlink is no longer created and stored ndash RTC owns all links involving RTCndash RQM owns all links between QM and RMDMndash DM owns links between DM and RM
bull A new Link Index Service is used to determine if incoming links to an artifact version exist and thus visiblenavigable from that artifact
bull In 60 projects that configuration management is NOT enabled the linking storagebehavior is the same as that used in 5x ie backlinks are created
- Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capabilit
- Slide 2
- Topics
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Configurations define the correct artifact versions
- Global configurations provide context
- Global configurations reference local configurations
- Slide 10
- Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
- GC ComponentStreamContributions
- Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly custom
- Why adopt configuration management
- Trade-offs to consider (for projects adopting configuration man
- Primary factors
- Reporting considerations
- Reporting considerations
- OSLC Integrations
- Changes related to linking
- Additional considerations
- Enabling Configuration Management
- When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
- Upgrade and Migration
- Adoption path
- Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
- For more information
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for
- Reporting considerations (2)
- RTC considerations
- Managing and delivering change
- More tips for change sets
- Consider security and permissions
- GCM considerations
- Deployment considerations
- Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
- CLM Architecture 5x
- CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
- OSLC Links and Configuration Management
-
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation3 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Topics
bull Configuration management overviewbull Trade-offs and considerations ndash as of current release (602)
bull Primary factorsbull Reportingbull OSLC integrationsbull Linkingbull QM utilitiesbull Additional considerations
bull Enabling configuration managementbull Upgrade and migration
bull Adoption path and additional resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation4 May 2 2023
Linked Lifecycle Data
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation5 May 2 2023
Zooming In
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation6 May 2 2023
What if you have multiple versions of your artifacts
Which version to use
Which version to link to
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation7 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Configurations define the correct artifact versions
Tests
QM Release AEach tool defines streams (changeable) and baselines (frozen) to select the correct artifact versions
Requirements
ValidatesTests
RM Release A
QM Release A
How do we know which RM stream belongs with which QM stream
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation8 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global configurations provide context
Requirements
Validates
Tests
Global configuration- Release A
RM Release A
QM Release A
The global configuration defines which streams andor baselines from the various applications belong together for a particular variant or version
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation9 May 2 2023
Global configurations reference local configurations
AMR MobileUS 10 GA
AMR (QM) Mobile US
AMR (RM) 10 USGA
AMR (DMMobile US
AMR (SCM) Mobile US
Global Configuration Management
Requirements Management
Quality Management
Design Management
Source control
AMR Mobile component
AMR Mobile US
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation10 May 2 2023
Global Configurations provide context
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation11 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
bull A GC component can contribute to a higher-level GC componentbull By developing a hierarchy the GC structure can reflect build-up of a product or system
bull A GC component can contribute to more than one higher-level componentbull Build variant productssystemsbull Families of similar-but-different productssystems
Model v11
Engine v11
Pump 21 Spark v31
Gear v21
Global configurations
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation12 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GC ComponentStreamContributions
A contribution from QM
Contribution from another GC component stream
13
Sports model convertible
Sports model coupe
Sports Model
Car X Model Time
GL Model
Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly customized Innovation
Work in a development stream that spans tools Baseline across tools Branch to create new variants or releases Compare across configs Control delivery of changes across configs Reuse without copying making updates and impact analysis much easier
Function
Stream
Baseline
= Baseline
= Branch
= Artifact propagation
Requirements
Architecture
Test
Implementation
Car X Model
Power Train X
GearBox X Engine X
Body X
Requirements
Architecture
Test
Implementation
Requirements
Architecture
Test
Implementation
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation14 May 2 2023
Why adopt configuration management Extend the value of versioning and configurations across
lifecycle and disciplines Increase reuse speed of delivery and reliability in recreating
releases Improve quality and reduce cost
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation15 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Trade-offs to consider(for projects adopting configuration management)
bull Configuration management capabilities come with some trade-offsbull Behavior changes from ldquonon-enabledrdquo projectsbull Limitations in the initial releases (fewer with each new release)bull Some inconsistencies across the products
bull One must be aware of all factors and carefully consider whether to enable configuration management for a project areabull Most critical considerations are described on
self-serve page on jazznet when obtaining an activation keybull Guided discussions with Support or other client-facing SMEs are
encouraged especially before production decisionbull Strongly encourage pilot before any production decision
bull Because once you enable configuration management for a project area you cannot disable it
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation16 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Primary factorsbull Must upgrade everything to consistent v6 level
bull In general need consistent level to take advantage of newgrowing cross-application capabilities
bull v5 applications donrsquot understand versioning and configurationsbull Working with mixed versions is not practical beyond a short transition
bull Additional infrastructure requiredbull GCM and LDX applications ndash include on (expanded) JTS or separate
serverbull LQE server ndash 8-32 cores 16-256G RAMbull Potential impacts to other servers depending on repository size and shape
number of users usage patternshellipbull If RM or QM project areas are linked enable all or none of them
bull Enabling only some linked projects is not practical beyond a short transitionndash Links between them are frozenndash Cannot create new linksndash Links from the non-enabled project may not resolve correctly
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation17 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerations
bull Configuration-enabled projects use the LQE data source for reportingbull Once enabled projects do not send data to the data warehouse
(DW) but use LQE instead existing DW data is archivedndash Exception RTC which does not ldquoenablerdquo projects continues to
populate the DWbull Existing DW-based reports (BIRT RRDI dashboard widgets) must
be recreated or replaced ndash Exception RTC reports that do not include data from versioned
artifactsbull Rational Publishing Engine report templates can be reused specify
the target configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation18 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerations
bull Some data is not yet available for configuration-aware reportingbull Time-based trending databull DNG view query resultsbull QM lab management resources (eg jobs requests reservations)bull RTC build informationbull Note some data is not available in either LQE or DW
ndash DNG reviews module hierarchy change set informationndash RTC SCM information plan resources WI comments
bull Some data available only by writing custom SPARQL queriesbull DM resourcesbull Local configurationsbull Link validity data bull QM lab resources (machines)
bull Project-area level access control not implemented for Link Validity (can be set manually in LQE)
bull Sample reports based on JKE sample available on Jazznet for evaluation no OOTB reports yet
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation19 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Integrations
bull Most OSLC-based integrations outside the CLM applications do not yet support versioned artifactsbull Requires support for OASIS OSLC Configuration Management
spec (draft) expect list of supporting applications to grow over timebull Integrations to RTC work items continue to work as expected
because work items arenrsquot versioned
bull Several RQM test execution adapters have been verified to work correctly with enabled projects
bull IBM ClearQuest V80110 introduced initial support for global configurations see the CQ documentation for details
bull Progress made with other IBM and third-party applications expect more announcements in coming months
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation20 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Changes related to linking
bull New Link Validity service replaces ldquosuspect linksrdquo in enabled projectsbull Automatic ldquosuspectrdquo assertion on changebull User assertion (validinvalidsuspect) bull No support yet for ldquoprofilesrdquo (canrsquot specify which properties affect
validity)bull In QM views you cannot filter on RTC work item and plan
traceability links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation21 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Additional considerations
bull QM Mobile application for offline execution not yet availablebull New roles and permissions to manage configurationsbull Behavior changes include
bull Working in global configuration contextbull DNG change sets and reviewsbull RTC configuration to determine configuration context
bull See appendix for additional behavior changes and minor limitations
bull A complete list of limitations and workarounds by release is available on jazznet bull View the 602 queries for workarounds and limitationsbull View the pending workaround articles for 602 from each productrsquos
release notes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation22 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Enabling Configuration Management
bull Rhapsody DM and RTC already support Configuration Management ndash no further action needed
bull Two-step process to fully enable configuration management for DNG and RQM 1 Enter activation key in application settings
ndash Advanced Properties gt Local Versioning Componentndash Obtain key from self-serve page on jazznet (for pilot) or contact IBM
Support (especially for production)2 Enable in project area property for a specific RM or QM project
areandash Configuration Management section gt click to enable
bull Once you enable Configuration Management for a Project Area you cannot disable it
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation23 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
bull Reporting switches to a new configuration-aware solution using LQEbull Project area stops feeding the DW and existing DW data is archivedbull BIRT and RRDI reports no longer work and are removed Dashboard
widgets that use report resources stop working
bull Backlinks are removed directional links created in and referenced from Link Index Servicebull May take some time to fully index especially for large projects
bull Existing links from external sources resolve to default configuration
bull QM snapshots become ldquoreference onlyrdquo use baselines instead
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation24 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Upgrade and Migrationbull New components in v6x to enable configuration management
bull GCM application LQE data source Link Index service (LDX)bull Refer to new topology diagrams on deployment wikibull Be sure to consider related changes to production infrastructure requirements
bull All v6x upgrades require migrating to new RQM and DNG repository schemas regardless of configuration management use
bull Offline migrationbull Might take some time depending on repository sizeshape and network latency to the
database serverbull No additional online steps needed
bull Upgrades between 6x releases require re-indexing LQE data which might take timebull Reporting is unreliable during re-index
bull Performance of non-configuration management enabled projects expected to be consistent with previous versions
bull Additional repository updates happen when you enable Configuration Management for a project area (as previously described)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation25 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Adoption path
Explore and define how YOUR organization should implementbull Process definition is criticalbull Define usage model including roles stream strategies change
management and cross-stream deliveryhellipbull Assess reporting needs and implementation options
Conduct one or more pilot projectsbull Validate and modify usage scenarios and processes bull Consider both new and existing projects
Roll out selectively and progressivelybull Carefully select initial projects to enable bull Manage environment changesbull Train users on processes conventions tool changes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation26 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
Achieve Strategic Reuse using Global Configurations
Benefits FeaturesComplete a smooth transition to Global
Configuration ManagementSpeed up adoption and avoid common
missteps by working with our knowledgeable experts
Benefit from the knowledge standard practices and proven repeatable processes brought by our experts
Build skills quickly and effectively with expert advice and information sharing directly from our experienced consultants
Preparing for enabling Global Configuration Management
Prepare the environment and users for the activities to enable the new capability
Supporting the activities to enable the new capability
Support upgrades and installations Verify successful operation
Supporting users transitioning to Global Configuration Management
Perform mentoring on usage updates and planning for enabling additional projects
Backed by world class Analytics Services Experts
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation27 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
For more information
bull Configuration management playlists on youtubebull Based on these lab exercisesbull Introductory series
bull Jazznet article 1492 links to many valuable resources including videos and blogs
bull Try it out httpsjazznetproductssandbox
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation28 May 2 2023
ICE -IBM Continuous Engineering Event
Website httplearnquestconferencecomiceiot16
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation29 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
copy Copyright IBM Corporation 2015 All rights reserved The information contained in these materials is provided for informational purposes only and is provided AS IS without warranty of any kind express or implied IBM shall not be responsible for any damages arising out of the use of or otherwise related to these materials Nothing contained in these materials is intended to nor shall have the effect of creating any warranties or representations from IBM or its suppliers or licensors or altering the terms and conditions of the applicable license agreement governing the use of IBM software References in these materials to IBM products programs or services do not imply that they will be available in all countries in which IBM operates Product release dates andor capabilities referenced in these materials may change at any time at IBMrsquos sole discretion based on market opportunities or other factors and are not intended to be a commitment to future product or feature availability in any way IBM the IBM logo Rational the Rational logo and other IBM products and services are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States other countries or both Other company product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation30 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for Configuration Management
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation31 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerationsbull When reporting across versioned artifacts and RTC work items carefully consider filtering
bull Filtering by configuration will yield correct results for versioned artifactsbull Filter work items based on Planned-For or Found-In fields as they have no direct association to a configuration
bull When reporting on DNG artifactsbull As of 602 reverse traceability is now supported for custom link types as well as for OSLC RM-defined links bull If you customize data types (new types or attributes) you need to add them to the initial RM stream for them to
be visible for reportingndash Alternatively use custom SPARQL queries for customized types that are not in the initial stream
bull LQE indexes all projects no UI to select or exclude projects (to reduce volume)bull Current scale is 2 million versioned resources per LQE instance with 15725 configurations bull Where concerns arise IBM can assist with configuring LQE to index only selected project areas
bull Upgrade notes bull When upgrading from v60 (where configuration-aware reporting was Tech Preview only)
ndash Uninstall the v60 LQE component and reinstall with v602 upgradendash Configure RB data sources to add LQE (httpsserverportrssetup)
bull When upgrading from v601ndash Rebase the DNG TRS feeds (instructions in the Interactive Upgrade Guide)ndash Re-index the TRS feeds from DNG RTC and data sources (httpsserverportlqewebadmindata-sources)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation32 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
RTC considerationsbull Work items are not versioned tracking and planning artifacts are not part
of GC contributionsbull RTC work items are targeted to a single Release and therefore a single
GC bull Each supported OSLC link type is associated with a single attribute specifying
the Release target (Planned For Found In or some custom attribute)bull When you set or change the Release target (and GC) for a WI you must save
the work item to make the context change take effectbull If you change the Release gt GC association in the RTC project area the
versioned links will not work correctlybull If there is no GC associated with a Release links resolve to the default
configurationbull Child iterations can inherit Release setting from the parent or have their own
(eg Sprints under a main iteration can contribute to the same Release and GC)
bull If you are working in a Personal Stream RTC cannot resolve the configuration context and therefore cannot filter artifacts by configuration when you create links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation33 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Managing and delivering changebull DNG and DM have change sets RQM doesnrsquot
bull If necessary create separate RQM stream to model changes before delivering to main stream (note that this requires additional stream management and manual work with a Personal Stream)
bull Can create link from DNG or DM change set to change request (eg RTC work item)bull DNG now allows you to enforce
bull Requiring change set for any changes bull Requiring change set be linked to an approved change request in an OSLC change
management provider (like RTC)bull Delivering changes varies
bull Within DNGndash If you deliver changes from the Manage Configurations view you can only deliver between
parentchild in the stream hierarchyndash If you deliver from an artifact view you can choose any stream as the target (Deliver changes) or
source (Accept changes) and start from either directionndash You can select one or more change sets conflicts are highlighted and can be mergedndash As of 602 you can choose to automatically deliver changes providing inputs on how to resolve
conflicts (as well as returning to manual mode in case of conflict)bull RQM merges changes from a source baseline to the current stream selected by the GC
merge can be selectivendash Start operation from the target not the source of the changes ndash In effect you accept changes from a source baseline into the current configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation34 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
More tips for change setsbull In DNG you cannot create a review against a change setbull Your DNG change set is automatically added to your Personal Stream (PS) at creation and
removed at deliverydiscardbull Only one change set per DNG configuration in the PS at one time creating a second
change set for the same configuration replaces the first in the PS and requires manual changes to switch between them
bull You can manually add someone elsersquos change set to your PS (previous point still applies)bull Personal Streams persist and are reused for future change sets
ndash In 602 when you deliver your change set the configuration context remains set to your Personal Stream
bull RTC does not recognize the context of a Personal Stream when you create links from an artifact in a PS to an RTC artifact filtering based on configuration context will not work
bull DNG change set content is not visible after you deliverbull Before delivering you can compare the change set to the existing baseline or stream to identify
the changes it contains bull If you link the change set to a WI you can manually describe the changes in the WIbull Use naming conventions to indicate content or reason for change
bull Use naming conventions so you can recognize change sets at delivery timebull If you need to deliver across streams use explicit change sets
bull Implicit change sets are hard to identify and differentiate
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation35 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Consider security and permissions
bull To reference a GC you must be a member of the GC project area (in GCM application)bull Even to set the GC context in your RMQMDM applicationbull Can use lifecycle projects to ease user administration bull Members who need to create Personal Streams must have
permission to do sobull GC Configuration Leads must be members of RMQMCCMDM
project areas in order to access streams and baselinesbull Must have project permissions to create streamsbaselines
bull Assign roles and permissions for creating streams and baselines in local applications as well as GCMbull For DNG this includes permissions related to change sets owned
by yourself and by others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation36 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GCM considerations
bull GCM application has no project associationsbull You can define it as part of Lifecycle Project but it just makes
adding all the users easier no other effectbull A GC may include more than one contribution from a component
or project area (ldquocomponent skewrdquo)bull Resolves to first configuration found in list of contributions or
hierarchybull Use component skew reports to identify skew and ensure
configurations are ordered as intended ndash especially for large or complex hierarchies
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation37 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Deployment considerations
bull Single GCM application per JTS bull A project area canrsquot contribute to multiple GCM applications bull A project area can contribute to more than one GC component or
project within a single GCM applicationbull GC components are at granularity of project area ndash define
project areas accordinglybull The project area is used in the configuration as a single unit ndash the
entire project area is included in a stream or baseline and as a contribution to a GC You canrsquot subdivide a project area and contribute only part of it
bull For more information including recommended deployment topologies see the Deployment Wiki
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation38 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation39 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Rational Team
Concert
CLM Architecture 5x
Rational Quality Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
OSLC Integration
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation40 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
Rational Team
Concert
Rational Quality
Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
Config Aware OSLC Integration wo backlinks
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
Lifecycle Query
Engine
Global Config Service
Backlink Index
Service
Additions or restructured to support multiple configurations
Fundamental rework of the query
and repository services
Reorganization of the RQM and DNG data into schema that supports configurations
Restructuring of the OSLC cross product linkages
to support configuration
Requires removal of ldquobacklinksrdquo
Rework of the web UIs to allow selection of configuration and maintain config as user
navigates app to app
Add configuration management to RQM and DNG Includes reworking storage layers adding compare and
merge UIs
Modify trackingplanning to work with
versioned CLM resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation41 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Links and Configuration Managementbull In 5x and earlier creating a link from artifact A to artifact B typically
resulted in the creation of a link in the reverse direction ndash a lsquobacklinkrsquobull In 60 configuration management enabled projects to link between
versioned resources the configuration is used to determine the right version of the target artifactbull A single link is stored in the artifact of the application owning the link
(not necessarily the one that created it) A backlink is no longer created and stored ndash RTC owns all links involving RTCndash RQM owns all links between QM and RMDMndash DM owns links between DM and RM
bull A new Link Index Service is used to determine if incoming links to an artifact version exist and thus visiblenavigable from that artifact
bull In 60 projects that configuration management is NOT enabled the linking storagebehavior is the same as that used in 5x ie backlinks are created
- Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capabilit
- Slide 2
- Topics
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Configurations define the correct artifact versions
- Global configurations provide context
- Global configurations reference local configurations
- Slide 10
- Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
- GC ComponentStreamContributions
- Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly custom
- Why adopt configuration management
- Trade-offs to consider (for projects adopting configuration man
- Primary factors
- Reporting considerations
- Reporting considerations
- OSLC Integrations
- Changes related to linking
- Additional considerations
- Enabling Configuration Management
- When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
- Upgrade and Migration
- Adoption path
- Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
- For more information
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for
- Reporting considerations (2)
- RTC considerations
- Managing and delivering change
- More tips for change sets
- Consider security and permissions
- GCM considerations
- Deployment considerations
- Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
- CLM Architecture 5x
- CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
- OSLC Links and Configuration Management
-
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation4 May 2 2023
Linked Lifecycle Data
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation5 May 2 2023
Zooming In
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation6 May 2 2023
What if you have multiple versions of your artifacts
Which version to use
Which version to link to
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation7 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Configurations define the correct artifact versions
Tests
QM Release AEach tool defines streams (changeable) and baselines (frozen) to select the correct artifact versions
Requirements
ValidatesTests
RM Release A
QM Release A
How do we know which RM stream belongs with which QM stream
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation8 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global configurations provide context
Requirements
Validates
Tests
Global configuration- Release A
RM Release A
QM Release A
The global configuration defines which streams andor baselines from the various applications belong together for a particular variant or version
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation9 May 2 2023
Global configurations reference local configurations
AMR MobileUS 10 GA
AMR (QM) Mobile US
AMR (RM) 10 USGA
AMR (DMMobile US
AMR (SCM) Mobile US
Global Configuration Management
Requirements Management
Quality Management
Design Management
Source control
AMR Mobile component
AMR Mobile US
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation10 May 2 2023
Global Configurations provide context
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation11 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
bull A GC component can contribute to a higher-level GC componentbull By developing a hierarchy the GC structure can reflect build-up of a product or system
bull A GC component can contribute to more than one higher-level componentbull Build variant productssystemsbull Families of similar-but-different productssystems
Model v11
Engine v11
Pump 21 Spark v31
Gear v21
Global configurations
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation12 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GC ComponentStreamContributions
A contribution from QM
Contribution from another GC component stream
13
Sports model convertible
Sports model coupe
Sports Model
Car X Model Time
GL Model
Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly customized Innovation
Work in a development stream that spans tools Baseline across tools Branch to create new variants or releases Compare across configs Control delivery of changes across configs Reuse without copying making updates and impact analysis much easier
Function
Stream
Baseline
= Baseline
= Branch
= Artifact propagation
Requirements
Architecture
Test
Implementation
Car X Model
Power Train X
GearBox X Engine X
Body X
Requirements
Architecture
Test
Implementation
Requirements
Architecture
Test
Implementation
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation14 May 2 2023
Why adopt configuration management Extend the value of versioning and configurations across
lifecycle and disciplines Increase reuse speed of delivery and reliability in recreating
releases Improve quality and reduce cost
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation15 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Trade-offs to consider(for projects adopting configuration management)
bull Configuration management capabilities come with some trade-offsbull Behavior changes from ldquonon-enabledrdquo projectsbull Limitations in the initial releases (fewer with each new release)bull Some inconsistencies across the products
bull One must be aware of all factors and carefully consider whether to enable configuration management for a project areabull Most critical considerations are described on
self-serve page on jazznet when obtaining an activation keybull Guided discussions with Support or other client-facing SMEs are
encouraged especially before production decisionbull Strongly encourage pilot before any production decision
bull Because once you enable configuration management for a project area you cannot disable it
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation16 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Primary factorsbull Must upgrade everything to consistent v6 level
bull In general need consistent level to take advantage of newgrowing cross-application capabilities
bull v5 applications donrsquot understand versioning and configurationsbull Working with mixed versions is not practical beyond a short transition
bull Additional infrastructure requiredbull GCM and LDX applications ndash include on (expanded) JTS or separate
serverbull LQE server ndash 8-32 cores 16-256G RAMbull Potential impacts to other servers depending on repository size and shape
number of users usage patternshellipbull If RM or QM project areas are linked enable all or none of them
bull Enabling only some linked projects is not practical beyond a short transitionndash Links between them are frozenndash Cannot create new linksndash Links from the non-enabled project may not resolve correctly
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation17 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerations
bull Configuration-enabled projects use the LQE data source for reportingbull Once enabled projects do not send data to the data warehouse
(DW) but use LQE instead existing DW data is archivedndash Exception RTC which does not ldquoenablerdquo projects continues to
populate the DWbull Existing DW-based reports (BIRT RRDI dashboard widgets) must
be recreated or replaced ndash Exception RTC reports that do not include data from versioned
artifactsbull Rational Publishing Engine report templates can be reused specify
the target configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation18 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerations
bull Some data is not yet available for configuration-aware reportingbull Time-based trending databull DNG view query resultsbull QM lab management resources (eg jobs requests reservations)bull RTC build informationbull Note some data is not available in either LQE or DW
ndash DNG reviews module hierarchy change set informationndash RTC SCM information plan resources WI comments
bull Some data available only by writing custom SPARQL queriesbull DM resourcesbull Local configurationsbull Link validity data bull QM lab resources (machines)
bull Project-area level access control not implemented for Link Validity (can be set manually in LQE)
bull Sample reports based on JKE sample available on Jazznet for evaluation no OOTB reports yet
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation19 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Integrations
bull Most OSLC-based integrations outside the CLM applications do not yet support versioned artifactsbull Requires support for OASIS OSLC Configuration Management
spec (draft) expect list of supporting applications to grow over timebull Integrations to RTC work items continue to work as expected
because work items arenrsquot versioned
bull Several RQM test execution adapters have been verified to work correctly with enabled projects
bull IBM ClearQuest V80110 introduced initial support for global configurations see the CQ documentation for details
bull Progress made with other IBM and third-party applications expect more announcements in coming months
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation20 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Changes related to linking
bull New Link Validity service replaces ldquosuspect linksrdquo in enabled projectsbull Automatic ldquosuspectrdquo assertion on changebull User assertion (validinvalidsuspect) bull No support yet for ldquoprofilesrdquo (canrsquot specify which properties affect
validity)bull In QM views you cannot filter on RTC work item and plan
traceability links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation21 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Additional considerations
bull QM Mobile application for offline execution not yet availablebull New roles and permissions to manage configurationsbull Behavior changes include
bull Working in global configuration contextbull DNG change sets and reviewsbull RTC configuration to determine configuration context
bull See appendix for additional behavior changes and minor limitations
bull A complete list of limitations and workarounds by release is available on jazznet bull View the 602 queries for workarounds and limitationsbull View the pending workaround articles for 602 from each productrsquos
release notes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation22 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Enabling Configuration Management
bull Rhapsody DM and RTC already support Configuration Management ndash no further action needed
bull Two-step process to fully enable configuration management for DNG and RQM 1 Enter activation key in application settings
ndash Advanced Properties gt Local Versioning Componentndash Obtain key from self-serve page on jazznet (for pilot) or contact IBM
Support (especially for production)2 Enable in project area property for a specific RM or QM project
areandash Configuration Management section gt click to enable
bull Once you enable Configuration Management for a Project Area you cannot disable it
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation23 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
bull Reporting switches to a new configuration-aware solution using LQEbull Project area stops feeding the DW and existing DW data is archivedbull BIRT and RRDI reports no longer work and are removed Dashboard
widgets that use report resources stop working
bull Backlinks are removed directional links created in and referenced from Link Index Servicebull May take some time to fully index especially for large projects
bull Existing links from external sources resolve to default configuration
bull QM snapshots become ldquoreference onlyrdquo use baselines instead
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation24 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Upgrade and Migrationbull New components in v6x to enable configuration management
bull GCM application LQE data source Link Index service (LDX)bull Refer to new topology diagrams on deployment wikibull Be sure to consider related changes to production infrastructure requirements
bull All v6x upgrades require migrating to new RQM and DNG repository schemas regardless of configuration management use
bull Offline migrationbull Might take some time depending on repository sizeshape and network latency to the
database serverbull No additional online steps needed
bull Upgrades between 6x releases require re-indexing LQE data which might take timebull Reporting is unreliable during re-index
bull Performance of non-configuration management enabled projects expected to be consistent with previous versions
bull Additional repository updates happen when you enable Configuration Management for a project area (as previously described)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation25 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Adoption path
Explore and define how YOUR organization should implementbull Process definition is criticalbull Define usage model including roles stream strategies change
management and cross-stream deliveryhellipbull Assess reporting needs and implementation options
Conduct one or more pilot projectsbull Validate and modify usage scenarios and processes bull Consider both new and existing projects
Roll out selectively and progressivelybull Carefully select initial projects to enable bull Manage environment changesbull Train users on processes conventions tool changes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation26 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
Achieve Strategic Reuse using Global Configurations
Benefits FeaturesComplete a smooth transition to Global
Configuration ManagementSpeed up adoption and avoid common
missteps by working with our knowledgeable experts
Benefit from the knowledge standard practices and proven repeatable processes brought by our experts
Build skills quickly and effectively with expert advice and information sharing directly from our experienced consultants
Preparing for enabling Global Configuration Management
Prepare the environment and users for the activities to enable the new capability
Supporting the activities to enable the new capability
Support upgrades and installations Verify successful operation
Supporting users transitioning to Global Configuration Management
Perform mentoring on usage updates and planning for enabling additional projects
Backed by world class Analytics Services Experts
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation27 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
For more information
bull Configuration management playlists on youtubebull Based on these lab exercisesbull Introductory series
bull Jazznet article 1492 links to many valuable resources including videos and blogs
bull Try it out httpsjazznetproductssandbox
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation28 May 2 2023
ICE -IBM Continuous Engineering Event
Website httplearnquestconferencecomiceiot16
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation29 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
copy Copyright IBM Corporation 2015 All rights reserved The information contained in these materials is provided for informational purposes only and is provided AS IS without warranty of any kind express or implied IBM shall not be responsible for any damages arising out of the use of or otherwise related to these materials Nothing contained in these materials is intended to nor shall have the effect of creating any warranties or representations from IBM or its suppliers or licensors or altering the terms and conditions of the applicable license agreement governing the use of IBM software References in these materials to IBM products programs or services do not imply that they will be available in all countries in which IBM operates Product release dates andor capabilities referenced in these materials may change at any time at IBMrsquos sole discretion based on market opportunities or other factors and are not intended to be a commitment to future product or feature availability in any way IBM the IBM logo Rational the Rational logo and other IBM products and services are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States other countries or both Other company product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation30 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for Configuration Management
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation31 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerationsbull When reporting across versioned artifacts and RTC work items carefully consider filtering
bull Filtering by configuration will yield correct results for versioned artifactsbull Filter work items based on Planned-For or Found-In fields as they have no direct association to a configuration
bull When reporting on DNG artifactsbull As of 602 reverse traceability is now supported for custom link types as well as for OSLC RM-defined links bull If you customize data types (new types or attributes) you need to add them to the initial RM stream for them to
be visible for reportingndash Alternatively use custom SPARQL queries for customized types that are not in the initial stream
bull LQE indexes all projects no UI to select or exclude projects (to reduce volume)bull Current scale is 2 million versioned resources per LQE instance with 15725 configurations bull Where concerns arise IBM can assist with configuring LQE to index only selected project areas
bull Upgrade notes bull When upgrading from v60 (where configuration-aware reporting was Tech Preview only)
ndash Uninstall the v60 LQE component and reinstall with v602 upgradendash Configure RB data sources to add LQE (httpsserverportrssetup)
bull When upgrading from v601ndash Rebase the DNG TRS feeds (instructions in the Interactive Upgrade Guide)ndash Re-index the TRS feeds from DNG RTC and data sources (httpsserverportlqewebadmindata-sources)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation32 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
RTC considerationsbull Work items are not versioned tracking and planning artifacts are not part
of GC contributionsbull RTC work items are targeted to a single Release and therefore a single
GC bull Each supported OSLC link type is associated with a single attribute specifying
the Release target (Planned For Found In or some custom attribute)bull When you set or change the Release target (and GC) for a WI you must save
the work item to make the context change take effectbull If you change the Release gt GC association in the RTC project area the
versioned links will not work correctlybull If there is no GC associated with a Release links resolve to the default
configurationbull Child iterations can inherit Release setting from the parent or have their own
(eg Sprints under a main iteration can contribute to the same Release and GC)
bull If you are working in a Personal Stream RTC cannot resolve the configuration context and therefore cannot filter artifacts by configuration when you create links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation33 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Managing and delivering changebull DNG and DM have change sets RQM doesnrsquot
bull If necessary create separate RQM stream to model changes before delivering to main stream (note that this requires additional stream management and manual work with a Personal Stream)
bull Can create link from DNG or DM change set to change request (eg RTC work item)bull DNG now allows you to enforce
bull Requiring change set for any changes bull Requiring change set be linked to an approved change request in an OSLC change
management provider (like RTC)bull Delivering changes varies
bull Within DNGndash If you deliver changes from the Manage Configurations view you can only deliver between
parentchild in the stream hierarchyndash If you deliver from an artifact view you can choose any stream as the target (Deliver changes) or
source (Accept changes) and start from either directionndash You can select one or more change sets conflicts are highlighted and can be mergedndash As of 602 you can choose to automatically deliver changes providing inputs on how to resolve
conflicts (as well as returning to manual mode in case of conflict)bull RQM merges changes from a source baseline to the current stream selected by the GC
merge can be selectivendash Start operation from the target not the source of the changes ndash In effect you accept changes from a source baseline into the current configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation34 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
More tips for change setsbull In DNG you cannot create a review against a change setbull Your DNG change set is automatically added to your Personal Stream (PS) at creation and
removed at deliverydiscardbull Only one change set per DNG configuration in the PS at one time creating a second
change set for the same configuration replaces the first in the PS and requires manual changes to switch between them
bull You can manually add someone elsersquos change set to your PS (previous point still applies)bull Personal Streams persist and are reused for future change sets
ndash In 602 when you deliver your change set the configuration context remains set to your Personal Stream
bull RTC does not recognize the context of a Personal Stream when you create links from an artifact in a PS to an RTC artifact filtering based on configuration context will not work
bull DNG change set content is not visible after you deliverbull Before delivering you can compare the change set to the existing baseline or stream to identify
the changes it contains bull If you link the change set to a WI you can manually describe the changes in the WIbull Use naming conventions to indicate content or reason for change
bull Use naming conventions so you can recognize change sets at delivery timebull If you need to deliver across streams use explicit change sets
bull Implicit change sets are hard to identify and differentiate
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation35 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Consider security and permissions
bull To reference a GC you must be a member of the GC project area (in GCM application)bull Even to set the GC context in your RMQMDM applicationbull Can use lifecycle projects to ease user administration bull Members who need to create Personal Streams must have
permission to do sobull GC Configuration Leads must be members of RMQMCCMDM
project areas in order to access streams and baselinesbull Must have project permissions to create streamsbaselines
bull Assign roles and permissions for creating streams and baselines in local applications as well as GCMbull For DNG this includes permissions related to change sets owned
by yourself and by others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation36 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GCM considerations
bull GCM application has no project associationsbull You can define it as part of Lifecycle Project but it just makes
adding all the users easier no other effectbull A GC may include more than one contribution from a component
or project area (ldquocomponent skewrdquo)bull Resolves to first configuration found in list of contributions or
hierarchybull Use component skew reports to identify skew and ensure
configurations are ordered as intended ndash especially for large or complex hierarchies
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation37 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Deployment considerations
bull Single GCM application per JTS bull A project area canrsquot contribute to multiple GCM applications bull A project area can contribute to more than one GC component or
project within a single GCM applicationbull GC components are at granularity of project area ndash define
project areas accordinglybull The project area is used in the configuration as a single unit ndash the
entire project area is included in a stream or baseline and as a contribution to a GC You canrsquot subdivide a project area and contribute only part of it
bull For more information including recommended deployment topologies see the Deployment Wiki
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation38 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation39 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Rational Team
Concert
CLM Architecture 5x
Rational Quality Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
OSLC Integration
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation40 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
Rational Team
Concert
Rational Quality
Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
Config Aware OSLC Integration wo backlinks
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
Lifecycle Query
Engine
Global Config Service
Backlink Index
Service
Additions or restructured to support multiple configurations
Fundamental rework of the query
and repository services
Reorganization of the RQM and DNG data into schema that supports configurations
Restructuring of the OSLC cross product linkages
to support configuration
Requires removal of ldquobacklinksrdquo
Rework of the web UIs to allow selection of configuration and maintain config as user
navigates app to app
Add configuration management to RQM and DNG Includes reworking storage layers adding compare and
merge UIs
Modify trackingplanning to work with
versioned CLM resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation41 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Links and Configuration Managementbull In 5x and earlier creating a link from artifact A to artifact B typically
resulted in the creation of a link in the reverse direction ndash a lsquobacklinkrsquobull In 60 configuration management enabled projects to link between
versioned resources the configuration is used to determine the right version of the target artifactbull A single link is stored in the artifact of the application owning the link
(not necessarily the one that created it) A backlink is no longer created and stored ndash RTC owns all links involving RTCndash RQM owns all links between QM and RMDMndash DM owns links between DM and RM
bull A new Link Index Service is used to determine if incoming links to an artifact version exist and thus visiblenavigable from that artifact
bull In 60 projects that configuration management is NOT enabled the linking storagebehavior is the same as that used in 5x ie backlinks are created
- Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capabilit
- Slide 2
- Topics
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Configurations define the correct artifact versions
- Global configurations provide context
- Global configurations reference local configurations
- Slide 10
- Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
- GC ComponentStreamContributions
- Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly custom
- Why adopt configuration management
- Trade-offs to consider (for projects adopting configuration man
- Primary factors
- Reporting considerations
- Reporting considerations
- OSLC Integrations
- Changes related to linking
- Additional considerations
- Enabling Configuration Management
- When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
- Upgrade and Migration
- Adoption path
- Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
- For more information
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for
- Reporting considerations (2)
- RTC considerations
- Managing and delivering change
- More tips for change sets
- Consider security and permissions
- GCM considerations
- Deployment considerations
- Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
- CLM Architecture 5x
- CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
- OSLC Links and Configuration Management
-
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation5 May 2 2023
Zooming In
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation6 May 2 2023
What if you have multiple versions of your artifacts
Which version to use
Which version to link to
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation7 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Configurations define the correct artifact versions
Tests
QM Release AEach tool defines streams (changeable) and baselines (frozen) to select the correct artifact versions
Requirements
ValidatesTests
RM Release A
QM Release A
How do we know which RM stream belongs with which QM stream
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation8 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global configurations provide context
Requirements
Validates
Tests
Global configuration- Release A
RM Release A
QM Release A
The global configuration defines which streams andor baselines from the various applications belong together for a particular variant or version
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation9 May 2 2023
Global configurations reference local configurations
AMR MobileUS 10 GA
AMR (QM) Mobile US
AMR (RM) 10 USGA
AMR (DMMobile US
AMR (SCM) Mobile US
Global Configuration Management
Requirements Management
Quality Management
Design Management
Source control
AMR Mobile component
AMR Mobile US
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation10 May 2 2023
Global Configurations provide context
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation11 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
bull A GC component can contribute to a higher-level GC componentbull By developing a hierarchy the GC structure can reflect build-up of a product or system
bull A GC component can contribute to more than one higher-level componentbull Build variant productssystemsbull Families of similar-but-different productssystems
Model v11
Engine v11
Pump 21 Spark v31
Gear v21
Global configurations
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation12 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GC ComponentStreamContributions
A contribution from QM
Contribution from another GC component stream
13
Sports model convertible
Sports model coupe
Sports Model
Car X Model Time
GL Model
Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly customized Innovation
Work in a development stream that spans tools Baseline across tools Branch to create new variants or releases Compare across configs Control delivery of changes across configs Reuse without copying making updates and impact analysis much easier
Function
Stream
Baseline
= Baseline
= Branch
= Artifact propagation
Requirements
Architecture
Test
Implementation
Car X Model
Power Train X
GearBox X Engine X
Body X
Requirements
Architecture
Test
Implementation
Requirements
Architecture
Test
Implementation
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation14 May 2 2023
Why adopt configuration management Extend the value of versioning and configurations across
lifecycle and disciplines Increase reuse speed of delivery and reliability in recreating
releases Improve quality and reduce cost
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation15 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Trade-offs to consider(for projects adopting configuration management)
bull Configuration management capabilities come with some trade-offsbull Behavior changes from ldquonon-enabledrdquo projectsbull Limitations in the initial releases (fewer with each new release)bull Some inconsistencies across the products
bull One must be aware of all factors and carefully consider whether to enable configuration management for a project areabull Most critical considerations are described on
self-serve page on jazznet when obtaining an activation keybull Guided discussions with Support or other client-facing SMEs are
encouraged especially before production decisionbull Strongly encourage pilot before any production decision
bull Because once you enable configuration management for a project area you cannot disable it
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation16 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Primary factorsbull Must upgrade everything to consistent v6 level
bull In general need consistent level to take advantage of newgrowing cross-application capabilities
bull v5 applications donrsquot understand versioning and configurationsbull Working with mixed versions is not practical beyond a short transition
bull Additional infrastructure requiredbull GCM and LDX applications ndash include on (expanded) JTS or separate
serverbull LQE server ndash 8-32 cores 16-256G RAMbull Potential impacts to other servers depending on repository size and shape
number of users usage patternshellipbull If RM or QM project areas are linked enable all or none of them
bull Enabling only some linked projects is not practical beyond a short transitionndash Links between them are frozenndash Cannot create new linksndash Links from the non-enabled project may not resolve correctly
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation17 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerations
bull Configuration-enabled projects use the LQE data source for reportingbull Once enabled projects do not send data to the data warehouse
(DW) but use LQE instead existing DW data is archivedndash Exception RTC which does not ldquoenablerdquo projects continues to
populate the DWbull Existing DW-based reports (BIRT RRDI dashboard widgets) must
be recreated or replaced ndash Exception RTC reports that do not include data from versioned
artifactsbull Rational Publishing Engine report templates can be reused specify
the target configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation18 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerations
bull Some data is not yet available for configuration-aware reportingbull Time-based trending databull DNG view query resultsbull QM lab management resources (eg jobs requests reservations)bull RTC build informationbull Note some data is not available in either LQE or DW
ndash DNG reviews module hierarchy change set informationndash RTC SCM information plan resources WI comments
bull Some data available only by writing custom SPARQL queriesbull DM resourcesbull Local configurationsbull Link validity data bull QM lab resources (machines)
bull Project-area level access control not implemented for Link Validity (can be set manually in LQE)
bull Sample reports based on JKE sample available on Jazznet for evaluation no OOTB reports yet
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation19 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Integrations
bull Most OSLC-based integrations outside the CLM applications do not yet support versioned artifactsbull Requires support for OASIS OSLC Configuration Management
spec (draft) expect list of supporting applications to grow over timebull Integrations to RTC work items continue to work as expected
because work items arenrsquot versioned
bull Several RQM test execution adapters have been verified to work correctly with enabled projects
bull IBM ClearQuest V80110 introduced initial support for global configurations see the CQ documentation for details
bull Progress made with other IBM and third-party applications expect more announcements in coming months
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation20 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Changes related to linking
bull New Link Validity service replaces ldquosuspect linksrdquo in enabled projectsbull Automatic ldquosuspectrdquo assertion on changebull User assertion (validinvalidsuspect) bull No support yet for ldquoprofilesrdquo (canrsquot specify which properties affect
validity)bull In QM views you cannot filter on RTC work item and plan
traceability links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation21 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Additional considerations
bull QM Mobile application for offline execution not yet availablebull New roles and permissions to manage configurationsbull Behavior changes include
bull Working in global configuration contextbull DNG change sets and reviewsbull RTC configuration to determine configuration context
bull See appendix for additional behavior changes and minor limitations
bull A complete list of limitations and workarounds by release is available on jazznet bull View the 602 queries for workarounds and limitationsbull View the pending workaround articles for 602 from each productrsquos
release notes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation22 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Enabling Configuration Management
bull Rhapsody DM and RTC already support Configuration Management ndash no further action needed
bull Two-step process to fully enable configuration management for DNG and RQM 1 Enter activation key in application settings
ndash Advanced Properties gt Local Versioning Componentndash Obtain key from self-serve page on jazznet (for pilot) or contact IBM
Support (especially for production)2 Enable in project area property for a specific RM or QM project
areandash Configuration Management section gt click to enable
bull Once you enable Configuration Management for a Project Area you cannot disable it
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation23 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
bull Reporting switches to a new configuration-aware solution using LQEbull Project area stops feeding the DW and existing DW data is archivedbull BIRT and RRDI reports no longer work and are removed Dashboard
widgets that use report resources stop working
bull Backlinks are removed directional links created in and referenced from Link Index Servicebull May take some time to fully index especially for large projects
bull Existing links from external sources resolve to default configuration
bull QM snapshots become ldquoreference onlyrdquo use baselines instead
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation24 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Upgrade and Migrationbull New components in v6x to enable configuration management
bull GCM application LQE data source Link Index service (LDX)bull Refer to new topology diagrams on deployment wikibull Be sure to consider related changes to production infrastructure requirements
bull All v6x upgrades require migrating to new RQM and DNG repository schemas regardless of configuration management use
bull Offline migrationbull Might take some time depending on repository sizeshape and network latency to the
database serverbull No additional online steps needed
bull Upgrades between 6x releases require re-indexing LQE data which might take timebull Reporting is unreliable during re-index
bull Performance of non-configuration management enabled projects expected to be consistent with previous versions
bull Additional repository updates happen when you enable Configuration Management for a project area (as previously described)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation25 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Adoption path
Explore and define how YOUR organization should implementbull Process definition is criticalbull Define usage model including roles stream strategies change
management and cross-stream deliveryhellipbull Assess reporting needs and implementation options
Conduct one or more pilot projectsbull Validate and modify usage scenarios and processes bull Consider both new and existing projects
Roll out selectively and progressivelybull Carefully select initial projects to enable bull Manage environment changesbull Train users on processes conventions tool changes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation26 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
Achieve Strategic Reuse using Global Configurations
Benefits FeaturesComplete a smooth transition to Global
Configuration ManagementSpeed up adoption and avoid common
missteps by working with our knowledgeable experts
Benefit from the knowledge standard practices and proven repeatable processes brought by our experts
Build skills quickly and effectively with expert advice and information sharing directly from our experienced consultants
Preparing for enabling Global Configuration Management
Prepare the environment and users for the activities to enable the new capability
Supporting the activities to enable the new capability
Support upgrades and installations Verify successful operation
Supporting users transitioning to Global Configuration Management
Perform mentoring on usage updates and planning for enabling additional projects
Backed by world class Analytics Services Experts
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation27 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
For more information
bull Configuration management playlists on youtubebull Based on these lab exercisesbull Introductory series
bull Jazznet article 1492 links to many valuable resources including videos and blogs
bull Try it out httpsjazznetproductssandbox
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation28 May 2 2023
ICE -IBM Continuous Engineering Event
Website httplearnquestconferencecomiceiot16
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation29 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
copy Copyright IBM Corporation 2015 All rights reserved The information contained in these materials is provided for informational purposes only and is provided AS IS without warranty of any kind express or implied IBM shall not be responsible for any damages arising out of the use of or otherwise related to these materials Nothing contained in these materials is intended to nor shall have the effect of creating any warranties or representations from IBM or its suppliers or licensors or altering the terms and conditions of the applicable license agreement governing the use of IBM software References in these materials to IBM products programs or services do not imply that they will be available in all countries in which IBM operates Product release dates andor capabilities referenced in these materials may change at any time at IBMrsquos sole discretion based on market opportunities or other factors and are not intended to be a commitment to future product or feature availability in any way IBM the IBM logo Rational the Rational logo and other IBM products and services are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States other countries or both Other company product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation30 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for Configuration Management
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation31 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerationsbull When reporting across versioned artifacts and RTC work items carefully consider filtering
bull Filtering by configuration will yield correct results for versioned artifactsbull Filter work items based on Planned-For or Found-In fields as they have no direct association to a configuration
bull When reporting on DNG artifactsbull As of 602 reverse traceability is now supported for custom link types as well as for OSLC RM-defined links bull If you customize data types (new types or attributes) you need to add them to the initial RM stream for them to
be visible for reportingndash Alternatively use custom SPARQL queries for customized types that are not in the initial stream
bull LQE indexes all projects no UI to select or exclude projects (to reduce volume)bull Current scale is 2 million versioned resources per LQE instance with 15725 configurations bull Where concerns arise IBM can assist with configuring LQE to index only selected project areas
bull Upgrade notes bull When upgrading from v60 (where configuration-aware reporting was Tech Preview only)
ndash Uninstall the v60 LQE component and reinstall with v602 upgradendash Configure RB data sources to add LQE (httpsserverportrssetup)
bull When upgrading from v601ndash Rebase the DNG TRS feeds (instructions in the Interactive Upgrade Guide)ndash Re-index the TRS feeds from DNG RTC and data sources (httpsserverportlqewebadmindata-sources)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation32 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
RTC considerationsbull Work items are not versioned tracking and planning artifacts are not part
of GC contributionsbull RTC work items are targeted to a single Release and therefore a single
GC bull Each supported OSLC link type is associated with a single attribute specifying
the Release target (Planned For Found In or some custom attribute)bull When you set or change the Release target (and GC) for a WI you must save
the work item to make the context change take effectbull If you change the Release gt GC association in the RTC project area the
versioned links will not work correctlybull If there is no GC associated with a Release links resolve to the default
configurationbull Child iterations can inherit Release setting from the parent or have their own
(eg Sprints under a main iteration can contribute to the same Release and GC)
bull If you are working in a Personal Stream RTC cannot resolve the configuration context and therefore cannot filter artifacts by configuration when you create links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation33 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Managing and delivering changebull DNG and DM have change sets RQM doesnrsquot
bull If necessary create separate RQM stream to model changes before delivering to main stream (note that this requires additional stream management and manual work with a Personal Stream)
bull Can create link from DNG or DM change set to change request (eg RTC work item)bull DNG now allows you to enforce
bull Requiring change set for any changes bull Requiring change set be linked to an approved change request in an OSLC change
management provider (like RTC)bull Delivering changes varies
bull Within DNGndash If you deliver changes from the Manage Configurations view you can only deliver between
parentchild in the stream hierarchyndash If you deliver from an artifact view you can choose any stream as the target (Deliver changes) or
source (Accept changes) and start from either directionndash You can select one or more change sets conflicts are highlighted and can be mergedndash As of 602 you can choose to automatically deliver changes providing inputs on how to resolve
conflicts (as well as returning to manual mode in case of conflict)bull RQM merges changes from a source baseline to the current stream selected by the GC
merge can be selectivendash Start operation from the target not the source of the changes ndash In effect you accept changes from a source baseline into the current configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation34 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
More tips for change setsbull In DNG you cannot create a review against a change setbull Your DNG change set is automatically added to your Personal Stream (PS) at creation and
removed at deliverydiscardbull Only one change set per DNG configuration in the PS at one time creating a second
change set for the same configuration replaces the first in the PS and requires manual changes to switch between them
bull You can manually add someone elsersquos change set to your PS (previous point still applies)bull Personal Streams persist and are reused for future change sets
ndash In 602 when you deliver your change set the configuration context remains set to your Personal Stream
bull RTC does not recognize the context of a Personal Stream when you create links from an artifact in a PS to an RTC artifact filtering based on configuration context will not work
bull DNG change set content is not visible after you deliverbull Before delivering you can compare the change set to the existing baseline or stream to identify
the changes it contains bull If you link the change set to a WI you can manually describe the changes in the WIbull Use naming conventions to indicate content or reason for change
bull Use naming conventions so you can recognize change sets at delivery timebull If you need to deliver across streams use explicit change sets
bull Implicit change sets are hard to identify and differentiate
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation35 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Consider security and permissions
bull To reference a GC you must be a member of the GC project area (in GCM application)bull Even to set the GC context in your RMQMDM applicationbull Can use lifecycle projects to ease user administration bull Members who need to create Personal Streams must have
permission to do sobull GC Configuration Leads must be members of RMQMCCMDM
project areas in order to access streams and baselinesbull Must have project permissions to create streamsbaselines
bull Assign roles and permissions for creating streams and baselines in local applications as well as GCMbull For DNG this includes permissions related to change sets owned
by yourself and by others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation36 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GCM considerations
bull GCM application has no project associationsbull You can define it as part of Lifecycle Project but it just makes
adding all the users easier no other effectbull A GC may include more than one contribution from a component
or project area (ldquocomponent skewrdquo)bull Resolves to first configuration found in list of contributions or
hierarchybull Use component skew reports to identify skew and ensure
configurations are ordered as intended ndash especially for large or complex hierarchies
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation37 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Deployment considerations
bull Single GCM application per JTS bull A project area canrsquot contribute to multiple GCM applications bull A project area can contribute to more than one GC component or
project within a single GCM applicationbull GC components are at granularity of project area ndash define
project areas accordinglybull The project area is used in the configuration as a single unit ndash the
entire project area is included in a stream or baseline and as a contribution to a GC You canrsquot subdivide a project area and contribute only part of it
bull For more information including recommended deployment topologies see the Deployment Wiki
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation38 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation39 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Rational Team
Concert
CLM Architecture 5x
Rational Quality Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
OSLC Integration
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation40 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
Rational Team
Concert
Rational Quality
Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
Config Aware OSLC Integration wo backlinks
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
Lifecycle Query
Engine
Global Config Service
Backlink Index
Service
Additions or restructured to support multiple configurations
Fundamental rework of the query
and repository services
Reorganization of the RQM and DNG data into schema that supports configurations
Restructuring of the OSLC cross product linkages
to support configuration
Requires removal of ldquobacklinksrdquo
Rework of the web UIs to allow selection of configuration and maintain config as user
navigates app to app
Add configuration management to RQM and DNG Includes reworking storage layers adding compare and
merge UIs
Modify trackingplanning to work with
versioned CLM resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation41 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Links and Configuration Managementbull In 5x and earlier creating a link from artifact A to artifact B typically
resulted in the creation of a link in the reverse direction ndash a lsquobacklinkrsquobull In 60 configuration management enabled projects to link between
versioned resources the configuration is used to determine the right version of the target artifactbull A single link is stored in the artifact of the application owning the link
(not necessarily the one that created it) A backlink is no longer created and stored ndash RTC owns all links involving RTCndash RQM owns all links between QM and RMDMndash DM owns links between DM and RM
bull A new Link Index Service is used to determine if incoming links to an artifact version exist and thus visiblenavigable from that artifact
bull In 60 projects that configuration management is NOT enabled the linking storagebehavior is the same as that used in 5x ie backlinks are created
- Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capabilit
- Slide 2
- Topics
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Configurations define the correct artifact versions
- Global configurations provide context
- Global configurations reference local configurations
- Slide 10
- Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
- GC ComponentStreamContributions
- Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly custom
- Why adopt configuration management
- Trade-offs to consider (for projects adopting configuration man
- Primary factors
- Reporting considerations
- Reporting considerations
- OSLC Integrations
- Changes related to linking
- Additional considerations
- Enabling Configuration Management
- When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
- Upgrade and Migration
- Adoption path
- Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
- For more information
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for
- Reporting considerations (2)
- RTC considerations
- Managing and delivering change
- More tips for change sets
- Consider security and permissions
- GCM considerations
- Deployment considerations
- Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
- CLM Architecture 5x
- CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
- OSLC Links and Configuration Management
-
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation6 May 2 2023
What if you have multiple versions of your artifacts
Which version to use
Which version to link to
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation7 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Configurations define the correct artifact versions
Tests
QM Release AEach tool defines streams (changeable) and baselines (frozen) to select the correct artifact versions
Requirements
ValidatesTests
RM Release A
QM Release A
How do we know which RM stream belongs with which QM stream
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation8 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global configurations provide context
Requirements
Validates
Tests
Global configuration- Release A
RM Release A
QM Release A
The global configuration defines which streams andor baselines from the various applications belong together for a particular variant or version
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation9 May 2 2023
Global configurations reference local configurations
AMR MobileUS 10 GA
AMR (QM) Mobile US
AMR (RM) 10 USGA
AMR (DMMobile US
AMR (SCM) Mobile US
Global Configuration Management
Requirements Management
Quality Management
Design Management
Source control
AMR Mobile component
AMR Mobile US
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation10 May 2 2023
Global Configurations provide context
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation11 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
bull A GC component can contribute to a higher-level GC componentbull By developing a hierarchy the GC structure can reflect build-up of a product or system
bull A GC component can contribute to more than one higher-level componentbull Build variant productssystemsbull Families of similar-but-different productssystems
Model v11
Engine v11
Pump 21 Spark v31
Gear v21
Global configurations
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation12 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GC ComponentStreamContributions
A contribution from QM
Contribution from another GC component stream
13
Sports model convertible
Sports model coupe
Sports Model
Car X Model Time
GL Model
Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly customized Innovation
Work in a development stream that spans tools Baseline across tools Branch to create new variants or releases Compare across configs Control delivery of changes across configs Reuse without copying making updates and impact analysis much easier
Function
Stream
Baseline
= Baseline
= Branch
= Artifact propagation
Requirements
Architecture
Test
Implementation
Car X Model
Power Train X
GearBox X Engine X
Body X
Requirements
Architecture
Test
Implementation
Requirements
Architecture
Test
Implementation
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation14 May 2 2023
Why adopt configuration management Extend the value of versioning and configurations across
lifecycle and disciplines Increase reuse speed of delivery and reliability in recreating
releases Improve quality and reduce cost
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation15 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Trade-offs to consider(for projects adopting configuration management)
bull Configuration management capabilities come with some trade-offsbull Behavior changes from ldquonon-enabledrdquo projectsbull Limitations in the initial releases (fewer with each new release)bull Some inconsistencies across the products
bull One must be aware of all factors and carefully consider whether to enable configuration management for a project areabull Most critical considerations are described on
self-serve page on jazznet when obtaining an activation keybull Guided discussions with Support or other client-facing SMEs are
encouraged especially before production decisionbull Strongly encourage pilot before any production decision
bull Because once you enable configuration management for a project area you cannot disable it
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation16 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Primary factorsbull Must upgrade everything to consistent v6 level
bull In general need consistent level to take advantage of newgrowing cross-application capabilities
bull v5 applications donrsquot understand versioning and configurationsbull Working with mixed versions is not practical beyond a short transition
bull Additional infrastructure requiredbull GCM and LDX applications ndash include on (expanded) JTS or separate
serverbull LQE server ndash 8-32 cores 16-256G RAMbull Potential impacts to other servers depending on repository size and shape
number of users usage patternshellipbull If RM or QM project areas are linked enable all or none of them
bull Enabling only some linked projects is not practical beyond a short transitionndash Links between them are frozenndash Cannot create new linksndash Links from the non-enabled project may not resolve correctly
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation17 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerations
bull Configuration-enabled projects use the LQE data source for reportingbull Once enabled projects do not send data to the data warehouse
(DW) but use LQE instead existing DW data is archivedndash Exception RTC which does not ldquoenablerdquo projects continues to
populate the DWbull Existing DW-based reports (BIRT RRDI dashboard widgets) must
be recreated or replaced ndash Exception RTC reports that do not include data from versioned
artifactsbull Rational Publishing Engine report templates can be reused specify
the target configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation18 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerations
bull Some data is not yet available for configuration-aware reportingbull Time-based trending databull DNG view query resultsbull QM lab management resources (eg jobs requests reservations)bull RTC build informationbull Note some data is not available in either LQE or DW
ndash DNG reviews module hierarchy change set informationndash RTC SCM information plan resources WI comments
bull Some data available only by writing custom SPARQL queriesbull DM resourcesbull Local configurationsbull Link validity data bull QM lab resources (machines)
bull Project-area level access control not implemented for Link Validity (can be set manually in LQE)
bull Sample reports based on JKE sample available on Jazznet for evaluation no OOTB reports yet
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation19 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Integrations
bull Most OSLC-based integrations outside the CLM applications do not yet support versioned artifactsbull Requires support for OASIS OSLC Configuration Management
spec (draft) expect list of supporting applications to grow over timebull Integrations to RTC work items continue to work as expected
because work items arenrsquot versioned
bull Several RQM test execution adapters have been verified to work correctly with enabled projects
bull IBM ClearQuest V80110 introduced initial support for global configurations see the CQ documentation for details
bull Progress made with other IBM and third-party applications expect more announcements in coming months
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation20 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Changes related to linking
bull New Link Validity service replaces ldquosuspect linksrdquo in enabled projectsbull Automatic ldquosuspectrdquo assertion on changebull User assertion (validinvalidsuspect) bull No support yet for ldquoprofilesrdquo (canrsquot specify which properties affect
validity)bull In QM views you cannot filter on RTC work item and plan
traceability links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation21 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Additional considerations
bull QM Mobile application for offline execution not yet availablebull New roles and permissions to manage configurationsbull Behavior changes include
bull Working in global configuration contextbull DNG change sets and reviewsbull RTC configuration to determine configuration context
bull See appendix for additional behavior changes and minor limitations
bull A complete list of limitations and workarounds by release is available on jazznet bull View the 602 queries for workarounds and limitationsbull View the pending workaround articles for 602 from each productrsquos
release notes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation22 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Enabling Configuration Management
bull Rhapsody DM and RTC already support Configuration Management ndash no further action needed
bull Two-step process to fully enable configuration management for DNG and RQM 1 Enter activation key in application settings
ndash Advanced Properties gt Local Versioning Componentndash Obtain key from self-serve page on jazznet (for pilot) or contact IBM
Support (especially for production)2 Enable in project area property for a specific RM or QM project
areandash Configuration Management section gt click to enable
bull Once you enable Configuration Management for a Project Area you cannot disable it
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation23 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
bull Reporting switches to a new configuration-aware solution using LQEbull Project area stops feeding the DW and existing DW data is archivedbull BIRT and RRDI reports no longer work and are removed Dashboard
widgets that use report resources stop working
bull Backlinks are removed directional links created in and referenced from Link Index Servicebull May take some time to fully index especially for large projects
bull Existing links from external sources resolve to default configuration
bull QM snapshots become ldquoreference onlyrdquo use baselines instead
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation24 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Upgrade and Migrationbull New components in v6x to enable configuration management
bull GCM application LQE data source Link Index service (LDX)bull Refer to new topology diagrams on deployment wikibull Be sure to consider related changes to production infrastructure requirements
bull All v6x upgrades require migrating to new RQM and DNG repository schemas regardless of configuration management use
bull Offline migrationbull Might take some time depending on repository sizeshape and network latency to the
database serverbull No additional online steps needed
bull Upgrades between 6x releases require re-indexing LQE data which might take timebull Reporting is unreliable during re-index
bull Performance of non-configuration management enabled projects expected to be consistent with previous versions
bull Additional repository updates happen when you enable Configuration Management for a project area (as previously described)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation25 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Adoption path
Explore and define how YOUR organization should implementbull Process definition is criticalbull Define usage model including roles stream strategies change
management and cross-stream deliveryhellipbull Assess reporting needs and implementation options
Conduct one or more pilot projectsbull Validate and modify usage scenarios and processes bull Consider both new and existing projects
Roll out selectively and progressivelybull Carefully select initial projects to enable bull Manage environment changesbull Train users on processes conventions tool changes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation26 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
Achieve Strategic Reuse using Global Configurations
Benefits FeaturesComplete a smooth transition to Global
Configuration ManagementSpeed up adoption and avoid common
missteps by working with our knowledgeable experts
Benefit from the knowledge standard practices and proven repeatable processes brought by our experts
Build skills quickly and effectively with expert advice and information sharing directly from our experienced consultants
Preparing for enabling Global Configuration Management
Prepare the environment and users for the activities to enable the new capability
Supporting the activities to enable the new capability
Support upgrades and installations Verify successful operation
Supporting users transitioning to Global Configuration Management
Perform mentoring on usage updates and planning for enabling additional projects
Backed by world class Analytics Services Experts
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation27 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
For more information
bull Configuration management playlists on youtubebull Based on these lab exercisesbull Introductory series
bull Jazznet article 1492 links to many valuable resources including videos and blogs
bull Try it out httpsjazznetproductssandbox
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation28 May 2 2023
ICE -IBM Continuous Engineering Event
Website httplearnquestconferencecomiceiot16
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation29 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
copy Copyright IBM Corporation 2015 All rights reserved The information contained in these materials is provided for informational purposes only and is provided AS IS without warranty of any kind express or implied IBM shall not be responsible for any damages arising out of the use of or otherwise related to these materials Nothing contained in these materials is intended to nor shall have the effect of creating any warranties or representations from IBM or its suppliers or licensors or altering the terms and conditions of the applicable license agreement governing the use of IBM software References in these materials to IBM products programs or services do not imply that they will be available in all countries in which IBM operates Product release dates andor capabilities referenced in these materials may change at any time at IBMrsquos sole discretion based on market opportunities or other factors and are not intended to be a commitment to future product or feature availability in any way IBM the IBM logo Rational the Rational logo and other IBM products and services are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States other countries or both Other company product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation30 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for Configuration Management
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation31 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerationsbull When reporting across versioned artifacts and RTC work items carefully consider filtering
bull Filtering by configuration will yield correct results for versioned artifactsbull Filter work items based on Planned-For or Found-In fields as they have no direct association to a configuration
bull When reporting on DNG artifactsbull As of 602 reverse traceability is now supported for custom link types as well as for OSLC RM-defined links bull If you customize data types (new types or attributes) you need to add them to the initial RM stream for them to
be visible for reportingndash Alternatively use custom SPARQL queries for customized types that are not in the initial stream
bull LQE indexes all projects no UI to select or exclude projects (to reduce volume)bull Current scale is 2 million versioned resources per LQE instance with 15725 configurations bull Where concerns arise IBM can assist with configuring LQE to index only selected project areas
bull Upgrade notes bull When upgrading from v60 (where configuration-aware reporting was Tech Preview only)
ndash Uninstall the v60 LQE component and reinstall with v602 upgradendash Configure RB data sources to add LQE (httpsserverportrssetup)
bull When upgrading from v601ndash Rebase the DNG TRS feeds (instructions in the Interactive Upgrade Guide)ndash Re-index the TRS feeds from DNG RTC and data sources (httpsserverportlqewebadmindata-sources)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation32 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
RTC considerationsbull Work items are not versioned tracking and planning artifacts are not part
of GC contributionsbull RTC work items are targeted to a single Release and therefore a single
GC bull Each supported OSLC link type is associated with a single attribute specifying
the Release target (Planned For Found In or some custom attribute)bull When you set or change the Release target (and GC) for a WI you must save
the work item to make the context change take effectbull If you change the Release gt GC association in the RTC project area the
versioned links will not work correctlybull If there is no GC associated with a Release links resolve to the default
configurationbull Child iterations can inherit Release setting from the parent or have their own
(eg Sprints under a main iteration can contribute to the same Release and GC)
bull If you are working in a Personal Stream RTC cannot resolve the configuration context and therefore cannot filter artifacts by configuration when you create links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation33 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Managing and delivering changebull DNG and DM have change sets RQM doesnrsquot
bull If necessary create separate RQM stream to model changes before delivering to main stream (note that this requires additional stream management and manual work with a Personal Stream)
bull Can create link from DNG or DM change set to change request (eg RTC work item)bull DNG now allows you to enforce
bull Requiring change set for any changes bull Requiring change set be linked to an approved change request in an OSLC change
management provider (like RTC)bull Delivering changes varies
bull Within DNGndash If you deliver changes from the Manage Configurations view you can only deliver between
parentchild in the stream hierarchyndash If you deliver from an artifact view you can choose any stream as the target (Deliver changes) or
source (Accept changes) and start from either directionndash You can select one or more change sets conflicts are highlighted and can be mergedndash As of 602 you can choose to automatically deliver changes providing inputs on how to resolve
conflicts (as well as returning to manual mode in case of conflict)bull RQM merges changes from a source baseline to the current stream selected by the GC
merge can be selectivendash Start operation from the target not the source of the changes ndash In effect you accept changes from a source baseline into the current configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation34 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
More tips for change setsbull In DNG you cannot create a review against a change setbull Your DNG change set is automatically added to your Personal Stream (PS) at creation and
removed at deliverydiscardbull Only one change set per DNG configuration in the PS at one time creating a second
change set for the same configuration replaces the first in the PS and requires manual changes to switch between them
bull You can manually add someone elsersquos change set to your PS (previous point still applies)bull Personal Streams persist and are reused for future change sets
ndash In 602 when you deliver your change set the configuration context remains set to your Personal Stream
bull RTC does not recognize the context of a Personal Stream when you create links from an artifact in a PS to an RTC artifact filtering based on configuration context will not work
bull DNG change set content is not visible after you deliverbull Before delivering you can compare the change set to the existing baseline or stream to identify
the changes it contains bull If you link the change set to a WI you can manually describe the changes in the WIbull Use naming conventions to indicate content or reason for change
bull Use naming conventions so you can recognize change sets at delivery timebull If you need to deliver across streams use explicit change sets
bull Implicit change sets are hard to identify and differentiate
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation35 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Consider security and permissions
bull To reference a GC you must be a member of the GC project area (in GCM application)bull Even to set the GC context in your RMQMDM applicationbull Can use lifecycle projects to ease user administration bull Members who need to create Personal Streams must have
permission to do sobull GC Configuration Leads must be members of RMQMCCMDM
project areas in order to access streams and baselinesbull Must have project permissions to create streamsbaselines
bull Assign roles and permissions for creating streams and baselines in local applications as well as GCMbull For DNG this includes permissions related to change sets owned
by yourself and by others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation36 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GCM considerations
bull GCM application has no project associationsbull You can define it as part of Lifecycle Project but it just makes
adding all the users easier no other effectbull A GC may include more than one contribution from a component
or project area (ldquocomponent skewrdquo)bull Resolves to first configuration found in list of contributions or
hierarchybull Use component skew reports to identify skew and ensure
configurations are ordered as intended ndash especially for large or complex hierarchies
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation37 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Deployment considerations
bull Single GCM application per JTS bull A project area canrsquot contribute to multiple GCM applications bull A project area can contribute to more than one GC component or
project within a single GCM applicationbull GC components are at granularity of project area ndash define
project areas accordinglybull The project area is used in the configuration as a single unit ndash the
entire project area is included in a stream or baseline and as a contribution to a GC You canrsquot subdivide a project area and contribute only part of it
bull For more information including recommended deployment topologies see the Deployment Wiki
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation38 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation39 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Rational Team
Concert
CLM Architecture 5x
Rational Quality Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
OSLC Integration
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation40 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
Rational Team
Concert
Rational Quality
Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
Config Aware OSLC Integration wo backlinks
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
Lifecycle Query
Engine
Global Config Service
Backlink Index
Service
Additions or restructured to support multiple configurations
Fundamental rework of the query
and repository services
Reorganization of the RQM and DNG data into schema that supports configurations
Restructuring of the OSLC cross product linkages
to support configuration
Requires removal of ldquobacklinksrdquo
Rework of the web UIs to allow selection of configuration and maintain config as user
navigates app to app
Add configuration management to RQM and DNG Includes reworking storage layers adding compare and
merge UIs
Modify trackingplanning to work with
versioned CLM resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation41 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Links and Configuration Managementbull In 5x and earlier creating a link from artifact A to artifact B typically
resulted in the creation of a link in the reverse direction ndash a lsquobacklinkrsquobull In 60 configuration management enabled projects to link between
versioned resources the configuration is used to determine the right version of the target artifactbull A single link is stored in the artifact of the application owning the link
(not necessarily the one that created it) A backlink is no longer created and stored ndash RTC owns all links involving RTCndash RQM owns all links between QM and RMDMndash DM owns links between DM and RM
bull A new Link Index Service is used to determine if incoming links to an artifact version exist and thus visiblenavigable from that artifact
bull In 60 projects that configuration management is NOT enabled the linking storagebehavior is the same as that used in 5x ie backlinks are created
- Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capabilit
- Slide 2
- Topics
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Configurations define the correct artifact versions
- Global configurations provide context
- Global configurations reference local configurations
- Slide 10
- Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
- GC ComponentStreamContributions
- Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly custom
- Why adopt configuration management
- Trade-offs to consider (for projects adopting configuration man
- Primary factors
- Reporting considerations
- Reporting considerations
- OSLC Integrations
- Changes related to linking
- Additional considerations
- Enabling Configuration Management
- When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
- Upgrade and Migration
- Adoption path
- Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
- For more information
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for
- Reporting considerations (2)
- RTC considerations
- Managing and delivering change
- More tips for change sets
- Consider security and permissions
- GCM considerations
- Deployment considerations
- Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
- CLM Architecture 5x
- CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
- OSLC Links and Configuration Management
-
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation7 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Configurations define the correct artifact versions
Tests
QM Release AEach tool defines streams (changeable) and baselines (frozen) to select the correct artifact versions
Requirements
ValidatesTests
RM Release A
QM Release A
How do we know which RM stream belongs with which QM stream
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation8 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global configurations provide context
Requirements
Validates
Tests
Global configuration- Release A
RM Release A
QM Release A
The global configuration defines which streams andor baselines from the various applications belong together for a particular variant or version
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation9 May 2 2023
Global configurations reference local configurations
AMR MobileUS 10 GA
AMR (QM) Mobile US
AMR (RM) 10 USGA
AMR (DMMobile US
AMR (SCM) Mobile US
Global Configuration Management
Requirements Management
Quality Management
Design Management
Source control
AMR Mobile component
AMR Mobile US
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation10 May 2 2023
Global Configurations provide context
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation11 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
bull A GC component can contribute to a higher-level GC componentbull By developing a hierarchy the GC structure can reflect build-up of a product or system
bull A GC component can contribute to more than one higher-level componentbull Build variant productssystemsbull Families of similar-but-different productssystems
Model v11
Engine v11
Pump 21 Spark v31
Gear v21
Global configurations
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation12 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GC ComponentStreamContributions
A contribution from QM
Contribution from another GC component stream
13
Sports model convertible
Sports model coupe
Sports Model
Car X Model Time
GL Model
Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly customized Innovation
Work in a development stream that spans tools Baseline across tools Branch to create new variants or releases Compare across configs Control delivery of changes across configs Reuse without copying making updates and impact analysis much easier
Function
Stream
Baseline
= Baseline
= Branch
= Artifact propagation
Requirements
Architecture
Test
Implementation
Car X Model
Power Train X
GearBox X Engine X
Body X
Requirements
Architecture
Test
Implementation
Requirements
Architecture
Test
Implementation
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation14 May 2 2023
Why adopt configuration management Extend the value of versioning and configurations across
lifecycle and disciplines Increase reuse speed of delivery and reliability in recreating
releases Improve quality and reduce cost
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation15 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Trade-offs to consider(for projects adopting configuration management)
bull Configuration management capabilities come with some trade-offsbull Behavior changes from ldquonon-enabledrdquo projectsbull Limitations in the initial releases (fewer with each new release)bull Some inconsistencies across the products
bull One must be aware of all factors and carefully consider whether to enable configuration management for a project areabull Most critical considerations are described on
self-serve page on jazznet when obtaining an activation keybull Guided discussions with Support or other client-facing SMEs are
encouraged especially before production decisionbull Strongly encourage pilot before any production decision
bull Because once you enable configuration management for a project area you cannot disable it
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation16 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Primary factorsbull Must upgrade everything to consistent v6 level
bull In general need consistent level to take advantage of newgrowing cross-application capabilities
bull v5 applications donrsquot understand versioning and configurationsbull Working with mixed versions is not practical beyond a short transition
bull Additional infrastructure requiredbull GCM and LDX applications ndash include on (expanded) JTS or separate
serverbull LQE server ndash 8-32 cores 16-256G RAMbull Potential impacts to other servers depending on repository size and shape
number of users usage patternshellipbull If RM or QM project areas are linked enable all or none of them
bull Enabling only some linked projects is not practical beyond a short transitionndash Links between them are frozenndash Cannot create new linksndash Links from the non-enabled project may not resolve correctly
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation17 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerations
bull Configuration-enabled projects use the LQE data source for reportingbull Once enabled projects do not send data to the data warehouse
(DW) but use LQE instead existing DW data is archivedndash Exception RTC which does not ldquoenablerdquo projects continues to
populate the DWbull Existing DW-based reports (BIRT RRDI dashboard widgets) must
be recreated or replaced ndash Exception RTC reports that do not include data from versioned
artifactsbull Rational Publishing Engine report templates can be reused specify
the target configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation18 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerations
bull Some data is not yet available for configuration-aware reportingbull Time-based trending databull DNG view query resultsbull QM lab management resources (eg jobs requests reservations)bull RTC build informationbull Note some data is not available in either LQE or DW
ndash DNG reviews module hierarchy change set informationndash RTC SCM information plan resources WI comments
bull Some data available only by writing custom SPARQL queriesbull DM resourcesbull Local configurationsbull Link validity data bull QM lab resources (machines)
bull Project-area level access control not implemented for Link Validity (can be set manually in LQE)
bull Sample reports based on JKE sample available on Jazznet for evaluation no OOTB reports yet
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation19 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Integrations
bull Most OSLC-based integrations outside the CLM applications do not yet support versioned artifactsbull Requires support for OASIS OSLC Configuration Management
spec (draft) expect list of supporting applications to grow over timebull Integrations to RTC work items continue to work as expected
because work items arenrsquot versioned
bull Several RQM test execution adapters have been verified to work correctly with enabled projects
bull IBM ClearQuest V80110 introduced initial support for global configurations see the CQ documentation for details
bull Progress made with other IBM and third-party applications expect more announcements in coming months
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation20 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Changes related to linking
bull New Link Validity service replaces ldquosuspect linksrdquo in enabled projectsbull Automatic ldquosuspectrdquo assertion on changebull User assertion (validinvalidsuspect) bull No support yet for ldquoprofilesrdquo (canrsquot specify which properties affect
validity)bull In QM views you cannot filter on RTC work item and plan
traceability links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation21 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Additional considerations
bull QM Mobile application for offline execution not yet availablebull New roles and permissions to manage configurationsbull Behavior changes include
bull Working in global configuration contextbull DNG change sets and reviewsbull RTC configuration to determine configuration context
bull See appendix for additional behavior changes and minor limitations
bull A complete list of limitations and workarounds by release is available on jazznet bull View the 602 queries for workarounds and limitationsbull View the pending workaround articles for 602 from each productrsquos
release notes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation22 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Enabling Configuration Management
bull Rhapsody DM and RTC already support Configuration Management ndash no further action needed
bull Two-step process to fully enable configuration management for DNG and RQM 1 Enter activation key in application settings
ndash Advanced Properties gt Local Versioning Componentndash Obtain key from self-serve page on jazznet (for pilot) or contact IBM
Support (especially for production)2 Enable in project area property for a specific RM or QM project
areandash Configuration Management section gt click to enable
bull Once you enable Configuration Management for a Project Area you cannot disable it
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation23 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
bull Reporting switches to a new configuration-aware solution using LQEbull Project area stops feeding the DW and existing DW data is archivedbull BIRT and RRDI reports no longer work and are removed Dashboard
widgets that use report resources stop working
bull Backlinks are removed directional links created in and referenced from Link Index Servicebull May take some time to fully index especially for large projects
bull Existing links from external sources resolve to default configuration
bull QM snapshots become ldquoreference onlyrdquo use baselines instead
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation24 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Upgrade and Migrationbull New components in v6x to enable configuration management
bull GCM application LQE data source Link Index service (LDX)bull Refer to new topology diagrams on deployment wikibull Be sure to consider related changes to production infrastructure requirements
bull All v6x upgrades require migrating to new RQM and DNG repository schemas regardless of configuration management use
bull Offline migrationbull Might take some time depending on repository sizeshape and network latency to the
database serverbull No additional online steps needed
bull Upgrades between 6x releases require re-indexing LQE data which might take timebull Reporting is unreliable during re-index
bull Performance of non-configuration management enabled projects expected to be consistent with previous versions
bull Additional repository updates happen when you enable Configuration Management for a project area (as previously described)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation25 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Adoption path
Explore and define how YOUR organization should implementbull Process definition is criticalbull Define usage model including roles stream strategies change
management and cross-stream deliveryhellipbull Assess reporting needs and implementation options
Conduct one or more pilot projectsbull Validate and modify usage scenarios and processes bull Consider both new and existing projects
Roll out selectively and progressivelybull Carefully select initial projects to enable bull Manage environment changesbull Train users on processes conventions tool changes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation26 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
Achieve Strategic Reuse using Global Configurations
Benefits FeaturesComplete a smooth transition to Global
Configuration ManagementSpeed up adoption and avoid common
missteps by working with our knowledgeable experts
Benefit from the knowledge standard practices and proven repeatable processes brought by our experts
Build skills quickly and effectively with expert advice and information sharing directly from our experienced consultants
Preparing for enabling Global Configuration Management
Prepare the environment and users for the activities to enable the new capability
Supporting the activities to enable the new capability
Support upgrades and installations Verify successful operation
Supporting users transitioning to Global Configuration Management
Perform mentoring on usage updates and planning for enabling additional projects
Backed by world class Analytics Services Experts
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation27 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
For more information
bull Configuration management playlists on youtubebull Based on these lab exercisesbull Introductory series
bull Jazznet article 1492 links to many valuable resources including videos and blogs
bull Try it out httpsjazznetproductssandbox
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation28 May 2 2023
ICE -IBM Continuous Engineering Event
Website httplearnquestconferencecomiceiot16
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation29 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
copy Copyright IBM Corporation 2015 All rights reserved The information contained in these materials is provided for informational purposes only and is provided AS IS without warranty of any kind express or implied IBM shall not be responsible for any damages arising out of the use of or otherwise related to these materials Nothing contained in these materials is intended to nor shall have the effect of creating any warranties or representations from IBM or its suppliers or licensors or altering the terms and conditions of the applicable license agreement governing the use of IBM software References in these materials to IBM products programs or services do not imply that they will be available in all countries in which IBM operates Product release dates andor capabilities referenced in these materials may change at any time at IBMrsquos sole discretion based on market opportunities or other factors and are not intended to be a commitment to future product or feature availability in any way IBM the IBM logo Rational the Rational logo and other IBM products and services are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States other countries or both Other company product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation30 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for Configuration Management
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation31 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerationsbull When reporting across versioned artifacts and RTC work items carefully consider filtering
bull Filtering by configuration will yield correct results for versioned artifactsbull Filter work items based on Planned-For or Found-In fields as they have no direct association to a configuration
bull When reporting on DNG artifactsbull As of 602 reverse traceability is now supported for custom link types as well as for OSLC RM-defined links bull If you customize data types (new types or attributes) you need to add them to the initial RM stream for them to
be visible for reportingndash Alternatively use custom SPARQL queries for customized types that are not in the initial stream
bull LQE indexes all projects no UI to select or exclude projects (to reduce volume)bull Current scale is 2 million versioned resources per LQE instance with 15725 configurations bull Where concerns arise IBM can assist with configuring LQE to index only selected project areas
bull Upgrade notes bull When upgrading from v60 (where configuration-aware reporting was Tech Preview only)
ndash Uninstall the v60 LQE component and reinstall with v602 upgradendash Configure RB data sources to add LQE (httpsserverportrssetup)
bull When upgrading from v601ndash Rebase the DNG TRS feeds (instructions in the Interactive Upgrade Guide)ndash Re-index the TRS feeds from DNG RTC and data sources (httpsserverportlqewebadmindata-sources)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation32 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
RTC considerationsbull Work items are not versioned tracking and planning artifacts are not part
of GC contributionsbull RTC work items are targeted to a single Release and therefore a single
GC bull Each supported OSLC link type is associated with a single attribute specifying
the Release target (Planned For Found In or some custom attribute)bull When you set or change the Release target (and GC) for a WI you must save
the work item to make the context change take effectbull If you change the Release gt GC association in the RTC project area the
versioned links will not work correctlybull If there is no GC associated with a Release links resolve to the default
configurationbull Child iterations can inherit Release setting from the parent or have their own
(eg Sprints under a main iteration can contribute to the same Release and GC)
bull If you are working in a Personal Stream RTC cannot resolve the configuration context and therefore cannot filter artifacts by configuration when you create links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation33 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Managing and delivering changebull DNG and DM have change sets RQM doesnrsquot
bull If necessary create separate RQM stream to model changes before delivering to main stream (note that this requires additional stream management and manual work with a Personal Stream)
bull Can create link from DNG or DM change set to change request (eg RTC work item)bull DNG now allows you to enforce
bull Requiring change set for any changes bull Requiring change set be linked to an approved change request in an OSLC change
management provider (like RTC)bull Delivering changes varies
bull Within DNGndash If you deliver changes from the Manage Configurations view you can only deliver between
parentchild in the stream hierarchyndash If you deliver from an artifact view you can choose any stream as the target (Deliver changes) or
source (Accept changes) and start from either directionndash You can select one or more change sets conflicts are highlighted and can be mergedndash As of 602 you can choose to automatically deliver changes providing inputs on how to resolve
conflicts (as well as returning to manual mode in case of conflict)bull RQM merges changes from a source baseline to the current stream selected by the GC
merge can be selectivendash Start operation from the target not the source of the changes ndash In effect you accept changes from a source baseline into the current configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation34 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
More tips for change setsbull In DNG you cannot create a review against a change setbull Your DNG change set is automatically added to your Personal Stream (PS) at creation and
removed at deliverydiscardbull Only one change set per DNG configuration in the PS at one time creating a second
change set for the same configuration replaces the first in the PS and requires manual changes to switch between them
bull You can manually add someone elsersquos change set to your PS (previous point still applies)bull Personal Streams persist and are reused for future change sets
ndash In 602 when you deliver your change set the configuration context remains set to your Personal Stream
bull RTC does not recognize the context of a Personal Stream when you create links from an artifact in a PS to an RTC artifact filtering based on configuration context will not work
bull DNG change set content is not visible after you deliverbull Before delivering you can compare the change set to the existing baseline or stream to identify
the changes it contains bull If you link the change set to a WI you can manually describe the changes in the WIbull Use naming conventions to indicate content or reason for change
bull Use naming conventions so you can recognize change sets at delivery timebull If you need to deliver across streams use explicit change sets
bull Implicit change sets are hard to identify and differentiate
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation35 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Consider security and permissions
bull To reference a GC you must be a member of the GC project area (in GCM application)bull Even to set the GC context in your RMQMDM applicationbull Can use lifecycle projects to ease user administration bull Members who need to create Personal Streams must have
permission to do sobull GC Configuration Leads must be members of RMQMCCMDM
project areas in order to access streams and baselinesbull Must have project permissions to create streamsbaselines
bull Assign roles and permissions for creating streams and baselines in local applications as well as GCMbull For DNG this includes permissions related to change sets owned
by yourself and by others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation36 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GCM considerations
bull GCM application has no project associationsbull You can define it as part of Lifecycle Project but it just makes
adding all the users easier no other effectbull A GC may include more than one contribution from a component
or project area (ldquocomponent skewrdquo)bull Resolves to first configuration found in list of contributions or
hierarchybull Use component skew reports to identify skew and ensure
configurations are ordered as intended ndash especially for large or complex hierarchies
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation37 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Deployment considerations
bull Single GCM application per JTS bull A project area canrsquot contribute to multiple GCM applications bull A project area can contribute to more than one GC component or
project within a single GCM applicationbull GC components are at granularity of project area ndash define
project areas accordinglybull The project area is used in the configuration as a single unit ndash the
entire project area is included in a stream or baseline and as a contribution to a GC You canrsquot subdivide a project area and contribute only part of it
bull For more information including recommended deployment topologies see the Deployment Wiki
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation38 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation39 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Rational Team
Concert
CLM Architecture 5x
Rational Quality Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
OSLC Integration
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation40 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
Rational Team
Concert
Rational Quality
Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
Config Aware OSLC Integration wo backlinks
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
Lifecycle Query
Engine
Global Config Service
Backlink Index
Service
Additions or restructured to support multiple configurations
Fundamental rework of the query
and repository services
Reorganization of the RQM and DNG data into schema that supports configurations
Restructuring of the OSLC cross product linkages
to support configuration
Requires removal of ldquobacklinksrdquo
Rework of the web UIs to allow selection of configuration and maintain config as user
navigates app to app
Add configuration management to RQM and DNG Includes reworking storage layers adding compare and
merge UIs
Modify trackingplanning to work with
versioned CLM resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation41 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Links and Configuration Managementbull In 5x and earlier creating a link from artifact A to artifact B typically
resulted in the creation of a link in the reverse direction ndash a lsquobacklinkrsquobull In 60 configuration management enabled projects to link between
versioned resources the configuration is used to determine the right version of the target artifactbull A single link is stored in the artifact of the application owning the link
(not necessarily the one that created it) A backlink is no longer created and stored ndash RTC owns all links involving RTCndash RQM owns all links between QM and RMDMndash DM owns links between DM and RM
bull A new Link Index Service is used to determine if incoming links to an artifact version exist and thus visiblenavigable from that artifact
bull In 60 projects that configuration management is NOT enabled the linking storagebehavior is the same as that used in 5x ie backlinks are created
- Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capabilit
- Slide 2
- Topics
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Configurations define the correct artifact versions
- Global configurations provide context
- Global configurations reference local configurations
- Slide 10
- Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
- GC ComponentStreamContributions
- Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly custom
- Why adopt configuration management
- Trade-offs to consider (for projects adopting configuration man
- Primary factors
- Reporting considerations
- Reporting considerations
- OSLC Integrations
- Changes related to linking
- Additional considerations
- Enabling Configuration Management
- When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
- Upgrade and Migration
- Adoption path
- Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
- For more information
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for
- Reporting considerations (2)
- RTC considerations
- Managing and delivering change
- More tips for change sets
- Consider security and permissions
- GCM considerations
- Deployment considerations
- Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
- CLM Architecture 5x
- CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
- OSLC Links and Configuration Management
-
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation8 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global configurations provide context
Requirements
Validates
Tests
Global configuration- Release A
RM Release A
QM Release A
The global configuration defines which streams andor baselines from the various applications belong together for a particular variant or version
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation9 May 2 2023
Global configurations reference local configurations
AMR MobileUS 10 GA
AMR (QM) Mobile US
AMR (RM) 10 USGA
AMR (DMMobile US
AMR (SCM) Mobile US
Global Configuration Management
Requirements Management
Quality Management
Design Management
Source control
AMR Mobile component
AMR Mobile US
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation10 May 2 2023
Global Configurations provide context
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation11 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
bull A GC component can contribute to a higher-level GC componentbull By developing a hierarchy the GC structure can reflect build-up of a product or system
bull A GC component can contribute to more than one higher-level componentbull Build variant productssystemsbull Families of similar-but-different productssystems
Model v11
Engine v11
Pump 21 Spark v31
Gear v21
Global configurations
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation12 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GC ComponentStreamContributions
A contribution from QM
Contribution from another GC component stream
13
Sports model convertible
Sports model coupe
Sports Model
Car X Model Time
GL Model
Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly customized Innovation
Work in a development stream that spans tools Baseline across tools Branch to create new variants or releases Compare across configs Control delivery of changes across configs Reuse without copying making updates and impact analysis much easier
Function
Stream
Baseline
= Baseline
= Branch
= Artifact propagation
Requirements
Architecture
Test
Implementation
Car X Model
Power Train X
GearBox X Engine X
Body X
Requirements
Architecture
Test
Implementation
Requirements
Architecture
Test
Implementation
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation14 May 2 2023
Why adopt configuration management Extend the value of versioning and configurations across
lifecycle and disciplines Increase reuse speed of delivery and reliability in recreating
releases Improve quality and reduce cost
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation15 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Trade-offs to consider(for projects adopting configuration management)
bull Configuration management capabilities come with some trade-offsbull Behavior changes from ldquonon-enabledrdquo projectsbull Limitations in the initial releases (fewer with each new release)bull Some inconsistencies across the products
bull One must be aware of all factors and carefully consider whether to enable configuration management for a project areabull Most critical considerations are described on
self-serve page on jazznet when obtaining an activation keybull Guided discussions with Support or other client-facing SMEs are
encouraged especially before production decisionbull Strongly encourage pilot before any production decision
bull Because once you enable configuration management for a project area you cannot disable it
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation16 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Primary factorsbull Must upgrade everything to consistent v6 level
bull In general need consistent level to take advantage of newgrowing cross-application capabilities
bull v5 applications donrsquot understand versioning and configurationsbull Working with mixed versions is not practical beyond a short transition
bull Additional infrastructure requiredbull GCM and LDX applications ndash include on (expanded) JTS or separate
serverbull LQE server ndash 8-32 cores 16-256G RAMbull Potential impacts to other servers depending on repository size and shape
number of users usage patternshellipbull If RM or QM project areas are linked enable all or none of them
bull Enabling only some linked projects is not practical beyond a short transitionndash Links between them are frozenndash Cannot create new linksndash Links from the non-enabled project may not resolve correctly
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation17 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerations
bull Configuration-enabled projects use the LQE data source for reportingbull Once enabled projects do not send data to the data warehouse
(DW) but use LQE instead existing DW data is archivedndash Exception RTC which does not ldquoenablerdquo projects continues to
populate the DWbull Existing DW-based reports (BIRT RRDI dashboard widgets) must
be recreated or replaced ndash Exception RTC reports that do not include data from versioned
artifactsbull Rational Publishing Engine report templates can be reused specify
the target configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation18 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerations
bull Some data is not yet available for configuration-aware reportingbull Time-based trending databull DNG view query resultsbull QM lab management resources (eg jobs requests reservations)bull RTC build informationbull Note some data is not available in either LQE or DW
ndash DNG reviews module hierarchy change set informationndash RTC SCM information plan resources WI comments
bull Some data available only by writing custom SPARQL queriesbull DM resourcesbull Local configurationsbull Link validity data bull QM lab resources (machines)
bull Project-area level access control not implemented for Link Validity (can be set manually in LQE)
bull Sample reports based on JKE sample available on Jazznet for evaluation no OOTB reports yet
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation19 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Integrations
bull Most OSLC-based integrations outside the CLM applications do not yet support versioned artifactsbull Requires support for OASIS OSLC Configuration Management
spec (draft) expect list of supporting applications to grow over timebull Integrations to RTC work items continue to work as expected
because work items arenrsquot versioned
bull Several RQM test execution adapters have been verified to work correctly with enabled projects
bull IBM ClearQuest V80110 introduced initial support for global configurations see the CQ documentation for details
bull Progress made with other IBM and third-party applications expect more announcements in coming months
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation20 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Changes related to linking
bull New Link Validity service replaces ldquosuspect linksrdquo in enabled projectsbull Automatic ldquosuspectrdquo assertion on changebull User assertion (validinvalidsuspect) bull No support yet for ldquoprofilesrdquo (canrsquot specify which properties affect
validity)bull In QM views you cannot filter on RTC work item and plan
traceability links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation21 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Additional considerations
bull QM Mobile application for offline execution not yet availablebull New roles and permissions to manage configurationsbull Behavior changes include
bull Working in global configuration contextbull DNG change sets and reviewsbull RTC configuration to determine configuration context
bull See appendix for additional behavior changes and minor limitations
bull A complete list of limitations and workarounds by release is available on jazznet bull View the 602 queries for workarounds and limitationsbull View the pending workaround articles for 602 from each productrsquos
release notes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation22 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Enabling Configuration Management
bull Rhapsody DM and RTC already support Configuration Management ndash no further action needed
bull Two-step process to fully enable configuration management for DNG and RQM 1 Enter activation key in application settings
ndash Advanced Properties gt Local Versioning Componentndash Obtain key from self-serve page on jazznet (for pilot) or contact IBM
Support (especially for production)2 Enable in project area property for a specific RM or QM project
areandash Configuration Management section gt click to enable
bull Once you enable Configuration Management for a Project Area you cannot disable it
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation23 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
bull Reporting switches to a new configuration-aware solution using LQEbull Project area stops feeding the DW and existing DW data is archivedbull BIRT and RRDI reports no longer work and are removed Dashboard
widgets that use report resources stop working
bull Backlinks are removed directional links created in and referenced from Link Index Servicebull May take some time to fully index especially for large projects
bull Existing links from external sources resolve to default configuration
bull QM snapshots become ldquoreference onlyrdquo use baselines instead
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation24 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Upgrade and Migrationbull New components in v6x to enable configuration management
bull GCM application LQE data source Link Index service (LDX)bull Refer to new topology diagrams on deployment wikibull Be sure to consider related changes to production infrastructure requirements
bull All v6x upgrades require migrating to new RQM and DNG repository schemas regardless of configuration management use
bull Offline migrationbull Might take some time depending on repository sizeshape and network latency to the
database serverbull No additional online steps needed
bull Upgrades between 6x releases require re-indexing LQE data which might take timebull Reporting is unreliable during re-index
bull Performance of non-configuration management enabled projects expected to be consistent with previous versions
bull Additional repository updates happen when you enable Configuration Management for a project area (as previously described)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation25 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Adoption path
Explore and define how YOUR organization should implementbull Process definition is criticalbull Define usage model including roles stream strategies change
management and cross-stream deliveryhellipbull Assess reporting needs and implementation options
Conduct one or more pilot projectsbull Validate and modify usage scenarios and processes bull Consider both new and existing projects
Roll out selectively and progressivelybull Carefully select initial projects to enable bull Manage environment changesbull Train users on processes conventions tool changes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation26 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
Achieve Strategic Reuse using Global Configurations
Benefits FeaturesComplete a smooth transition to Global
Configuration ManagementSpeed up adoption and avoid common
missteps by working with our knowledgeable experts
Benefit from the knowledge standard practices and proven repeatable processes brought by our experts
Build skills quickly and effectively with expert advice and information sharing directly from our experienced consultants
Preparing for enabling Global Configuration Management
Prepare the environment and users for the activities to enable the new capability
Supporting the activities to enable the new capability
Support upgrades and installations Verify successful operation
Supporting users transitioning to Global Configuration Management
Perform mentoring on usage updates and planning for enabling additional projects
Backed by world class Analytics Services Experts
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation27 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
For more information
bull Configuration management playlists on youtubebull Based on these lab exercisesbull Introductory series
bull Jazznet article 1492 links to many valuable resources including videos and blogs
bull Try it out httpsjazznetproductssandbox
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation28 May 2 2023
ICE -IBM Continuous Engineering Event
Website httplearnquestconferencecomiceiot16
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation29 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
copy Copyright IBM Corporation 2015 All rights reserved The information contained in these materials is provided for informational purposes only and is provided AS IS without warranty of any kind express or implied IBM shall not be responsible for any damages arising out of the use of or otherwise related to these materials Nothing contained in these materials is intended to nor shall have the effect of creating any warranties or representations from IBM or its suppliers or licensors or altering the terms and conditions of the applicable license agreement governing the use of IBM software References in these materials to IBM products programs or services do not imply that they will be available in all countries in which IBM operates Product release dates andor capabilities referenced in these materials may change at any time at IBMrsquos sole discretion based on market opportunities or other factors and are not intended to be a commitment to future product or feature availability in any way IBM the IBM logo Rational the Rational logo and other IBM products and services are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States other countries or both Other company product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation30 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for Configuration Management
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation31 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerationsbull When reporting across versioned artifacts and RTC work items carefully consider filtering
bull Filtering by configuration will yield correct results for versioned artifactsbull Filter work items based on Planned-For or Found-In fields as they have no direct association to a configuration
bull When reporting on DNG artifactsbull As of 602 reverse traceability is now supported for custom link types as well as for OSLC RM-defined links bull If you customize data types (new types or attributes) you need to add them to the initial RM stream for them to
be visible for reportingndash Alternatively use custom SPARQL queries for customized types that are not in the initial stream
bull LQE indexes all projects no UI to select or exclude projects (to reduce volume)bull Current scale is 2 million versioned resources per LQE instance with 15725 configurations bull Where concerns arise IBM can assist with configuring LQE to index only selected project areas
bull Upgrade notes bull When upgrading from v60 (where configuration-aware reporting was Tech Preview only)
ndash Uninstall the v60 LQE component and reinstall with v602 upgradendash Configure RB data sources to add LQE (httpsserverportrssetup)
bull When upgrading from v601ndash Rebase the DNG TRS feeds (instructions in the Interactive Upgrade Guide)ndash Re-index the TRS feeds from DNG RTC and data sources (httpsserverportlqewebadmindata-sources)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation32 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
RTC considerationsbull Work items are not versioned tracking and planning artifacts are not part
of GC contributionsbull RTC work items are targeted to a single Release and therefore a single
GC bull Each supported OSLC link type is associated with a single attribute specifying
the Release target (Planned For Found In or some custom attribute)bull When you set or change the Release target (and GC) for a WI you must save
the work item to make the context change take effectbull If you change the Release gt GC association in the RTC project area the
versioned links will not work correctlybull If there is no GC associated with a Release links resolve to the default
configurationbull Child iterations can inherit Release setting from the parent or have their own
(eg Sprints under a main iteration can contribute to the same Release and GC)
bull If you are working in a Personal Stream RTC cannot resolve the configuration context and therefore cannot filter artifacts by configuration when you create links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation33 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Managing and delivering changebull DNG and DM have change sets RQM doesnrsquot
bull If necessary create separate RQM stream to model changes before delivering to main stream (note that this requires additional stream management and manual work with a Personal Stream)
bull Can create link from DNG or DM change set to change request (eg RTC work item)bull DNG now allows you to enforce
bull Requiring change set for any changes bull Requiring change set be linked to an approved change request in an OSLC change
management provider (like RTC)bull Delivering changes varies
bull Within DNGndash If you deliver changes from the Manage Configurations view you can only deliver between
parentchild in the stream hierarchyndash If you deliver from an artifact view you can choose any stream as the target (Deliver changes) or
source (Accept changes) and start from either directionndash You can select one or more change sets conflicts are highlighted and can be mergedndash As of 602 you can choose to automatically deliver changes providing inputs on how to resolve
conflicts (as well as returning to manual mode in case of conflict)bull RQM merges changes from a source baseline to the current stream selected by the GC
merge can be selectivendash Start operation from the target not the source of the changes ndash In effect you accept changes from a source baseline into the current configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation34 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
More tips for change setsbull In DNG you cannot create a review against a change setbull Your DNG change set is automatically added to your Personal Stream (PS) at creation and
removed at deliverydiscardbull Only one change set per DNG configuration in the PS at one time creating a second
change set for the same configuration replaces the first in the PS and requires manual changes to switch between them
bull You can manually add someone elsersquos change set to your PS (previous point still applies)bull Personal Streams persist and are reused for future change sets
ndash In 602 when you deliver your change set the configuration context remains set to your Personal Stream
bull RTC does not recognize the context of a Personal Stream when you create links from an artifact in a PS to an RTC artifact filtering based on configuration context will not work
bull DNG change set content is not visible after you deliverbull Before delivering you can compare the change set to the existing baseline or stream to identify
the changes it contains bull If you link the change set to a WI you can manually describe the changes in the WIbull Use naming conventions to indicate content or reason for change
bull Use naming conventions so you can recognize change sets at delivery timebull If you need to deliver across streams use explicit change sets
bull Implicit change sets are hard to identify and differentiate
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation35 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Consider security and permissions
bull To reference a GC you must be a member of the GC project area (in GCM application)bull Even to set the GC context in your RMQMDM applicationbull Can use lifecycle projects to ease user administration bull Members who need to create Personal Streams must have
permission to do sobull GC Configuration Leads must be members of RMQMCCMDM
project areas in order to access streams and baselinesbull Must have project permissions to create streamsbaselines
bull Assign roles and permissions for creating streams and baselines in local applications as well as GCMbull For DNG this includes permissions related to change sets owned
by yourself and by others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation36 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GCM considerations
bull GCM application has no project associationsbull You can define it as part of Lifecycle Project but it just makes
adding all the users easier no other effectbull A GC may include more than one contribution from a component
or project area (ldquocomponent skewrdquo)bull Resolves to first configuration found in list of contributions or
hierarchybull Use component skew reports to identify skew and ensure
configurations are ordered as intended ndash especially for large or complex hierarchies
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation37 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Deployment considerations
bull Single GCM application per JTS bull A project area canrsquot contribute to multiple GCM applications bull A project area can contribute to more than one GC component or
project within a single GCM applicationbull GC components are at granularity of project area ndash define
project areas accordinglybull The project area is used in the configuration as a single unit ndash the
entire project area is included in a stream or baseline and as a contribution to a GC You canrsquot subdivide a project area and contribute only part of it
bull For more information including recommended deployment topologies see the Deployment Wiki
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation38 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation39 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Rational Team
Concert
CLM Architecture 5x
Rational Quality Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
OSLC Integration
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation40 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
Rational Team
Concert
Rational Quality
Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
Config Aware OSLC Integration wo backlinks
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
Lifecycle Query
Engine
Global Config Service
Backlink Index
Service
Additions or restructured to support multiple configurations
Fundamental rework of the query
and repository services
Reorganization of the RQM and DNG data into schema that supports configurations
Restructuring of the OSLC cross product linkages
to support configuration
Requires removal of ldquobacklinksrdquo
Rework of the web UIs to allow selection of configuration and maintain config as user
navigates app to app
Add configuration management to RQM and DNG Includes reworking storage layers adding compare and
merge UIs
Modify trackingplanning to work with
versioned CLM resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation41 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Links and Configuration Managementbull In 5x and earlier creating a link from artifact A to artifact B typically
resulted in the creation of a link in the reverse direction ndash a lsquobacklinkrsquobull In 60 configuration management enabled projects to link between
versioned resources the configuration is used to determine the right version of the target artifactbull A single link is stored in the artifact of the application owning the link
(not necessarily the one that created it) A backlink is no longer created and stored ndash RTC owns all links involving RTCndash RQM owns all links between QM and RMDMndash DM owns links between DM and RM
bull A new Link Index Service is used to determine if incoming links to an artifact version exist and thus visiblenavigable from that artifact
bull In 60 projects that configuration management is NOT enabled the linking storagebehavior is the same as that used in 5x ie backlinks are created
- Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capabilit
- Slide 2
- Topics
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Configurations define the correct artifact versions
- Global configurations provide context
- Global configurations reference local configurations
- Slide 10
- Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
- GC ComponentStreamContributions
- Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly custom
- Why adopt configuration management
- Trade-offs to consider (for projects adopting configuration man
- Primary factors
- Reporting considerations
- Reporting considerations
- OSLC Integrations
- Changes related to linking
- Additional considerations
- Enabling Configuration Management
- When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
- Upgrade and Migration
- Adoption path
- Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
- For more information
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for
- Reporting considerations (2)
- RTC considerations
- Managing and delivering change
- More tips for change sets
- Consider security and permissions
- GCM considerations
- Deployment considerations
- Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
- CLM Architecture 5x
- CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
- OSLC Links and Configuration Management
-
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation9 May 2 2023
Global configurations reference local configurations
AMR MobileUS 10 GA
AMR (QM) Mobile US
AMR (RM) 10 USGA
AMR (DMMobile US
AMR (SCM) Mobile US
Global Configuration Management
Requirements Management
Quality Management
Design Management
Source control
AMR Mobile component
AMR Mobile US
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation10 May 2 2023
Global Configurations provide context
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation11 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
bull A GC component can contribute to a higher-level GC componentbull By developing a hierarchy the GC structure can reflect build-up of a product or system
bull A GC component can contribute to more than one higher-level componentbull Build variant productssystemsbull Families of similar-but-different productssystems
Model v11
Engine v11
Pump 21 Spark v31
Gear v21
Global configurations
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation12 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GC ComponentStreamContributions
A contribution from QM
Contribution from another GC component stream
13
Sports model convertible
Sports model coupe
Sports Model
Car X Model Time
GL Model
Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly customized Innovation
Work in a development stream that spans tools Baseline across tools Branch to create new variants or releases Compare across configs Control delivery of changes across configs Reuse without copying making updates and impact analysis much easier
Function
Stream
Baseline
= Baseline
= Branch
= Artifact propagation
Requirements
Architecture
Test
Implementation
Car X Model
Power Train X
GearBox X Engine X
Body X
Requirements
Architecture
Test
Implementation
Requirements
Architecture
Test
Implementation
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation14 May 2 2023
Why adopt configuration management Extend the value of versioning and configurations across
lifecycle and disciplines Increase reuse speed of delivery and reliability in recreating
releases Improve quality and reduce cost
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation15 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Trade-offs to consider(for projects adopting configuration management)
bull Configuration management capabilities come with some trade-offsbull Behavior changes from ldquonon-enabledrdquo projectsbull Limitations in the initial releases (fewer with each new release)bull Some inconsistencies across the products
bull One must be aware of all factors and carefully consider whether to enable configuration management for a project areabull Most critical considerations are described on
self-serve page on jazznet when obtaining an activation keybull Guided discussions with Support or other client-facing SMEs are
encouraged especially before production decisionbull Strongly encourage pilot before any production decision
bull Because once you enable configuration management for a project area you cannot disable it
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation16 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Primary factorsbull Must upgrade everything to consistent v6 level
bull In general need consistent level to take advantage of newgrowing cross-application capabilities
bull v5 applications donrsquot understand versioning and configurationsbull Working with mixed versions is not practical beyond a short transition
bull Additional infrastructure requiredbull GCM and LDX applications ndash include on (expanded) JTS or separate
serverbull LQE server ndash 8-32 cores 16-256G RAMbull Potential impacts to other servers depending on repository size and shape
number of users usage patternshellipbull If RM or QM project areas are linked enable all or none of them
bull Enabling only some linked projects is not practical beyond a short transitionndash Links between them are frozenndash Cannot create new linksndash Links from the non-enabled project may not resolve correctly
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation17 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerations
bull Configuration-enabled projects use the LQE data source for reportingbull Once enabled projects do not send data to the data warehouse
(DW) but use LQE instead existing DW data is archivedndash Exception RTC which does not ldquoenablerdquo projects continues to
populate the DWbull Existing DW-based reports (BIRT RRDI dashboard widgets) must
be recreated or replaced ndash Exception RTC reports that do not include data from versioned
artifactsbull Rational Publishing Engine report templates can be reused specify
the target configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation18 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerations
bull Some data is not yet available for configuration-aware reportingbull Time-based trending databull DNG view query resultsbull QM lab management resources (eg jobs requests reservations)bull RTC build informationbull Note some data is not available in either LQE or DW
ndash DNG reviews module hierarchy change set informationndash RTC SCM information plan resources WI comments
bull Some data available only by writing custom SPARQL queriesbull DM resourcesbull Local configurationsbull Link validity data bull QM lab resources (machines)
bull Project-area level access control not implemented for Link Validity (can be set manually in LQE)
bull Sample reports based on JKE sample available on Jazznet for evaluation no OOTB reports yet
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation19 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Integrations
bull Most OSLC-based integrations outside the CLM applications do not yet support versioned artifactsbull Requires support for OASIS OSLC Configuration Management
spec (draft) expect list of supporting applications to grow over timebull Integrations to RTC work items continue to work as expected
because work items arenrsquot versioned
bull Several RQM test execution adapters have been verified to work correctly with enabled projects
bull IBM ClearQuest V80110 introduced initial support for global configurations see the CQ documentation for details
bull Progress made with other IBM and third-party applications expect more announcements in coming months
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation20 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Changes related to linking
bull New Link Validity service replaces ldquosuspect linksrdquo in enabled projectsbull Automatic ldquosuspectrdquo assertion on changebull User assertion (validinvalidsuspect) bull No support yet for ldquoprofilesrdquo (canrsquot specify which properties affect
validity)bull In QM views you cannot filter on RTC work item and plan
traceability links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation21 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Additional considerations
bull QM Mobile application for offline execution not yet availablebull New roles and permissions to manage configurationsbull Behavior changes include
bull Working in global configuration contextbull DNG change sets and reviewsbull RTC configuration to determine configuration context
bull See appendix for additional behavior changes and minor limitations
bull A complete list of limitations and workarounds by release is available on jazznet bull View the 602 queries for workarounds and limitationsbull View the pending workaround articles for 602 from each productrsquos
release notes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation22 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Enabling Configuration Management
bull Rhapsody DM and RTC already support Configuration Management ndash no further action needed
bull Two-step process to fully enable configuration management for DNG and RQM 1 Enter activation key in application settings
ndash Advanced Properties gt Local Versioning Componentndash Obtain key from self-serve page on jazznet (for pilot) or contact IBM
Support (especially for production)2 Enable in project area property for a specific RM or QM project
areandash Configuration Management section gt click to enable
bull Once you enable Configuration Management for a Project Area you cannot disable it
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation23 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
bull Reporting switches to a new configuration-aware solution using LQEbull Project area stops feeding the DW and existing DW data is archivedbull BIRT and RRDI reports no longer work and are removed Dashboard
widgets that use report resources stop working
bull Backlinks are removed directional links created in and referenced from Link Index Servicebull May take some time to fully index especially for large projects
bull Existing links from external sources resolve to default configuration
bull QM snapshots become ldquoreference onlyrdquo use baselines instead
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation24 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Upgrade and Migrationbull New components in v6x to enable configuration management
bull GCM application LQE data source Link Index service (LDX)bull Refer to new topology diagrams on deployment wikibull Be sure to consider related changes to production infrastructure requirements
bull All v6x upgrades require migrating to new RQM and DNG repository schemas regardless of configuration management use
bull Offline migrationbull Might take some time depending on repository sizeshape and network latency to the
database serverbull No additional online steps needed
bull Upgrades between 6x releases require re-indexing LQE data which might take timebull Reporting is unreliable during re-index
bull Performance of non-configuration management enabled projects expected to be consistent with previous versions
bull Additional repository updates happen when you enable Configuration Management for a project area (as previously described)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation25 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Adoption path
Explore and define how YOUR organization should implementbull Process definition is criticalbull Define usage model including roles stream strategies change
management and cross-stream deliveryhellipbull Assess reporting needs and implementation options
Conduct one or more pilot projectsbull Validate and modify usage scenarios and processes bull Consider both new and existing projects
Roll out selectively and progressivelybull Carefully select initial projects to enable bull Manage environment changesbull Train users on processes conventions tool changes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation26 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
Achieve Strategic Reuse using Global Configurations
Benefits FeaturesComplete a smooth transition to Global
Configuration ManagementSpeed up adoption and avoid common
missteps by working with our knowledgeable experts
Benefit from the knowledge standard practices and proven repeatable processes brought by our experts
Build skills quickly and effectively with expert advice and information sharing directly from our experienced consultants
Preparing for enabling Global Configuration Management
Prepare the environment and users for the activities to enable the new capability
Supporting the activities to enable the new capability
Support upgrades and installations Verify successful operation
Supporting users transitioning to Global Configuration Management
Perform mentoring on usage updates and planning for enabling additional projects
Backed by world class Analytics Services Experts
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation27 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
For more information
bull Configuration management playlists on youtubebull Based on these lab exercisesbull Introductory series
bull Jazznet article 1492 links to many valuable resources including videos and blogs
bull Try it out httpsjazznetproductssandbox
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation28 May 2 2023
ICE -IBM Continuous Engineering Event
Website httplearnquestconferencecomiceiot16
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation29 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
copy Copyright IBM Corporation 2015 All rights reserved The information contained in these materials is provided for informational purposes only and is provided AS IS without warranty of any kind express or implied IBM shall not be responsible for any damages arising out of the use of or otherwise related to these materials Nothing contained in these materials is intended to nor shall have the effect of creating any warranties or representations from IBM or its suppliers or licensors or altering the terms and conditions of the applicable license agreement governing the use of IBM software References in these materials to IBM products programs or services do not imply that they will be available in all countries in which IBM operates Product release dates andor capabilities referenced in these materials may change at any time at IBMrsquos sole discretion based on market opportunities or other factors and are not intended to be a commitment to future product or feature availability in any way IBM the IBM logo Rational the Rational logo and other IBM products and services are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States other countries or both Other company product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation30 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for Configuration Management
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation31 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerationsbull When reporting across versioned artifacts and RTC work items carefully consider filtering
bull Filtering by configuration will yield correct results for versioned artifactsbull Filter work items based on Planned-For or Found-In fields as they have no direct association to a configuration
bull When reporting on DNG artifactsbull As of 602 reverse traceability is now supported for custom link types as well as for OSLC RM-defined links bull If you customize data types (new types or attributes) you need to add them to the initial RM stream for them to
be visible for reportingndash Alternatively use custom SPARQL queries for customized types that are not in the initial stream
bull LQE indexes all projects no UI to select or exclude projects (to reduce volume)bull Current scale is 2 million versioned resources per LQE instance with 15725 configurations bull Where concerns arise IBM can assist with configuring LQE to index only selected project areas
bull Upgrade notes bull When upgrading from v60 (where configuration-aware reporting was Tech Preview only)
ndash Uninstall the v60 LQE component and reinstall with v602 upgradendash Configure RB data sources to add LQE (httpsserverportrssetup)
bull When upgrading from v601ndash Rebase the DNG TRS feeds (instructions in the Interactive Upgrade Guide)ndash Re-index the TRS feeds from DNG RTC and data sources (httpsserverportlqewebadmindata-sources)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation32 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
RTC considerationsbull Work items are not versioned tracking and planning artifacts are not part
of GC contributionsbull RTC work items are targeted to a single Release and therefore a single
GC bull Each supported OSLC link type is associated with a single attribute specifying
the Release target (Planned For Found In or some custom attribute)bull When you set or change the Release target (and GC) for a WI you must save
the work item to make the context change take effectbull If you change the Release gt GC association in the RTC project area the
versioned links will not work correctlybull If there is no GC associated with a Release links resolve to the default
configurationbull Child iterations can inherit Release setting from the parent or have their own
(eg Sprints under a main iteration can contribute to the same Release and GC)
bull If you are working in a Personal Stream RTC cannot resolve the configuration context and therefore cannot filter artifacts by configuration when you create links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation33 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Managing and delivering changebull DNG and DM have change sets RQM doesnrsquot
bull If necessary create separate RQM stream to model changes before delivering to main stream (note that this requires additional stream management and manual work with a Personal Stream)
bull Can create link from DNG or DM change set to change request (eg RTC work item)bull DNG now allows you to enforce
bull Requiring change set for any changes bull Requiring change set be linked to an approved change request in an OSLC change
management provider (like RTC)bull Delivering changes varies
bull Within DNGndash If you deliver changes from the Manage Configurations view you can only deliver between
parentchild in the stream hierarchyndash If you deliver from an artifact view you can choose any stream as the target (Deliver changes) or
source (Accept changes) and start from either directionndash You can select one or more change sets conflicts are highlighted and can be mergedndash As of 602 you can choose to automatically deliver changes providing inputs on how to resolve
conflicts (as well as returning to manual mode in case of conflict)bull RQM merges changes from a source baseline to the current stream selected by the GC
merge can be selectivendash Start operation from the target not the source of the changes ndash In effect you accept changes from a source baseline into the current configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation34 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
More tips for change setsbull In DNG you cannot create a review against a change setbull Your DNG change set is automatically added to your Personal Stream (PS) at creation and
removed at deliverydiscardbull Only one change set per DNG configuration in the PS at one time creating a second
change set for the same configuration replaces the first in the PS and requires manual changes to switch between them
bull You can manually add someone elsersquos change set to your PS (previous point still applies)bull Personal Streams persist and are reused for future change sets
ndash In 602 when you deliver your change set the configuration context remains set to your Personal Stream
bull RTC does not recognize the context of a Personal Stream when you create links from an artifact in a PS to an RTC artifact filtering based on configuration context will not work
bull DNG change set content is not visible after you deliverbull Before delivering you can compare the change set to the existing baseline or stream to identify
the changes it contains bull If you link the change set to a WI you can manually describe the changes in the WIbull Use naming conventions to indicate content or reason for change
bull Use naming conventions so you can recognize change sets at delivery timebull If you need to deliver across streams use explicit change sets
bull Implicit change sets are hard to identify and differentiate
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation35 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Consider security and permissions
bull To reference a GC you must be a member of the GC project area (in GCM application)bull Even to set the GC context in your RMQMDM applicationbull Can use lifecycle projects to ease user administration bull Members who need to create Personal Streams must have
permission to do sobull GC Configuration Leads must be members of RMQMCCMDM
project areas in order to access streams and baselinesbull Must have project permissions to create streamsbaselines
bull Assign roles and permissions for creating streams and baselines in local applications as well as GCMbull For DNG this includes permissions related to change sets owned
by yourself and by others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation36 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GCM considerations
bull GCM application has no project associationsbull You can define it as part of Lifecycle Project but it just makes
adding all the users easier no other effectbull A GC may include more than one contribution from a component
or project area (ldquocomponent skewrdquo)bull Resolves to first configuration found in list of contributions or
hierarchybull Use component skew reports to identify skew and ensure
configurations are ordered as intended ndash especially for large or complex hierarchies
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation37 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Deployment considerations
bull Single GCM application per JTS bull A project area canrsquot contribute to multiple GCM applications bull A project area can contribute to more than one GC component or
project within a single GCM applicationbull GC components are at granularity of project area ndash define
project areas accordinglybull The project area is used in the configuration as a single unit ndash the
entire project area is included in a stream or baseline and as a contribution to a GC You canrsquot subdivide a project area and contribute only part of it
bull For more information including recommended deployment topologies see the Deployment Wiki
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation38 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation39 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Rational Team
Concert
CLM Architecture 5x
Rational Quality Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
OSLC Integration
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation40 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
Rational Team
Concert
Rational Quality
Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
Config Aware OSLC Integration wo backlinks
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
Lifecycle Query
Engine
Global Config Service
Backlink Index
Service
Additions or restructured to support multiple configurations
Fundamental rework of the query
and repository services
Reorganization of the RQM and DNG data into schema that supports configurations
Restructuring of the OSLC cross product linkages
to support configuration
Requires removal of ldquobacklinksrdquo
Rework of the web UIs to allow selection of configuration and maintain config as user
navigates app to app
Add configuration management to RQM and DNG Includes reworking storage layers adding compare and
merge UIs
Modify trackingplanning to work with
versioned CLM resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation41 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Links and Configuration Managementbull In 5x and earlier creating a link from artifact A to artifact B typically
resulted in the creation of a link in the reverse direction ndash a lsquobacklinkrsquobull In 60 configuration management enabled projects to link between
versioned resources the configuration is used to determine the right version of the target artifactbull A single link is stored in the artifact of the application owning the link
(not necessarily the one that created it) A backlink is no longer created and stored ndash RTC owns all links involving RTCndash RQM owns all links between QM and RMDMndash DM owns links between DM and RM
bull A new Link Index Service is used to determine if incoming links to an artifact version exist and thus visiblenavigable from that artifact
bull In 60 projects that configuration management is NOT enabled the linking storagebehavior is the same as that used in 5x ie backlinks are created
- Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capabilit
- Slide 2
- Topics
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Configurations define the correct artifact versions
- Global configurations provide context
- Global configurations reference local configurations
- Slide 10
- Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
- GC ComponentStreamContributions
- Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly custom
- Why adopt configuration management
- Trade-offs to consider (for projects adopting configuration man
- Primary factors
- Reporting considerations
- Reporting considerations
- OSLC Integrations
- Changes related to linking
- Additional considerations
- Enabling Configuration Management
- When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
- Upgrade and Migration
- Adoption path
- Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
- For more information
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for
- Reporting considerations (2)
- RTC considerations
- Managing and delivering change
- More tips for change sets
- Consider security and permissions
- GCM considerations
- Deployment considerations
- Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
- CLM Architecture 5x
- CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
- OSLC Links and Configuration Management
-
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation10 May 2 2023
Global Configurations provide context
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation11 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
bull A GC component can contribute to a higher-level GC componentbull By developing a hierarchy the GC structure can reflect build-up of a product or system
bull A GC component can contribute to more than one higher-level componentbull Build variant productssystemsbull Families of similar-but-different productssystems
Model v11
Engine v11
Pump 21 Spark v31
Gear v21
Global configurations
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation12 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GC ComponentStreamContributions
A contribution from QM
Contribution from another GC component stream
13
Sports model convertible
Sports model coupe
Sports Model
Car X Model Time
GL Model
Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly customized Innovation
Work in a development stream that spans tools Baseline across tools Branch to create new variants or releases Compare across configs Control delivery of changes across configs Reuse without copying making updates and impact analysis much easier
Function
Stream
Baseline
= Baseline
= Branch
= Artifact propagation
Requirements
Architecture
Test
Implementation
Car X Model
Power Train X
GearBox X Engine X
Body X
Requirements
Architecture
Test
Implementation
Requirements
Architecture
Test
Implementation
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation14 May 2 2023
Why adopt configuration management Extend the value of versioning and configurations across
lifecycle and disciplines Increase reuse speed of delivery and reliability in recreating
releases Improve quality and reduce cost
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation15 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Trade-offs to consider(for projects adopting configuration management)
bull Configuration management capabilities come with some trade-offsbull Behavior changes from ldquonon-enabledrdquo projectsbull Limitations in the initial releases (fewer with each new release)bull Some inconsistencies across the products
bull One must be aware of all factors and carefully consider whether to enable configuration management for a project areabull Most critical considerations are described on
self-serve page on jazznet when obtaining an activation keybull Guided discussions with Support or other client-facing SMEs are
encouraged especially before production decisionbull Strongly encourage pilot before any production decision
bull Because once you enable configuration management for a project area you cannot disable it
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation16 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Primary factorsbull Must upgrade everything to consistent v6 level
bull In general need consistent level to take advantage of newgrowing cross-application capabilities
bull v5 applications donrsquot understand versioning and configurationsbull Working with mixed versions is not practical beyond a short transition
bull Additional infrastructure requiredbull GCM and LDX applications ndash include on (expanded) JTS or separate
serverbull LQE server ndash 8-32 cores 16-256G RAMbull Potential impacts to other servers depending on repository size and shape
number of users usage patternshellipbull If RM or QM project areas are linked enable all or none of them
bull Enabling only some linked projects is not practical beyond a short transitionndash Links between them are frozenndash Cannot create new linksndash Links from the non-enabled project may not resolve correctly
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation17 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerations
bull Configuration-enabled projects use the LQE data source for reportingbull Once enabled projects do not send data to the data warehouse
(DW) but use LQE instead existing DW data is archivedndash Exception RTC which does not ldquoenablerdquo projects continues to
populate the DWbull Existing DW-based reports (BIRT RRDI dashboard widgets) must
be recreated or replaced ndash Exception RTC reports that do not include data from versioned
artifactsbull Rational Publishing Engine report templates can be reused specify
the target configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation18 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerations
bull Some data is not yet available for configuration-aware reportingbull Time-based trending databull DNG view query resultsbull QM lab management resources (eg jobs requests reservations)bull RTC build informationbull Note some data is not available in either LQE or DW
ndash DNG reviews module hierarchy change set informationndash RTC SCM information plan resources WI comments
bull Some data available only by writing custom SPARQL queriesbull DM resourcesbull Local configurationsbull Link validity data bull QM lab resources (machines)
bull Project-area level access control not implemented for Link Validity (can be set manually in LQE)
bull Sample reports based on JKE sample available on Jazznet for evaluation no OOTB reports yet
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation19 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Integrations
bull Most OSLC-based integrations outside the CLM applications do not yet support versioned artifactsbull Requires support for OASIS OSLC Configuration Management
spec (draft) expect list of supporting applications to grow over timebull Integrations to RTC work items continue to work as expected
because work items arenrsquot versioned
bull Several RQM test execution adapters have been verified to work correctly with enabled projects
bull IBM ClearQuest V80110 introduced initial support for global configurations see the CQ documentation for details
bull Progress made with other IBM and third-party applications expect more announcements in coming months
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation20 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Changes related to linking
bull New Link Validity service replaces ldquosuspect linksrdquo in enabled projectsbull Automatic ldquosuspectrdquo assertion on changebull User assertion (validinvalidsuspect) bull No support yet for ldquoprofilesrdquo (canrsquot specify which properties affect
validity)bull In QM views you cannot filter on RTC work item and plan
traceability links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation21 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Additional considerations
bull QM Mobile application for offline execution not yet availablebull New roles and permissions to manage configurationsbull Behavior changes include
bull Working in global configuration contextbull DNG change sets and reviewsbull RTC configuration to determine configuration context
bull See appendix for additional behavior changes and minor limitations
bull A complete list of limitations and workarounds by release is available on jazznet bull View the 602 queries for workarounds and limitationsbull View the pending workaround articles for 602 from each productrsquos
release notes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation22 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Enabling Configuration Management
bull Rhapsody DM and RTC already support Configuration Management ndash no further action needed
bull Two-step process to fully enable configuration management for DNG and RQM 1 Enter activation key in application settings
ndash Advanced Properties gt Local Versioning Componentndash Obtain key from self-serve page on jazznet (for pilot) or contact IBM
Support (especially for production)2 Enable in project area property for a specific RM or QM project
areandash Configuration Management section gt click to enable
bull Once you enable Configuration Management for a Project Area you cannot disable it
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation23 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
bull Reporting switches to a new configuration-aware solution using LQEbull Project area stops feeding the DW and existing DW data is archivedbull BIRT and RRDI reports no longer work and are removed Dashboard
widgets that use report resources stop working
bull Backlinks are removed directional links created in and referenced from Link Index Servicebull May take some time to fully index especially for large projects
bull Existing links from external sources resolve to default configuration
bull QM snapshots become ldquoreference onlyrdquo use baselines instead
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation24 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Upgrade and Migrationbull New components in v6x to enable configuration management
bull GCM application LQE data source Link Index service (LDX)bull Refer to new topology diagrams on deployment wikibull Be sure to consider related changes to production infrastructure requirements
bull All v6x upgrades require migrating to new RQM and DNG repository schemas regardless of configuration management use
bull Offline migrationbull Might take some time depending on repository sizeshape and network latency to the
database serverbull No additional online steps needed
bull Upgrades between 6x releases require re-indexing LQE data which might take timebull Reporting is unreliable during re-index
bull Performance of non-configuration management enabled projects expected to be consistent with previous versions
bull Additional repository updates happen when you enable Configuration Management for a project area (as previously described)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation25 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Adoption path
Explore and define how YOUR organization should implementbull Process definition is criticalbull Define usage model including roles stream strategies change
management and cross-stream deliveryhellipbull Assess reporting needs and implementation options
Conduct one or more pilot projectsbull Validate and modify usage scenarios and processes bull Consider both new and existing projects
Roll out selectively and progressivelybull Carefully select initial projects to enable bull Manage environment changesbull Train users on processes conventions tool changes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation26 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
Achieve Strategic Reuse using Global Configurations
Benefits FeaturesComplete a smooth transition to Global
Configuration ManagementSpeed up adoption and avoid common
missteps by working with our knowledgeable experts
Benefit from the knowledge standard practices and proven repeatable processes brought by our experts
Build skills quickly and effectively with expert advice and information sharing directly from our experienced consultants
Preparing for enabling Global Configuration Management
Prepare the environment and users for the activities to enable the new capability
Supporting the activities to enable the new capability
Support upgrades and installations Verify successful operation
Supporting users transitioning to Global Configuration Management
Perform mentoring on usage updates and planning for enabling additional projects
Backed by world class Analytics Services Experts
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation27 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
For more information
bull Configuration management playlists on youtubebull Based on these lab exercisesbull Introductory series
bull Jazznet article 1492 links to many valuable resources including videos and blogs
bull Try it out httpsjazznetproductssandbox
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation28 May 2 2023
ICE -IBM Continuous Engineering Event
Website httplearnquestconferencecomiceiot16
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation29 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
copy Copyright IBM Corporation 2015 All rights reserved The information contained in these materials is provided for informational purposes only and is provided AS IS without warranty of any kind express or implied IBM shall not be responsible for any damages arising out of the use of or otherwise related to these materials Nothing contained in these materials is intended to nor shall have the effect of creating any warranties or representations from IBM or its suppliers or licensors or altering the terms and conditions of the applicable license agreement governing the use of IBM software References in these materials to IBM products programs or services do not imply that they will be available in all countries in which IBM operates Product release dates andor capabilities referenced in these materials may change at any time at IBMrsquos sole discretion based on market opportunities or other factors and are not intended to be a commitment to future product or feature availability in any way IBM the IBM logo Rational the Rational logo and other IBM products and services are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States other countries or both Other company product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation30 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for Configuration Management
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation31 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerationsbull When reporting across versioned artifacts and RTC work items carefully consider filtering
bull Filtering by configuration will yield correct results for versioned artifactsbull Filter work items based on Planned-For or Found-In fields as they have no direct association to a configuration
bull When reporting on DNG artifactsbull As of 602 reverse traceability is now supported for custom link types as well as for OSLC RM-defined links bull If you customize data types (new types or attributes) you need to add them to the initial RM stream for them to
be visible for reportingndash Alternatively use custom SPARQL queries for customized types that are not in the initial stream
bull LQE indexes all projects no UI to select or exclude projects (to reduce volume)bull Current scale is 2 million versioned resources per LQE instance with 15725 configurations bull Where concerns arise IBM can assist with configuring LQE to index only selected project areas
bull Upgrade notes bull When upgrading from v60 (where configuration-aware reporting was Tech Preview only)
ndash Uninstall the v60 LQE component and reinstall with v602 upgradendash Configure RB data sources to add LQE (httpsserverportrssetup)
bull When upgrading from v601ndash Rebase the DNG TRS feeds (instructions in the Interactive Upgrade Guide)ndash Re-index the TRS feeds from DNG RTC and data sources (httpsserverportlqewebadmindata-sources)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation32 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
RTC considerationsbull Work items are not versioned tracking and planning artifacts are not part
of GC contributionsbull RTC work items are targeted to a single Release and therefore a single
GC bull Each supported OSLC link type is associated with a single attribute specifying
the Release target (Planned For Found In or some custom attribute)bull When you set or change the Release target (and GC) for a WI you must save
the work item to make the context change take effectbull If you change the Release gt GC association in the RTC project area the
versioned links will not work correctlybull If there is no GC associated with a Release links resolve to the default
configurationbull Child iterations can inherit Release setting from the parent or have their own
(eg Sprints under a main iteration can contribute to the same Release and GC)
bull If you are working in a Personal Stream RTC cannot resolve the configuration context and therefore cannot filter artifacts by configuration when you create links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation33 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Managing and delivering changebull DNG and DM have change sets RQM doesnrsquot
bull If necessary create separate RQM stream to model changes before delivering to main stream (note that this requires additional stream management and manual work with a Personal Stream)
bull Can create link from DNG or DM change set to change request (eg RTC work item)bull DNG now allows you to enforce
bull Requiring change set for any changes bull Requiring change set be linked to an approved change request in an OSLC change
management provider (like RTC)bull Delivering changes varies
bull Within DNGndash If you deliver changes from the Manage Configurations view you can only deliver between
parentchild in the stream hierarchyndash If you deliver from an artifact view you can choose any stream as the target (Deliver changes) or
source (Accept changes) and start from either directionndash You can select one or more change sets conflicts are highlighted and can be mergedndash As of 602 you can choose to automatically deliver changes providing inputs on how to resolve
conflicts (as well as returning to manual mode in case of conflict)bull RQM merges changes from a source baseline to the current stream selected by the GC
merge can be selectivendash Start operation from the target not the source of the changes ndash In effect you accept changes from a source baseline into the current configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation34 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
More tips for change setsbull In DNG you cannot create a review against a change setbull Your DNG change set is automatically added to your Personal Stream (PS) at creation and
removed at deliverydiscardbull Only one change set per DNG configuration in the PS at one time creating a second
change set for the same configuration replaces the first in the PS and requires manual changes to switch between them
bull You can manually add someone elsersquos change set to your PS (previous point still applies)bull Personal Streams persist and are reused for future change sets
ndash In 602 when you deliver your change set the configuration context remains set to your Personal Stream
bull RTC does not recognize the context of a Personal Stream when you create links from an artifact in a PS to an RTC artifact filtering based on configuration context will not work
bull DNG change set content is not visible after you deliverbull Before delivering you can compare the change set to the existing baseline or stream to identify
the changes it contains bull If you link the change set to a WI you can manually describe the changes in the WIbull Use naming conventions to indicate content or reason for change
bull Use naming conventions so you can recognize change sets at delivery timebull If you need to deliver across streams use explicit change sets
bull Implicit change sets are hard to identify and differentiate
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation35 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Consider security and permissions
bull To reference a GC you must be a member of the GC project area (in GCM application)bull Even to set the GC context in your RMQMDM applicationbull Can use lifecycle projects to ease user administration bull Members who need to create Personal Streams must have
permission to do sobull GC Configuration Leads must be members of RMQMCCMDM
project areas in order to access streams and baselinesbull Must have project permissions to create streamsbaselines
bull Assign roles and permissions for creating streams and baselines in local applications as well as GCMbull For DNG this includes permissions related to change sets owned
by yourself and by others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation36 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GCM considerations
bull GCM application has no project associationsbull You can define it as part of Lifecycle Project but it just makes
adding all the users easier no other effectbull A GC may include more than one contribution from a component
or project area (ldquocomponent skewrdquo)bull Resolves to first configuration found in list of contributions or
hierarchybull Use component skew reports to identify skew and ensure
configurations are ordered as intended ndash especially for large or complex hierarchies
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation37 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Deployment considerations
bull Single GCM application per JTS bull A project area canrsquot contribute to multiple GCM applications bull A project area can contribute to more than one GC component or
project within a single GCM applicationbull GC components are at granularity of project area ndash define
project areas accordinglybull The project area is used in the configuration as a single unit ndash the
entire project area is included in a stream or baseline and as a contribution to a GC You canrsquot subdivide a project area and contribute only part of it
bull For more information including recommended deployment topologies see the Deployment Wiki
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation38 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation39 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Rational Team
Concert
CLM Architecture 5x
Rational Quality Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
OSLC Integration
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation40 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
Rational Team
Concert
Rational Quality
Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
Config Aware OSLC Integration wo backlinks
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
Lifecycle Query
Engine
Global Config Service
Backlink Index
Service
Additions or restructured to support multiple configurations
Fundamental rework of the query
and repository services
Reorganization of the RQM and DNG data into schema that supports configurations
Restructuring of the OSLC cross product linkages
to support configuration
Requires removal of ldquobacklinksrdquo
Rework of the web UIs to allow selection of configuration and maintain config as user
navigates app to app
Add configuration management to RQM and DNG Includes reworking storage layers adding compare and
merge UIs
Modify trackingplanning to work with
versioned CLM resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation41 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Links and Configuration Managementbull In 5x and earlier creating a link from artifact A to artifact B typically
resulted in the creation of a link in the reverse direction ndash a lsquobacklinkrsquobull In 60 configuration management enabled projects to link between
versioned resources the configuration is used to determine the right version of the target artifactbull A single link is stored in the artifact of the application owning the link
(not necessarily the one that created it) A backlink is no longer created and stored ndash RTC owns all links involving RTCndash RQM owns all links between QM and RMDMndash DM owns links between DM and RM
bull A new Link Index Service is used to determine if incoming links to an artifact version exist and thus visiblenavigable from that artifact
bull In 60 projects that configuration management is NOT enabled the linking storagebehavior is the same as that used in 5x ie backlinks are created
- Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capabilit
- Slide 2
- Topics
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Configurations define the correct artifact versions
- Global configurations provide context
- Global configurations reference local configurations
- Slide 10
- Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
- GC ComponentStreamContributions
- Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly custom
- Why adopt configuration management
- Trade-offs to consider (for projects adopting configuration man
- Primary factors
- Reporting considerations
- Reporting considerations
- OSLC Integrations
- Changes related to linking
- Additional considerations
- Enabling Configuration Management
- When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
- Upgrade and Migration
- Adoption path
- Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
- For more information
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for
- Reporting considerations (2)
- RTC considerations
- Managing and delivering change
- More tips for change sets
- Consider security and permissions
- GCM considerations
- Deployment considerations
- Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
- CLM Architecture 5x
- CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
- OSLC Links and Configuration Management
-
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation11 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
bull A GC component can contribute to a higher-level GC componentbull By developing a hierarchy the GC structure can reflect build-up of a product or system
bull A GC component can contribute to more than one higher-level componentbull Build variant productssystemsbull Families of similar-but-different productssystems
Model v11
Engine v11
Pump 21 Spark v31
Gear v21
Global configurations
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation12 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GC ComponentStreamContributions
A contribution from QM
Contribution from another GC component stream
13
Sports model convertible
Sports model coupe
Sports Model
Car X Model Time
GL Model
Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly customized Innovation
Work in a development stream that spans tools Baseline across tools Branch to create new variants or releases Compare across configs Control delivery of changes across configs Reuse without copying making updates and impact analysis much easier
Function
Stream
Baseline
= Baseline
= Branch
= Artifact propagation
Requirements
Architecture
Test
Implementation
Car X Model
Power Train X
GearBox X Engine X
Body X
Requirements
Architecture
Test
Implementation
Requirements
Architecture
Test
Implementation
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation14 May 2 2023
Why adopt configuration management Extend the value of versioning and configurations across
lifecycle and disciplines Increase reuse speed of delivery and reliability in recreating
releases Improve quality and reduce cost
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation15 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Trade-offs to consider(for projects adopting configuration management)
bull Configuration management capabilities come with some trade-offsbull Behavior changes from ldquonon-enabledrdquo projectsbull Limitations in the initial releases (fewer with each new release)bull Some inconsistencies across the products
bull One must be aware of all factors and carefully consider whether to enable configuration management for a project areabull Most critical considerations are described on
self-serve page on jazznet when obtaining an activation keybull Guided discussions with Support or other client-facing SMEs are
encouraged especially before production decisionbull Strongly encourage pilot before any production decision
bull Because once you enable configuration management for a project area you cannot disable it
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation16 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Primary factorsbull Must upgrade everything to consistent v6 level
bull In general need consistent level to take advantage of newgrowing cross-application capabilities
bull v5 applications donrsquot understand versioning and configurationsbull Working with mixed versions is not practical beyond a short transition
bull Additional infrastructure requiredbull GCM and LDX applications ndash include on (expanded) JTS or separate
serverbull LQE server ndash 8-32 cores 16-256G RAMbull Potential impacts to other servers depending on repository size and shape
number of users usage patternshellipbull If RM or QM project areas are linked enable all or none of them
bull Enabling only some linked projects is not practical beyond a short transitionndash Links between them are frozenndash Cannot create new linksndash Links from the non-enabled project may not resolve correctly
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation17 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerations
bull Configuration-enabled projects use the LQE data source for reportingbull Once enabled projects do not send data to the data warehouse
(DW) but use LQE instead existing DW data is archivedndash Exception RTC which does not ldquoenablerdquo projects continues to
populate the DWbull Existing DW-based reports (BIRT RRDI dashboard widgets) must
be recreated or replaced ndash Exception RTC reports that do not include data from versioned
artifactsbull Rational Publishing Engine report templates can be reused specify
the target configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation18 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerations
bull Some data is not yet available for configuration-aware reportingbull Time-based trending databull DNG view query resultsbull QM lab management resources (eg jobs requests reservations)bull RTC build informationbull Note some data is not available in either LQE or DW
ndash DNG reviews module hierarchy change set informationndash RTC SCM information plan resources WI comments
bull Some data available only by writing custom SPARQL queriesbull DM resourcesbull Local configurationsbull Link validity data bull QM lab resources (machines)
bull Project-area level access control not implemented for Link Validity (can be set manually in LQE)
bull Sample reports based on JKE sample available on Jazznet for evaluation no OOTB reports yet
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation19 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Integrations
bull Most OSLC-based integrations outside the CLM applications do not yet support versioned artifactsbull Requires support for OASIS OSLC Configuration Management
spec (draft) expect list of supporting applications to grow over timebull Integrations to RTC work items continue to work as expected
because work items arenrsquot versioned
bull Several RQM test execution adapters have been verified to work correctly with enabled projects
bull IBM ClearQuest V80110 introduced initial support for global configurations see the CQ documentation for details
bull Progress made with other IBM and third-party applications expect more announcements in coming months
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation20 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Changes related to linking
bull New Link Validity service replaces ldquosuspect linksrdquo in enabled projectsbull Automatic ldquosuspectrdquo assertion on changebull User assertion (validinvalidsuspect) bull No support yet for ldquoprofilesrdquo (canrsquot specify which properties affect
validity)bull In QM views you cannot filter on RTC work item and plan
traceability links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation21 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Additional considerations
bull QM Mobile application for offline execution not yet availablebull New roles and permissions to manage configurationsbull Behavior changes include
bull Working in global configuration contextbull DNG change sets and reviewsbull RTC configuration to determine configuration context
bull See appendix for additional behavior changes and minor limitations
bull A complete list of limitations and workarounds by release is available on jazznet bull View the 602 queries for workarounds and limitationsbull View the pending workaround articles for 602 from each productrsquos
release notes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation22 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Enabling Configuration Management
bull Rhapsody DM and RTC already support Configuration Management ndash no further action needed
bull Two-step process to fully enable configuration management for DNG and RQM 1 Enter activation key in application settings
ndash Advanced Properties gt Local Versioning Componentndash Obtain key from self-serve page on jazznet (for pilot) or contact IBM
Support (especially for production)2 Enable in project area property for a specific RM or QM project
areandash Configuration Management section gt click to enable
bull Once you enable Configuration Management for a Project Area you cannot disable it
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation23 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
bull Reporting switches to a new configuration-aware solution using LQEbull Project area stops feeding the DW and existing DW data is archivedbull BIRT and RRDI reports no longer work and are removed Dashboard
widgets that use report resources stop working
bull Backlinks are removed directional links created in and referenced from Link Index Servicebull May take some time to fully index especially for large projects
bull Existing links from external sources resolve to default configuration
bull QM snapshots become ldquoreference onlyrdquo use baselines instead
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation24 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Upgrade and Migrationbull New components in v6x to enable configuration management
bull GCM application LQE data source Link Index service (LDX)bull Refer to new topology diagrams on deployment wikibull Be sure to consider related changes to production infrastructure requirements
bull All v6x upgrades require migrating to new RQM and DNG repository schemas regardless of configuration management use
bull Offline migrationbull Might take some time depending on repository sizeshape and network latency to the
database serverbull No additional online steps needed
bull Upgrades between 6x releases require re-indexing LQE data which might take timebull Reporting is unreliable during re-index
bull Performance of non-configuration management enabled projects expected to be consistent with previous versions
bull Additional repository updates happen when you enable Configuration Management for a project area (as previously described)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation25 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Adoption path
Explore and define how YOUR organization should implementbull Process definition is criticalbull Define usage model including roles stream strategies change
management and cross-stream deliveryhellipbull Assess reporting needs and implementation options
Conduct one or more pilot projectsbull Validate and modify usage scenarios and processes bull Consider both new and existing projects
Roll out selectively and progressivelybull Carefully select initial projects to enable bull Manage environment changesbull Train users on processes conventions tool changes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation26 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
Achieve Strategic Reuse using Global Configurations
Benefits FeaturesComplete a smooth transition to Global
Configuration ManagementSpeed up adoption and avoid common
missteps by working with our knowledgeable experts
Benefit from the knowledge standard practices and proven repeatable processes brought by our experts
Build skills quickly and effectively with expert advice and information sharing directly from our experienced consultants
Preparing for enabling Global Configuration Management
Prepare the environment and users for the activities to enable the new capability
Supporting the activities to enable the new capability
Support upgrades and installations Verify successful operation
Supporting users transitioning to Global Configuration Management
Perform mentoring on usage updates and planning for enabling additional projects
Backed by world class Analytics Services Experts
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation27 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
For more information
bull Configuration management playlists on youtubebull Based on these lab exercisesbull Introductory series
bull Jazznet article 1492 links to many valuable resources including videos and blogs
bull Try it out httpsjazznetproductssandbox
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation28 May 2 2023
ICE -IBM Continuous Engineering Event
Website httplearnquestconferencecomiceiot16
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation29 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
copy Copyright IBM Corporation 2015 All rights reserved The information contained in these materials is provided for informational purposes only and is provided AS IS without warranty of any kind express or implied IBM shall not be responsible for any damages arising out of the use of or otherwise related to these materials Nothing contained in these materials is intended to nor shall have the effect of creating any warranties or representations from IBM or its suppliers or licensors or altering the terms and conditions of the applicable license agreement governing the use of IBM software References in these materials to IBM products programs or services do not imply that they will be available in all countries in which IBM operates Product release dates andor capabilities referenced in these materials may change at any time at IBMrsquos sole discretion based on market opportunities or other factors and are not intended to be a commitment to future product or feature availability in any way IBM the IBM logo Rational the Rational logo and other IBM products and services are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States other countries or both Other company product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation30 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for Configuration Management
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation31 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerationsbull When reporting across versioned artifacts and RTC work items carefully consider filtering
bull Filtering by configuration will yield correct results for versioned artifactsbull Filter work items based on Planned-For or Found-In fields as they have no direct association to a configuration
bull When reporting on DNG artifactsbull As of 602 reverse traceability is now supported for custom link types as well as for OSLC RM-defined links bull If you customize data types (new types or attributes) you need to add them to the initial RM stream for them to
be visible for reportingndash Alternatively use custom SPARQL queries for customized types that are not in the initial stream
bull LQE indexes all projects no UI to select or exclude projects (to reduce volume)bull Current scale is 2 million versioned resources per LQE instance with 15725 configurations bull Where concerns arise IBM can assist with configuring LQE to index only selected project areas
bull Upgrade notes bull When upgrading from v60 (where configuration-aware reporting was Tech Preview only)
ndash Uninstall the v60 LQE component and reinstall with v602 upgradendash Configure RB data sources to add LQE (httpsserverportrssetup)
bull When upgrading from v601ndash Rebase the DNG TRS feeds (instructions in the Interactive Upgrade Guide)ndash Re-index the TRS feeds from DNG RTC and data sources (httpsserverportlqewebadmindata-sources)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation32 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
RTC considerationsbull Work items are not versioned tracking and planning artifacts are not part
of GC contributionsbull RTC work items are targeted to a single Release and therefore a single
GC bull Each supported OSLC link type is associated with a single attribute specifying
the Release target (Planned For Found In or some custom attribute)bull When you set or change the Release target (and GC) for a WI you must save
the work item to make the context change take effectbull If you change the Release gt GC association in the RTC project area the
versioned links will not work correctlybull If there is no GC associated with a Release links resolve to the default
configurationbull Child iterations can inherit Release setting from the parent or have their own
(eg Sprints under a main iteration can contribute to the same Release and GC)
bull If you are working in a Personal Stream RTC cannot resolve the configuration context and therefore cannot filter artifacts by configuration when you create links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation33 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Managing and delivering changebull DNG and DM have change sets RQM doesnrsquot
bull If necessary create separate RQM stream to model changes before delivering to main stream (note that this requires additional stream management and manual work with a Personal Stream)
bull Can create link from DNG or DM change set to change request (eg RTC work item)bull DNG now allows you to enforce
bull Requiring change set for any changes bull Requiring change set be linked to an approved change request in an OSLC change
management provider (like RTC)bull Delivering changes varies
bull Within DNGndash If you deliver changes from the Manage Configurations view you can only deliver between
parentchild in the stream hierarchyndash If you deliver from an artifact view you can choose any stream as the target (Deliver changes) or
source (Accept changes) and start from either directionndash You can select one or more change sets conflicts are highlighted and can be mergedndash As of 602 you can choose to automatically deliver changes providing inputs on how to resolve
conflicts (as well as returning to manual mode in case of conflict)bull RQM merges changes from a source baseline to the current stream selected by the GC
merge can be selectivendash Start operation from the target not the source of the changes ndash In effect you accept changes from a source baseline into the current configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation34 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
More tips for change setsbull In DNG you cannot create a review against a change setbull Your DNG change set is automatically added to your Personal Stream (PS) at creation and
removed at deliverydiscardbull Only one change set per DNG configuration in the PS at one time creating a second
change set for the same configuration replaces the first in the PS and requires manual changes to switch between them
bull You can manually add someone elsersquos change set to your PS (previous point still applies)bull Personal Streams persist and are reused for future change sets
ndash In 602 when you deliver your change set the configuration context remains set to your Personal Stream
bull RTC does not recognize the context of a Personal Stream when you create links from an artifact in a PS to an RTC artifact filtering based on configuration context will not work
bull DNG change set content is not visible after you deliverbull Before delivering you can compare the change set to the existing baseline or stream to identify
the changes it contains bull If you link the change set to a WI you can manually describe the changes in the WIbull Use naming conventions to indicate content or reason for change
bull Use naming conventions so you can recognize change sets at delivery timebull If you need to deliver across streams use explicit change sets
bull Implicit change sets are hard to identify and differentiate
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation35 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Consider security and permissions
bull To reference a GC you must be a member of the GC project area (in GCM application)bull Even to set the GC context in your RMQMDM applicationbull Can use lifecycle projects to ease user administration bull Members who need to create Personal Streams must have
permission to do sobull GC Configuration Leads must be members of RMQMCCMDM
project areas in order to access streams and baselinesbull Must have project permissions to create streamsbaselines
bull Assign roles and permissions for creating streams and baselines in local applications as well as GCMbull For DNG this includes permissions related to change sets owned
by yourself and by others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation36 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GCM considerations
bull GCM application has no project associationsbull You can define it as part of Lifecycle Project but it just makes
adding all the users easier no other effectbull A GC may include more than one contribution from a component
or project area (ldquocomponent skewrdquo)bull Resolves to first configuration found in list of contributions or
hierarchybull Use component skew reports to identify skew and ensure
configurations are ordered as intended ndash especially for large or complex hierarchies
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation37 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Deployment considerations
bull Single GCM application per JTS bull A project area canrsquot contribute to multiple GCM applications bull A project area can contribute to more than one GC component or
project within a single GCM applicationbull GC components are at granularity of project area ndash define
project areas accordinglybull The project area is used in the configuration as a single unit ndash the
entire project area is included in a stream or baseline and as a contribution to a GC You canrsquot subdivide a project area and contribute only part of it
bull For more information including recommended deployment topologies see the Deployment Wiki
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation38 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation39 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Rational Team
Concert
CLM Architecture 5x
Rational Quality Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
OSLC Integration
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation40 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
Rational Team
Concert
Rational Quality
Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
Config Aware OSLC Integration wo backlinks
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
Lifecycle Query
Engine
Global Config Service
Backlink Index
Service
Additions or restructured to support multiple configurations
Fundamental rework of the query
and repository services
Reorganization of the RQM and DNG data into schema that supports configurations
Restructuring of the OSLC cross product linkages
to support configuration
Requires removal of ldquobacklinksrdquo
Rework of the web UIs to allow selection of configuration and maintain config as user
navigates app to app
Add configuration management to RQM and DNG Includes reworking storage layers adding compare and
merge UIs
Modify trackingplanning to work with
versioned CLM resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation41 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Links and Configuration Managementbull In 5x and earlier creating a link from artifact A to artifact B typically
resulted in the creation of a link in the reverse direction ndash a lsquobacklinkrsquobull In 60 configuration management enabled projects to link between
versioned resources the configuration is used to determine the right version of the target artifactbull A single link is stored in the artifact of the application owning the link
(not necessarily the one that created it) A backlink is no longer created and stored ndash RTC owns all links involving RTCndash RQM owns all links between QM and RMDMndash DM owns links between DM and RM
bull A new Link Index Service is used to determine if incoming links to an artifact version exist and thus visiblenavigable from that artifact
bull In 60 projects that configuration management is NOT enabled the linking storagebehavior is the same as that used in 5x ie backlinks are created
- Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capabilit
- Slide 2
- Topics
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Configurations define the correct artifact versions
- Global configurations provide context
- Global configurations reference local configurations
- Slide 10
- Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
- GC ComponentStreamContributions
- Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly custom
- Why adopt configuration management
- Trade-offs to consider (for projects adopting configuration man
- Primary factors
- Reporting considerations
- Reporting considerations
- OSLC Integrations
- Changes related to linking
- Additional considerations
- Enabling Configuration Management
- When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
- Upgrade and Migration
- Adoption path
- Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
- For more information
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for
- Reporting considerations (2)
- RTC considerations
- Managing and delivering change
- More tips for change sets
- Consider security and permissions
- GCM considerations
- Deployment considerations
- Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
- CLM Architecture 5x
- CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
- OSLC Links and Configuration Management
-
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation12 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GC ComponentStreamContributions
A contribution from QM
Contribution from another GC component stream
13
Sports model convertible
Sports model coupe
Sports Model
Car X Model Time
GL Model
Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly customized Innovation
Work in a development stream that spans tools Baseline across tools Branch to create new variants or releases Compare across configs Control delivery of changes across configs Reuse without copying making updates and impact analysis much easier
Function
Stream
Baseline
= Baseline
= Branch
= Artifact propagation
Requirements
Architecture
Test
Implementation
Car X Model
Power Train X
GearBox X Engine X
Body X
Requirements
Architecture
Test
Implementation
Requirements
Architecture
Test
Implementation
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation14 May 2 2023
Why adopt configuration management Extend the value of versioning and configurations across
lifecycle and disciplines Increase reuse speed of delivery and reliability in recreating
releases Improve quality and reduce cost
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation15 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Trade-offs to consider(for projects adopting configuration management)
bull Configuration management capabilities come with some trade-offsbull Behavior changes from ldquonon-enabledrdquo projectsbull Limitations in the initial releases (fewer with each new release)bull Some inconsistencies across the products
bull One must be aware of all factors and carefully consider whether to enable configuration management for a project areabull Most critical considerations are described on
self-serve page on jazznet when obtaining an activation keybull Guided discussions with Support or other client-facing SMEs are
encouraged especially before production decisionbull Strongly encourage pilot before any production decision
bull Because once you enable configuration management for a project area you cannot disable it
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation16 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Primary factorsbull Must upgrade everything to consistent v6 level
bull In general need consistent level to take advantage of newgrowing cross-application capabilities
bull v5 applications donrsquot understand versioning and configurationsbull Working with mixed versions is not practical beyond a short transition
bull Additional infrastructure requiredbull GCM and LDX applications ndash include on (expanded) JTS or separate
serverbull LQE server ndash 8-32 cores 16-256G RAMbull Potential impacts to other servers depending on repository size and shape
number of users usage patternshellipbull If RM or QM project areas are linked enable all or none of them
bull Enabling only some linked projects is not practical beyond a short transitionndash Links between them are frozenndash Cannot create new linksndash Links from the non-enabled project may not resolve correctly
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation17 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerations
bull Configuration-enabled projects use the LQE data source for reportingbull Once enabled projects do not send data to the data warehouse
(DW) but use LQE instead existing DW data is archivedndash Exception RTC which does not ldquoenablerdquo projects continues to
populate the DWbull Existing DW-based reports (BIRT RRDI dashboard widgets) must
be recreated or replaced ndash Exception RTC reports that do not include data from versioned
artifactsbull Rational Publishing Engine report templates can be reused specify
the target configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation18 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerations
bull Some data is not yet available for configuration-aware reportingbull Time-based trending databull DNG view query resultsbull QM lab management resources (eg jobs requests reservations)bull RTC build informationbull Note some data is not available in either LQE or DW
ndash DNG reviews module hierarchy change set informationndash RTC SCM information plan resources WI comments
bull Some data available only by writing custom SPARQL queriesbull DM resourcesbull Local configurationsbull Link validity data bull QM lab resources (machines)
bull Project-area level access control not implemented for Link Validity (can be set manually in LQE)
bull Sample reports based on JKE sample available on Jazznet for evaluation no OOTB reports yet
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation19 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Integrations
bull Most OSLC-based integrations outside the CLM applications do not yet support versioned artifactsbull Requires support for OASIS OSLC Configuration Management
spec (draft) expect list of supporting applications to grow over timebull Integrations to RTC work items continue to work as expected
because work items arenrsquot versioned
bull Several RQM test execution adapters have been verified to work correctly with enabled projects
bull IBM ClearQuest V80110 introduced initial support for global configurations see the CQ documentation for details
bull Progress made with other IBM and third-party applications expect more announcements in coming months
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation20 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Changes related to linking
bull New Link Validity service replaces ldquosuspect linksrdquo in enabled projectsbull Automatic ldquosuspectrdquo assertion on changebull User assertion (validinvalidsuspect) bull No support yet for ldquoprofilesrdquo (canrsquot specify which properties affect
validity)bull In QM views you cannot filter on RTC work item and plan
traceability links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation21 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Additional considerations
bull QM Mobile application for offline execution not yet availablebull New roles and permissions to manage configurationsbull Behavior changes include
bull Working in global configuration contextbull DNG change sets and reviewsbull RTC configuration to determine configuration context
bull See appendix for additional behavior changes and minor limitations
bull A complete list of limitations and workarounds by release is available on jazznet bull View the 602 queries for workarounds and limitationsbull View the pending workaround articles for 602 from each productrsquos
release notes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation22 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Enabling Configuration Management
bull Rhapsody DM and RTC already support Configuration Management ndash no further action needed
bull Two-step process to fully enable configuration management for DNG and RQM 1 Enter activation key in application settings
ndash Advanced Properties gt Local Versioning Componentndash Obtain key from self-serve page on jazznet (for pilot) or contact IBM
Support (especially for production)2 Enable in project area property for a specific RM or QM project
areandash Configuration Management section gt click to enable
bull Once you enable Configuration Management for a Project Area you cannot disable it
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation23 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
bull Reporting switches to a new configuration-aware solution using LQEbull Project area stops feeding the DW and existing DW data is archivedbull BIRT and RRDI reports no longer work and are removed Dashboard
widgets that use report resources stop working
bull Backlinks are removed directional links created in and referenced from Link Index Servicebull May take some time to fully index especially for large projects
bull Existing links from external sources resolve to default configuration
bull QM snapshots become ldquoreference onlyrdquo use baselines instead
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation24 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Upgrade and Migrationbull New components in v6x to enable configuration management
bull GCM application LQE data source Link Index service (LDX)bull Refer to new topology diagrams on deployment wikibull Be sure to consider related changes to production infrastructure requirements
bull All v6x upgrades require migrating to new RQM and DNG repository schemas regardless of configuration management use
bull Offline migrationbull Might take some time depending on repository sizeshape and network latency to the
database serverbull No additional online steps needed
bull Upgrades between 6x releases require re-indexing LQE data which might take timebull Reporting is unreliable during re-index
bull Performance of non-configuration management enabled projects expected to be consistent with previous versions
bull Additional repository updates happen when you enable Configuration Management for a project area (as previously described)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation25 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Adoption path
Explore and define how YOUR organization should implementbull Process definition is criticalbull Define usage model including roles stream strategies change
management and cross-stream deliveryhellipbull Assess reporting needs and implementation options
Conduct one or more pilot projectsbull Validate and modify usage scenarios and processes bull Consider both new and existing projects
Roll out selectively and progressivelybull Carefully select initial projects to enable bull Manage environment changesbull Train users on processes conventions tool changes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation26 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
Achieve Strategic Reuse using Global Configurations
Benefits FeaturesComplete a smooth transition to Global
Configuration ManagementSpeed up adoption and avoid common
missteps by working with our knowledgeable experts
Benefit from the knowledge standard practices and proven repeatable processes brought by our experts
Build skills quickly and effectively with expert advice and information sharing directly from our experienced consultants
Preparing for enabling Global Configuration Management
Prepare the environment and users for the activities to enable the new capability
Supporting the activities to enable the new capability
Support upgrades and installations Verify successful operation
Supporting users transitioning to Global Configuration Management
Perform mentoring on usage updates and planning for enabling additional projects
Backed by world class Analytics Services Experts
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation27 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
For more information
bull Configuration management playlists on youtubebull Based on these lab exercisesbull Introductory series
bull Jazznet article 1492 links to many valuable resources including videos and blogs
bull Try it out httpsjazznetproductssandbox
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation28 May 2 2023
ICE -IBM Continuous Engineering Event
Website httplearnquestconferencecomiceiot16
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation29 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
copy Copyright IBM Corporation 2015 All rights reserved The information contained in these materials is provided for informational purposes only and is provided AS IS without warranty of any kind express or implied IBM shall not be responsible for any damages arising out of the use of or otherwise related to these materials Nothing contained in these materials is intended to nor shall have the effect of creating any warranties or representations from IBM or its suppliers or licensors or altering the terms and conditions of the applicable license agreement governing the use of IBM software References in these materials to IBM products programs or services do not imply that they will be available in all countries in which IBM operates Product release dates andor capabilities referenced in these materials may change at any time at IBMrsquos sole discretion based on market opportunities or other factors and are not intended to be a commitment to future product or feature availability in any way IBM the IBM logo Rational the Rational logo and other IBM products and services are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States other countries or both Other company product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation30 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for Configuration Management
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation31 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerationsbull When reporting across versioned artifacts and RTC work items carefully consider filtering
bull Filtering by configuration will yield correct results for versioned artifactsbull Filter work items based on Planned-For or Found-In fields as they have no direct association to a configuration
bull When reporting on DNG artifactsbull As of 602 reverse traceability is now supported for custom link types as well as for OSLC RM-defined links bull If you customize data types (new types or attributes) you need to add them to the initial RM stream for them to
be visible for reportingndash Alternatively use custom SPARQL queries for customized types that are not in the initial stream
bull LQE indexes all projects no UI to select or exclude projects (to reduce volume)bull Current scale is 2 million versioned resources per LQE instance with 15725 configurations bull Where concerns arise IBM can assist with configuring LQE to index only selected project areas
bull Upgrade notes bull When upgrading from v60 (where configuration-aware reporting was Tech Preview only)
ndash Uninstall the v60 LQE component and reinstall with v602 upgradendash Configure RB data sources to add LQE (httpsserverportrssetup)
bull When upgrading from v601ndash Rebase the DNG TRS feeds (instructions in the Interactive Upgrade Guide)ndash Re-index the TRS feeds from DNG RTC and data sources (httpsserverportlqewebadmindata-sources)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation32 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
RTC considerationsbull Work items are not versioned tracking and planning artifacts are not part
of GC contributionsbull RTC work items are targeted to a single Release and therefore a single
GC bull Each supported OSLC link type is associated with a single attribute specifying
the Release target (Planned For Found In or some custom attribute)bull When you set or change the Release target (and GC) for a WI you must save
the work item to make the context change take effectbull If you change the Release gt GC association in the RTC project area the
versioned links will not work correctlybull If there is no GC associated with a Release links resolve to the default
configurationbull Child iterations can inherit Release setting from the parent or have their own
(eg Sprints under a main iteration can contribute to the same Release and GC)
bull If you are working in a Personal Stream RTC cannot resolve the configuration context and therefore cannot filter artifacts by configuration when you create links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation33 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Managing and delivering changebull DNG and DM have change sets RQM doesnrsquot
bull If necessary create separate RQM stream to model changes before delivering to main stream (note that this requires additional stream management and manual work with a Personal Stream)
bull Can create link from DNG or DM change set to change request (eg RTC work item)bull DNG now allows you to enforce
bull Requiring change set for any changes bull Requiring change set be linked to an approved change request in an OSLC change
management provider (like RTC)bull Delivering changes varies
bull Within DNGndash If you deliver changes from the Manage Configurations view you can only deliver between
parentchild in the stream hierarchyndash If you deliver from an artifact view you can choose any stream as the target (Deliver changes) or
source (Accept changes) and start from either directionndash You can select one or more change sets conflicts are highlighted and can be mergedndash As of 602 you can choose to automatically deliver changes providing inputs on how to resolve
conflicts (as well as returning to manual mode in case of conflict)bull RQM merges changes from a source baseline to the current stream selected by the GC
merge can be selectivendash Start operation from the target not the source of the changes ndash In effect you accept changes from a source baseline into the current configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation34 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
More tips for change setsbull In DNG you cannot create a review against a change setbull Your DNG change set is automatically added to your Personal Stream (PS) at creation and
removed at deliverydiscardbull Only one change set per DNG configuration in the PS at one time creating a second
change set for the same configuration replaces the first in the PS and requires manual changes to switch between them
bull You can manually add someone elsersquos change set to your PS (previous point still applies)bull Personal Streams persist and are reused for future change sets
ndash In 602 when you deliver your change set the configuration context remains set to your Personal Stream
bull RTC does not recognize the context of a Personal Stream when you create links from an artifact in a PS to an RTC artifact filtering based on configuration context will not work
bull DNG change set content is not visible after you deliverbull Before delivering you can compare the change set to the existing baseline or stream to identify
the changes it contains bull If you link the change set to a WI you can manually describe the changes in the WIbull Use naming conventions to indicate content or reason for change
bull Use naming conventions so you can recognize change sets at delivery timebull If you need to deliver across streams use explicit change sets
bull Implicit change sets are hard to identify and differentiate
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation35 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Consider security and permissions
bull To reference a GC you must be a member of the GC project area (in GCM application)bull Even to set the GC context in your RMQMDM applicationbull Can use lifecycle projects to ease user administration bull Members who need to create Personal Streams must have
permission to do sobull GC Configuration Leads must be members of RMQMCCMDM
project areas in order to access streams and baselinesbull Must have project permissions to create streamsbaselines
bull Assign roles and permissions for creating streams and baselines in local applications as well as GCMbull For DNG this includes permissions related to change sets owned
by yourself and by others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation36 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GCM considerations
bull GCM application has no project associationsbull You can define it as part of Lifecycle Project but it just makes
adding all the users easier no other effectbull A GC may include more than one contribution from a component
or project area (ldquocomponent skewrdquo)bull Resolves to first configuration found in list of contributions or
hierarchybull Use component skew reports to identify skew and ensure
configurations are ordered as intended ndash especially for large or complex hierarchies
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation37 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Deployment considerations
bull Single GCM application per JTS bull A project area canrsquot contribute to multiple GCM applications bull A project area can contribute to more than one GC component or
project within a single GCM applicationbull GC components are at granularity of project area ndash define
project areas accordinglybull The project area is used in the configuration as a single unit ndash the
entire project area is included in a stream or baseline and as a contribution to a GC You canrsquot subdivide a project area and contribute only part of it
bull For more information including recommended deployment topologies see the Deployment Wiki
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation38 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation39 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Rational Team
Concert
CLM Architecture 5x
Rational Quality Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
OSLC Integration
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation40 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
Rational Team
Concert
Rational Quality
Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
Config Aware OSLC Integration wo backlinks
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
Lifecycle Query
Engine
Global Config Service
Backlink Index
Service
Additions or restructured to support multiple configurations
Fundamental rework of the query
and repository services
Reorganization of the RQM and DNG data into schema that supports configurations
Restructuring of the OSLC cross product linkages
to support configuration
Requires removal of ldquobacklinksrdquo
Rework of the web UIs to allow selection of configuration and maintain config as user
navigates app to app
Add configuration management to RQM and DNG Includes reworking storage layers adding compare and
merge UIs
Modify trackingplanning to work with
versioned CLM resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation41 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Links and Configuration Managementbull In 5x and earlier creating a link from artifact A to artifact B typically
resulted in the creation of a link in the reverse direction ndash a lsquobacklinkrsquobull In 60 configuration management enabled projects to link between
versioned resources the configuration is used to determine the right version of the target artifactbull A single link is stored in the artifact of the application owning the link
(not necessarily the one that created it) A backlink is no longer created and stored ndash RTC owns all links involving RTCndash RQM owns all links between QM and RMDMndash DM owns links between DM and RM
bull A new Link Index Service is used to determine if incoming links to an artifact version exist and thus visiblenavigable from that artifact
bull In 60 projects that configuration management is NOT enabled the linking storagebehavior is the same as that used in 5x ie backlinks are created
- Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capabilit
- Slide 2
- Topics
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Configurations define the correct artifact versions
- Global configurations provide context
- Global configurations reference local configurations
- Slide 10
- Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
- GC ComponentStreamContributions
- Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly custom
- Why adopt configuration management
- Trade-offs to consider (for projects adopting configuration man
- Primary factors
- Reporting considerations
- Reporting considerations
- OSLC Integrations
- Changes related to linking
- Additional considerations
- Enabling Configuration Management
- When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
- Upgrade and Migration
- Adoption path
- Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
- For more information
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for
- Reporting considerations (2)
- RTC considerations
- Managing and delivering change
- More tips for change sets
- Consider security and permissions
- GCM considerations
- Deployment considerations
- Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
- CLM Architecture 5x
- CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
- OSLC Links and Configuration Management
-
13
Sports model convertible
Sports model coupe
Sports Model
Car X Model Time
GL Model
Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly customized Innovation
Work in a development stream that spans tools Baseline across tools Branch to create new variants or releases Compare across configs Control delivery of changes across configs Reuse without copying making updates and impact analysis much easier
Function
Stream
Baseline
= Baseline
= Branch
= Artifact propagation
Requirements
Architecture
Test
Implementation
Car X Model
Power Train X
GearBox X Engine X
Body X
Requirements
Architecture
Test
Implementation
Requirements
Architecture
Test
Implementation
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation14 May 2 2023
Why adopt configuration management Extend the value of versioning and configurations across
lifecycle and disciplines Increase reuse speed of delivery and reliability in recreating
releases Improve quality and reduce cost
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation15 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Trade-offs to consider(for projects adopting configuration management)
bull Configuration management capabilities come with some trade-offsbull Behavior changes from ldquonon-enabledrdquo projectsbull Limitations in the initial releases (fewer with each new release)bull Some inconsistencies across the products
bull One must be aware of all factors and carefully consider whether to enable configuration management for a project areabull Most critical considerations are described on
self-serve page on jazznet when obtaining an activation keybull Guided discussions with Support or other client-facing SMEs are
encouraged especially before production decisionbull Strongly encourage pilot before any production decision
bull Because once you enable configuration management for a project area you cannot disable it
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation16 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Primary factorsbull Must upgrade everything to consistent v6 level
bull In general need consistent level to take advantage of newgrowing cross-application capabilities
bull v5 applications donrsquot understand versioning and configurationsbull Working with mixed versions is not practical beyond a short transition
bull Additional infrastructure requiredbull GCM and LDX applications ndash include on (expanded) JTS or separate
serverbull LQE server ndash 8-32 cores 16-256G RAMbull Potential impacts to other servers depending on repository size and shape
number of users usage patternshellipbull If RM or QM project areas are linked enable all or none of them
bull Enabling only some linked projects is not practical beyond a short transitionndash Links between them are frozenndash Cannot create new linksndash Links from the non-enabled project may not resolve correctly
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation17 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerations
bull Configuration-enabled projects use the LQE data source for reportingbull Once enabled projects do not send data to the data warehouse
(DW) but use LQE instead existing DW data is archivedndash Exception RTC which does not ldquoenablerdquo projects continues to
populate the DWbull Existing DW-based reports (BIRT RRDI dashboard widgets) must
be recreated or replaced ndash Exception RTC reports that do not include data from versioned
artifactsbull Rational Publishing Engine report templates can be reused specify
the target configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation18 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerations
bull Some data is not yet available for configuration-aware reportingbull Time-based trending databull DNG view query resultsbull QM lab management resources (eg jobs requests reservations)bull RTC build informationbull Note some data is not available in either LQE or DW
ndash DNG reviews module hierarchy change set informationndash RTC SCM information plan resources WI comments
bull Some data available only by writing custom SPARQL queriesbull DM resourcesbull Local configurationsbull Link validity data bull QM lab resources (machines)
bull Project-area level access control not implemented for Link Validity (can be set manually in LQE)
bull Sample reports based on JKE sample available on Jazznet for evaluation no OOTB reports yet
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation19 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Integrations
bull Most OSLC-based integrations outside the CLM applications do not yet support versioned artifactsbull Requires support for OASIS OSLC Configuration Management
spec (draft) expect list of supporting applications to grow over timebull Integrations to RTC work items continue to work as expected
because work items arenrsquot versioned
bull Several RQM test execution adapters have been verified to work correctly with enabled projects
bull IBM ClearQuest V80110 introduced initial support for global configurations see the CQ documentation for details
bull Progress made with other IBM and third-party applications expect more announcements in coming months
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation20 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Changes related to linking
bull New Link Validity service replaces ldquosuspect linksrdquo in enabled projectsbull Automatic ldquosuspectrdquo assertion on changebull User assertion (validinvalidsuspect) bull No support yet for ldquoprofilesrdquo (canrsquot specify which properties affect
validity)bull In QM views you cannot filter on RTC work item and plan
traceability links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation21 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Additional considerations
bull QM Mobile application for offline execution not yet availablebull New roles and permissions to manage configurationsbull Behavior changes include
bull Working in global configuration contextbull DNG change sets and reviewsbull RTC configuration to determine configuration context
bull See appendix for additional behavior changes and minor limitations
bull A complete list of limitations and workarounds by release is available on jazznet bull View the 602 queries for workarounds and limitationsbull View the pending workaround articles for 602 from each productrsquos
release notes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation22 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Enabling Configuration Management
bull Rhapsody DM and RTC already support Configuration Management ndash no further action needed
bull Two-step process to fully enable configuration management for DNG and RQM 1 Enter activation key in application settings
ndash Advanced Properties gt Local Versioning Componentndash Obtain key from self-serve page on jazznet (for pilot) or contact IBM
Support (especially for production)2 Enable in project area property for a specific RM or QM project
areandash Configuration Management section gt click to enable
bull Once you enable Configuration Management for a Project Area you cannot disable it
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation23 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
bull Reporting switches to a new configuration-aware solution using LQEbull Project area stops feeding the DW and existing DW data is archivedbull BIRT and RRDI reports no longer work and are removed Dashboard
widgets that use report resources stop working
bull Backlinks are removed directional links created in and referenced from Link Index Servicebull May take some time to fully index especially for large projects
bull Existing links from external sources resolve to default configuration
bull QM snapshots become ldquoreference onlyrdquo use baselines instead
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation24 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Upgrade and Migrationbull New components in v6x to enable configuration management
bull GCM application LQE data source Link Index service (LDX)bull Refer to new topology diagrams on deployment wikibull Be sure to consider related changes to production infrastructure requirements
bull All v6x upgrades require migrating to new RQM and DNG repository schemas regardless of configuration management use
bull Offline migrationbull Might take some time depending on repository sizeshape and network latency to the
database serverbull No additional online steps needed
bull Upgrades between 6x releases require re-indexing LQE data which might take timebull Reporting is unreliable during re-index
bull Performance of non-configuration management enabled projects expected to be consistent with previous versions
bull Additional repository updates happen when you enable Configuration Management for a project area (as previously described)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation25 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Adoption path
Explore and define how YOUR organization should implementbull Process definition is criticalbull Define usage model including roles stream strategies change
management and cross-stream deliveryhellipbull Assess reporting needs and implementation options
Conduct one or more pilot projectsbull Validate and modify usage scenarios and processes bull Consider both new and existing projects
Roll out selectively and progressivelybull Carefully select initial projects to enable bull Manage environment changesbull Train users on processes conventions tool changes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation26 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
Achieve Strategic Reuse using Global Configurations
Benefits FeaturesComplete a smooth transition to Global
Configuration ManagementSpeed up adoption and avoid common
missteps by working with our knowledgeable experts
Benefit from the knowledge standard practices and proven repeatable processes brought by our experts
Build skills quickly and effectively with expert advice and information sharing directly from our experienced consultants
Preparing for enabling Global Configuration Management
Prepare the environment and users for the activities to enable the new capability
Supporting the activities to enable the new capability
Support upgrades and installations Verify successful operation
Supporting users transitioning to Global Configuration Management
Perform mentoring on usage updates and planning for enabling additional projects
Backed by world class Analytics Services Experts
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation27 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
For more information
bull Configuration management playlists on youtubebull Based on these lab exercisesbull Introductory series
bull Jazznet article 1492 links to many valuable resources including videos and blogs
bull Try it out httpsjazznetproductssandbox
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation28 May 2 2023
ICE -IBM Continuous Engineering Event
Website httplearnquestconferencecomiceiot16
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation29 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
copy Copyright IBM Corporation 2015 All rights reserved The information contained in these materials is provided for informational purposes only and is provided AS IS without warranty of any kind express or implied IBM shall not be responsible for any damages arising out of the use of or otherwise related to these materials Nothing contained in these materials is intended to nor shall have the effect of creating any warranties or representations from IBM or its suppliers or licensors or altering the terms and conditions of the applicable license agreement governing the use of IBM software References in these materials to IBM products programs or services do not imply that they will be available in all countries in which IBM operates Product release dates andor capabilities referenced in these materials may change at any time at IBMrsquos sole discretion based on market opportunities or other factors and are not intended to be a commitment to future product or feature availability in any way IBM the IBM logo Rational the Rational logo and other IBM products and services are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States other countries or both Other company product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation30 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for Configuration Management
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation31 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerationsbull When reporting across versioned artifacts and RTC work items carefully consider filtering
bull Filtering by configuration will yield correct results for versioned artifactsbull Filter work items based on Planned-For or Found-In fields as they have no direct association to a configuration
bull When reporting on DNG artifactsbull As of 602 reverse traceability is now supported for custom link types as well as for OSLC RM-defined links bull If you customize data types (new types or attributes) you need to add them to the initial RM stream for them to
be visible for reportingndash Alternatively use custom SPARQL queries for customized types that are not in the initial stream
bull LQE indexes all projects no UI to select or exclude projects (to reduce volume)bull Current scale is 2 million versioned resources per LQE instance with 15725 configurations bull Where concerns arise IBM can assist with configuring LQE to index only selected project areas
bull Upgrade notes bull When upgrading from v60 (where configuration-aware reporting was Tech Preview only)
ndash Uninstall the v60 LQE component and reinstall with v602 upgradendash Configure RB data sources to add LQE (httpsserverportrssetup)
bull When upgrading from v601ndash Rebase the DNG TRS feeds (instructions in the Interactive Upgrade Guide)ndash Re-index the TRS feeds from DNG RTC and data sources (httpsserverportlqewebadmindata-sources)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation32 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
RTC considerationsbull Work items are not versioned tracking and planning artifacts are not part
of GC contributionsbull RTC work items are targeted to a single Release and therefore a single
GC bull Each supported OSLC link type is associated with a single attribute specifying
the Release target (Planned For Found In or some custom attribute)bull When you set or change the Release target (and GC) for a WI you must save
the work item to make the context change take effectbull If you change the Release gt GC association in the RTC project area the
versioned links will not work correctlybull If there is no GC associated with a Release links resolve to the default
configurationbull Child iterations can inherit Release setting from the parent or have their own
(eg Sprints under a main iteration can contribute to the same Release and GC)
bull If you are working in a Personal Stream RTC cannot resolve the configuration context and therefore cannot filter artifacts by configuration when you create links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation33 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Managing and delivering changebull DNG and DM have change sets RQM doesnrsquot
bull If necessary create separate RQM stream to model changes before delivering to main stream (note that this requires additional stream management and manual work with a Personal Stream)
bull Can create link from DNG or DM change set to change request (eg RTC work item)bull DNG now allows you to enforce
bull Requiring change set for any changes bull Requiring change set be linked to an approved change request in an OSLC change
management provider (like RTC)bull Delivering changes varies
bull Within DNGndash If you deliver changes from the Manage Configurations view you can only deliver between
parentchild in the stream hierarchyndash If you deliver from an artifact view you can choose any stream as the target (Deliver changes) or
source (Accept changes) and start from either directionndash You can select one or more change sets conflicts are highlighted and can be mergedndash As of 602 you can choose to automatically deliver changes providing inputs on how to resolve
conflicts (as well as returning to manual mode in case of conflict)bull RQM merges changes from a source baseline to the current stream selected by the GC
merge can be selectivendash Start operation from the target not the source of the changes ndash In effect you accept changes from a source baseline into the current configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation34 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
More tips for change setsbull In DNG you cannot create a review against a change setbull Your DNG change set is automatically added to your Personal Stream (PS) at creation and
removed at deliverydiscardbull Only one change set per DNG configuration in the PS at one time creating a second
change set for the same configuration replaces the first in the PS and requires manual changes to switch between them
bull You can manually add someone elsersquos change set to your PS (previous point still applies)bull Personal Streams persist and are reused for future change sets
ndash In 602 when you deliver your change set the configuration context remains set to your Personal Stream
bull RTC does not recognize the context of a Personal Stream when you create links from an artifact in a PS to an RTC artifact filtering based on configuration context will not work
bull DNG change set content is not visible after you deliverbull Before delivering you can compare the change set to the existing baseline or stream to identify
the changes it contains bull If you link the change set to a WI you can manually describe the changes in the WIbull Use naming conventions to indicate content or reason for change
bull Use naming conventions so you can recognize change sets at delivery timebull If you need to deliver across streams use explicit change sets
bull Implicit change sets are hard to identify and differentiate
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation35 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Consider security and permissions
bull To reference a GC you must be a member of the GC project area (in GCM application)bull Even to set the GC context in your RMQMDM applicationbull Can use lifecycle projects to ease user administration bull Members who need to create Personal Streams must have
permission to do sobull GC Configuration Leads must be members of RMQMCCMDM
project areas in order to access streams and baselinesbull Must have project permissions to create streamsbaselines
bull Assign roles and permissions for creating streams and baselines in local applications as well as GCMbull For DNG this includes permissions related to change sets owned
by yourself and by others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation36 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GCM considerations
bull GCM application has no project associationsbull You can define it as part of Lifecycle Project but it just makes
adding all the users easier no other effectbull A GC may include more than one contribution from a component
or project area (ldquocomponent skewrdquo)bull Resolves to first configuration found in list of contributions or
hierarchybull Use component skew reports to identify skew and ensure
configurations are ordered as intended ndash especially for large or complex hierarchies
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation37 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Deployment considerations
bull Single GCM application per JTS bull A project area canrsquot contribute to multiple GCM applications bull A project area can contribute to more than one GC component or
project within a single GCM applicationbull GC components are at granularity of project area ndash define
project areas accordinglybull The project area is used in the configuration as a single unit ndash the
entire project area is included in a stream or baseline and as a contribution to a GC You canrsquot subdivide a project area and contribute only part of it
bull For more information including recommended deployment topologies see the Deployment Wiki
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation38 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation39 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Rational Team
Concert
CLM Architecture 5x
Rational Quality Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
OSLC Integration
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation40 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
Rational Team
Concert
Rational Quality
Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
Config Aware OSLC Integration wo backlinks
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
Lifecycle Query
Engine
Global Config Service
Backlink Index
Service
Additions or restructured to support multiple configurations
Fundamental rework of the query
and repository services
Reorganization of the RQM and DNG data into schema that supports configurations
Restructuring of the OSLC cross product linkages
to support configuration
Requires removal of ldquobacklinksrdquo
Rework of the web UIs to allow selection of configuration and maintain config as user
navigates app to app
Add configuration management to RQM and DNG Includes reworking storage layers adding compare and
merge UIs
Modify trackingplanning to work with
versioned CLM resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation41 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Links and Configuration Managementbull In 5x and earlier creating a link from artifact A to artifact B typically
resulted in the creation of a link in the reverse direction ndash a lsquobacklinkrsquobull In 60 configuration management enabled projects to link between
versioned resources the configuration is used to determine the right version of the target artifactbull A single link is stored in the artifact of the application owning the link
(not necessarily the one that created it) A backlink is no longer created and stored ndash RTC owns all links involving RTCndash RQM owns all links between QM and RMDMndash DM owns links between DM and RM
bull A new Link Index Service is used to determine if incoming links to an artifact version exist and thus visiblenavigable from that artifact
bull In 60 projects that configuration management is NOT enabled the linking storagebehavior is the same as that used in 5x ie backlinks are created
- Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capabilit
- Slide 2
- Topics
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Configurations define the correct artifact versions
- Global configurations provide context
- Global configurations reference local configurations
- Slide 10
- Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
- GC ComponentStreamContributions
- Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly custom
- Why adopt configuration management
- Trade-offs to consider (for projects adopting configuration man
- Primary factors
- Reporting considerations
- Reporting considerations
- OSLC Integrations
- Changes related to linking
- Additional considerations
- Enabling Configuration Management
- When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
- Upgrade and Migration
- Adoption path
- Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
- For more information
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for
- Reporting considerations (2)
- RTC considerations
- Managing and delivering change
- More tips for change sets
- Consider security and permissions
- GCM considerations
- Deployment considerations
- Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
- CLM Architecture 5x
- CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
- OSLC Links and Configuration Management
-
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation14 May 2 2023
Why adopt configuration management Extend the value of versioning and configurations across
lifecycle and disciplines Increase reuse speed of delivery and reliability in recreating
releases Improve quality and reduce cost
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation15 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Trade-offs to consider(for projects adopting configuration management)
bull Configuration management capabilities come with some trade-offsbull Behavior changes from ldquonon-enabledrdquo projectsbull Limitations in the initial releases (fewer with each new release)bull Some inconsistencies across the products
bull One must be aware of all factors and carefully consider whether to enable configuration management for a project areabull Most critical considerations are described on
self-serve page on jazznet when obtaining an activation keybull Guided discussions with Support or other client-facing SMEs are
encouraged especially before production decisionbull Strongly encourage pilot before any production decision
bull Because once you enable configuration management for a project area you cannot disable it
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation16 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Primary factorsbull Must upgrade everything to consistent v6 level
bull In general need consistent level to take advantage of newgrowing cross-application capabilities
bull v5 applications donrsquot understand versioning and configurationsbull Working with mixed versions is not practical beyond a short transition
bull Additional infrastructure requiredbull GCM and LDX applications ndash include on (expanded) JTS or separate
serverbull LQE server ndash 8-32 cores 16-256G RAMbull Potential impacts to other servers depending on repository size and shape
number of users usage patternshellipbull If RM or QM project areas are linked enable all or none of them
bull Enabling only some linked projects is not practical beyond a short transitionndash Links between them are frozenndash Cannot create new linksndash Links from the non-enabled project may not resolve correctly
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation17 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerations
bull Configuration-enabled projects use the LQE data source for reportingbull Once enabled projects do not send data to the data warehouse
(DW) but use LQE instead existing DW data is archivedndash Exception RTC which does not ldquoenablerdquo projects continues to
populate the DWbull Existing DW-based reports (BIRT RRDI dashboard widgets) must
be recreated or replaced ndash Exception RTC reports that do not include data from versioned
artifactsbull Rational Publishing Engine report templates can be reused specify
the target configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation18 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerations
bull Some data is not yet available for configuration-aware reportingbull Time-based trending databull DNG view query resultsbull QM lab management resources (eg jobs requests reservations)bull RTC build informationbull Note some data is not available in either LQE or DW
ndash DNG reviews module hierarchy change set informationndash RTC SCM information plan resources WI comments
bull Some data available only by writing custom SPARQL queriesbull DM resourcesbull Local configurationsbull Link validity data bull QM lab resources (machines)
bull Project-area level access control not implemented for Link Validity (can be set manually in LQE)
bull Sample reports based on JKE sample available on Jazznet for evaluation no OOTB reports yet
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation19 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Integrations
bull Most OSLC-based integrations outside the CLM applications do not yet support versioned artifactsbull Requires support for OASIS OSLC Configuration Management
spec (draft) expect list of supporting applications to grow over timebull Integrations to RTC work items continue to work as expected
because work items arenrsquot versioned
bull Several RQM test execution adapters have been verified to work correctly with enabled projects
bull IBM ClearQuest V80110 introduced initial support for global configurations see the CQ documentation for details
bull Progress made with other IBM and third-party applications expect more announcements in coming months
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation20 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Changes related to linking
bull New Link Validity service replaces ldquosuspect linksrdquo in enabled projectsbull Automatic ldquosuspectrdquo assertion on changebull User assertion (validinvalidsuspect) bull No support yet for ldquoprofilesrdquo (canrsquot specify which properties affect
validity)bull In QM views you cannot filter on RTC work item and plan
traceability links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation21 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Additional considerations
bull QM Mobile application for offline execution not yet availablebull New roles and permissions to manage configurationsbull Behavior changes include
bull Working in global configuration contextbull DNG change sets and reviewsbull RTC configuration to determine configuration context
bull See appendix for additional behavior changes and minor limitations
bull A complete list of limitations and workarounds by release is available on jazznet bull View the 602 queries for workarounds and limitationsbull View the pending workaround articles for 602 from each productrsquos
release notes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation22 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Enabling Configuration Management
bull Rhapsody DM and RTC already support Configuration Management ndash no further action needed
bull Two-step process to fully enable configuration management for DNG and RQM 1 Enter activation key in application settings
ndash Advanced Properties gt Local Versioning Componentndash Obtain key from self-serve page on jazznet (for pilot) or contact IBM
Support (especially for production)2 Enable in project area property for a specific RM or QM project
areandash Configuration Management section gt click to enable
bull Once you enable Configuration Management for a Project Area you cannot disable it
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation23 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
bull Reporting switches to a new configuration-aware solution using LQEbull Project area stops feeding the DW and existing DW data is archivedbull BIRT and RRDI reports no longer work and are removed Dashboard
widgets that use report resources stop working
bull Backlinks are removed directional links created in and referenced from Link Index Servicebull May take some time to fully index especially for large projects
bull Existing links from external sources resolve to default configuration
bull QM snapshots become ldquoreference onlyrdquo use baselines instead
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation24 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Upgrade and Migrationbull New components in v6x to enable configuration management
bull GCM application LQE data source Link Index service (LDX)bull Refer to new topology diagrams on deployment wikibull Be sure to consider related changes to production infrastructure requirements
bull All v6x upgrades require migrating to new RQM and DNG repository schemas regardless of configuration management use
bull Offline migrationbull Might take some time depending on repository sizeshape and network latency to the
database serverbull No additional online steps needed
bull Upgrades between 6x releases require re-indexing LQE data which might take timebull Reporting is unreliable during re-index
bull Performance of non-configuration management enabled projects expected to be consistent with previous versions
bull Additional repository updates happen when you enable Configuration Management for a project area (as previously described)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation25 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Adoption path
Explore and define how YOUR organization should implementbull Process definition is criticalbull Define usage model including roles stream strategies change
management and cross-stream deliveryhellipbull Assess reporting needs and implementation options
Conduct one or more pilot projectsbull Validate and modify usage scenarios and processes bull Consider both new and existing projects
Roll out selectively and progressivelybull Carefully select initial projects to enable bull Manage environment changesbull Train users on processes conventions tool changes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation26 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
Achieve Strategic Reuse using Global Configurations
Benefits FeaturesComplete a smooth transition to Global
Configuration ManagementSpeed up adoption and avoid common
missteps by working with our knowledgeable experts
Benefit from the knowledge standard practices and proven repeatable processes brought by our experts
Build skills quickly and effectively with expert advice and information sharing directly from our experienced consultants
Preparing for enabling Global Configuration Management
Prepare the environment and users for the activities to enable the new capability
Supporting the activities to enable the new capability
Support upgrades and installations Verify successful operation
Supporting users transitioning to Global Configuration Management
Perform mentoring on usage updates and planning for enabling additional projects
Backed by world class Analytics Services Experts
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation27 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
For more information
bull Configuration management playlists on youtubebull Based on these lab exercisesbull Introductory series
bull Jazznet article 1492 links to many valuable resources including videos and blogs
bull Try it out httpsjazznetproductssandbox
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation28 May 2 2023
ICE -IBM Continuous Engineering Event
Website httplearnquestconferencecomiceiot16
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation29 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
copy Copyright IBM Corporation 2015 All rights reserved The information contained in these materials is provided for informational purposes only and is provided AS IS without warranty of any kind express or implied IBM shall not be responsible for any damages arising out of the use of or otherwise related to these materials Nothing contained in these materials is intended to nor shall have the effect of creating any warranties or representations from IBM or its suppliers or licensors or altering the terms and conditions of the applicable license agreement governing the use of IBM software References in these materials to IBM products programs or services do not imply that they will be available in all countries in which IBM operates Product release dates andor capabilities referenced in these materials may change at any time at IBMrsquos sole discretion based on market opportunities or other factors and are not intended to be a commitment to future product or feature availability in any way IBM the IBM logo Rational the Rational logo and other IBM products and services are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States other countries or both Other company product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation30 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for Configuration Management
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation31 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerationsbull When reporting across versioned artifacts and RTC work items carefully consider filtering
bull Filtering by configuration will yield correct results for versioned artifactsbull Filter work items based on Planned-For or Found-In fields as they have no direct association to a configuration
bull When reporting on DNG artifactsbull As of 602 reverse traceability is now supported for custom link types as well as for OSLC RM-defined links bull If you customize data types (new types or attributes) you need to add them to the initial RM stream for them to
be visible for reportingndash Alternatively use custom SPARQL queries for customized types that are not in the initial stream
bull LQE indexes all projects no UI to select or exclude projects (to reduce volume)bull Current scale is 2 million versioned resources per LQE instance with 15725 configurations bull Where concerns arise IBM can assist with configuring LQE to index only selected project areas
bull Upgrade notes bull When upgrading from v60 (where configuration-aware reporting was Tech Preview only)
ndash Uninstall the v60 LQE component and reinstall with v602 upgradendash Configure RB data sources to add LQE (httpsserverportrssetup)
bull When upgrading from v601ndash Rebase the DNG TRS feeds (instructions in the Interactive Upgrade Guide)ndash Re-index the TRS feeds from DNG RTC and data sources (httpsserverportlqewebadmindata-sources)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation32 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
RTC considerationsbull Work items are not versioned tracking and planning artifacts are not part
of GC contributionsbull RTC work items are targeted to a single Release and therefore a single
GC bull Each supported OSLC link type is associated with a single attribute specifying
the Release target (Planned For Found In or some custom attribute)bull When you set or change the Release target (and GC) for a WI you must save
the work item to make the context change take effectbull If you change the Release gt GC association in the RTC project area the
versioned links will not work correctlybull If there is no GC associated with a Release links resolve to the default
configurationbull Child iterations can inherit Release setting from the parent or have their own
(eg Sprints under a main iteration can contribute to the same Release and GC)
bull If you are working in a Personal Stream RTC cannot resolve the configuration context and therefore cannot filter artifacts by configuration when you create links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation33 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Managing and delivering changebull DNG and DM have change sets RQM doesnrsquot
bull If necessary create separate RQM stream to model changes before delivering to main stream (note that this requires additional stream management and manual work with a Personal Stream)
bull Can create link from DNG or DM change set to change request (eg RTC work item)bull DNG now allows you to enforce
bull Requiring change set for any changes bull Requiring change set be linked to an approved change request in an OSLC change
management provider (like RTC)bull Delivering changes varies
bull Within DNGndash If you deliver changes from the Manage Configurations view you can only deliver between
parentchild in the stream hierarchyndash If you deliver from an artifact view you can choose any stream as the target (Deliver changes) or
source (Accept changes) and start from either directionndash You can select one or more change sets conflicts are highlighted and can be mergedndash As of 602 you can choose to automatically deliver changes providing inputs on how to resolve
conflicts (as well as returning to manual mode in case of conflict)bull RQM merges changes from a source baseline to the current stream selected by the GC
merge can be selectivendash Start operation from the target not the source of the changes ndash In effect you accept changes from a source baseline into the current configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation34 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
More tips for change setsbull In DNG you cannot create a review against a change setbull Your DNG change set is automatically added to your Personal Stream (PS) at creation and
removed at deliverydiscardbull Only one change set per DNG configuration in the PS at one time creating a second
change set for the same configuration replaces the first in the PS and requires manual changes to switch between them
bull You can manually add someone elsersquos change set to your PS (previous point still applies)bull Personal Streams persist and are reused for future change sets
ndash In 602 when you deliver your change set the configuration context remains set to your Personal Stream
bull RTC does not recognize the context of a Personal Stream when you create links from an artifact in a PS to an RTC artifact filtering based on configuration context will not work
bull DNG change set content is not visible after you deliverbull Before delivering you can compare the change set to the existing baseline or stream to identify
the changes it contains bull If you link the change set to a WI you can manually describe the changes in the WIbull Use naming conventions to indicate content or reason for change
bull Use naming conventions so you can recognize change sets at delivery timebull If you need to deliver across streams use explicit change sets
bull Implicit change sets are hard to identify and differentiate
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation35 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Consider security and permissions
bull To reference a GC you must be a member of the GC project area (in GCM application)bull Even to set the GC context in your RMQMDM applicationbull Can use lifecycle projects to ease user administration bull Members who need to create Personal Streams must have
permission to do sobull GC Configuration Leads must be members of RMQMCCMDM
project areas in order to access streams and baselinesbull Must have project permissions to create streamsbaselines
bull Assign roles and permissions for creating streams and baselines in local applications as well as GCMbull For DNG this includes permissions related to change sets owned
by yourself and by others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation36 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GCM considerations
bull GCM application has no project associationsbull You can define it as part of Lifecycle Project but it just makes
adding all the users easier no other effectbull A GC may include more than one contribution from a component
or project area (ldquocomponent skewrdquo)bull Resolves to first configuration found in list of contributions or
hierarchybull Use component skew reports to identify skew and ensure
configurations are ordered as intended ndash especially for large or complex hierarchies
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation37 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Deployment considerations
bull Single GCM application per JTS bull A project area canrsquot contribute to multiple GCM applications bull A project area can contribute to more than one GC component or
project within a single GCM applicationbull GC components are at granularity of project area ndash define
project areas accordinglybull The project area is used in the configuration as a single unit ndash the
entire project area is included in a stream or baseline and as a contribution to a GC You canrsquot subdivide a project area and contribute only part of it
bull For more information including recommended deployment topologies see the Deployment Wiki
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation38 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation39 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Rational Team
Concert
CLM Architecture 5x
Rational Quality Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
OSLC Integration
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation40 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
Rational Team
Concert
Rational Quality
Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
Config Aware OSLC Integration wo backlinks
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
Lifecycle Query
Engine
Global Config Service
Backlink Index
Service
Additions or restructured to support multiple configurations
Fundamental rework of the query
and repository services
Reorganization of the RQM and DNG data into schema that supports configurations
Restructuring of the OSLC cross product linkages
to support configuration
Requires removal of ldquobacklinksrdquo
Rework of the web UIs to allow selection of configuration and maintain config as user
navigates app to app
Add configuration management to RQM and DNG Includes reworking storage layers adding compare and
merge UIs
Modify trackingplanning to work with
versioned CLM resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation41 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Links and Configuration Managementbull In 5x and earlier creating a link from artifact A to artifact B typically
resulted in the creation of a link in the reverse direction ndash a lsquobacklinkrsquobull In 60 configuration management enabled projects to link between
versioned resources the configuration is used to determine the right version of the target artifactbull A single link is stored in the artifact of the application owning the link
(not necessarily the one that created it) A backlink is no longer created and stored ndash RTC owns all links involving RTCndash RQM owns all links between QM and RMDMndash DM owns links between DM and RM
bull A new Link Index Service is used to determine if incoming links to an artifact version exist and thus visiblenavigable from that artifact
bull In 60 projects that configuration management is NOT enabled the linking storagebehavior is the same as that used in 5x ie backlinks are created
- Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capabilit
- Slide 2
- Topics
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Configurations define the correct artifact versions
- Global configurations provide context
- Global configurations reference local configurations
- Slide 10
- Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
- GC ComponentStreamContributions
- Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly custom
- Why adopt configuration management
- Trade-offs to consider (for projects adopting configuration man
- Primary factors
- Reporting considerations
- Reporting considerations
- OSLC Integrations
- Changes related to linking
- Additional considerations
- Enabling Configuration Management
- When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
- Upgrade and Migration
- Adoption path
- Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
- For more information
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for
- Reporting considerations (2)
- RTC considerations
- Managing and delivering change
- More tips for change sets
- Consider security and permissions
- GCM considerations
- Deployment considerations
- Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
- CLM Architecture 5x
- CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
- OSLC Links and Configuration Management
-
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation15 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Trade-offs to consider(for projects adopting configuration management)
bull Configuration management capabilities come with some trade-offsbull Behavior changes from ldquonon-enabledrdquo projectsbull Limitations in the initial releases (fewer with each new release)bull Some inconsistencies across the products
bull One must be aware of all factors and carefully consider whether to enable configuration management for a project areabull Most critical considerations are described on
self-serve page on jazznet when obtaining an activation keybull Guided discussions with Support or other client-facing SMEs are
encouraged especially before production decisionbull Strongly encourage pilot before any production decision
bull Because once you enable configuration management for a project area you cannot disable it
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation16 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Primary factorsbull Must upgrade everything to consistent v6 level
bull In general need consistent level to take advantage of newgrowing cross-application capabilities
bull v5 applications donrsquot understand versioning and configurationsbull Working with mixed versions is not practical beyond a short transition
bull Additional infrastructure requiredbull GCM and LDX applications ndash include on (expanded) JTS or separate
serverbull LQE server ndash 8-32 cores 16-256G RAMbull Potential impacts to other servers depending on repository size and shape
number of users usage patternshellipbull If RM or QM project areas are linked enable all or none of them
bull Enabling only some linked projects is not practical beyond a short transitionndash Links between them are frozenndash Cannot create new linksndash Links from the non-enabled project may not resolve correctly
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation17 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerations
bull Configuration-enabled projects use the LQE data source for reportingbull Once enabled projects do not send data to the data warehouse
(DW) but use LQE instead existing DW data is archivedndash Exception RTC which does not ldquoenablerdquo projects continues to
populate the DWbull Existing DW-based reports (BIRT RRDI dashboard widgets) must
be recreated or replaced ndash Exception RTC reports that do not include data from versioned
artifactsbull Rational Publishing Engine report templates can be reused specify
the target configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation18 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerations
bull Some data is not yet available for configuration-aware reportingbull Time-based trending databull DNG view query resultsbull QM lab management resources (eg jobs requests reservations)bull RTC build informationbull Note some data is not available in either LQE or DW
ndash DNG reviews module hierarchy change set informationndash RTC SCM information plan resources WI comments
bull Some data available only by writing custom SPARQL queriesbull DM resourcesbull Local configurationsbull Link validity data bull QM lab resources (machines)
bull Project-area level access control not implemented for Link Validity (can be set manually in LQE)
bull Sample reports based on JKE sample available on Jazznet for evaluation no OOTB reports yet
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation19 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Integrations
bull Most OSLC-based integrations outside the CLM applications do not yet support versioned artifactsbull Requires support for OASIS OSLC Configuration Management
spec (draft) expect list of supporting applications to grow over timebull Integrations to RTC work items continue to work as expected
because work items arenrsquot versioned
bull Several RQM test execution adapters have been verified to work correctly with enabled projects
bull IBM ClearQuest V80110 introduced initial support for global configurations see the CQ documentation for details
bull Progress made with other IBM and third-party applications expect more announcements in coming months
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation20 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Changes related to linking
bull New Link Validity service replaces ldquosuspect linksrdquo in enabled projectsbull Automatic ldquosuspectrdquo assertion on changebull User assertion (validinvalidsuspect) bull No support yet for ldquoprofilesrdquo (canrsquot specify which properties affect
validity)bull In QM views you cannot filter on RTC work item and plan
traceability links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation21 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Additional considerations
bull QM Mobile application for offline execution not yet availablebull New roles and permissions to manage configurationsbull Behavior changes include
bull Working in global configuration contextbull DNG change sets and reviewsbull RTC configuration to determine configuration context
bull See appendix for additional behavior changes and minor limitations
bull A complete list of limitations and workarounds by release is available on jazznet bull View the 602 queries for workarounds and limitationsbull View the pending workaround articles for 602 from each productrsquos
release notes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation22 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Enabling Configuration Management
bull Rhapsody DM and RTC already support Configuration Management ndash no further action needed
bull Two-step process to fully enable configuration management for DNG and RQM 1 Enter activation key in application settings
ndash Advanced Properties gt Local Versioning Componentndash Obtain key from self-serve page on jazznet (for pilot) or contact IBM
Support (especially for production)2 Enable in project area property for a specific RM or QM project
areandash Configuration Management section gt click to enable
bull Once you enable Configuration Management for a Project Area you cannot disable it
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation23 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
bull Reporting switches to a new configuration-aware solution using LQEbull Project area stops feeding the DW and existing DW data is archivedbull BIRT and RRDI reports no longer work and are removed Dashboard
widgets that use report resources stop working
bull Backlinks are removed directional links created in and referenced from Link Index Servicebull May take some time to fully index especially for large projects
bull Existing links from external sources resolve to default configuration
bull QM snapshots become ldquoreference onlyrdquo use baselines instead
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation24 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Upgrade and Migrationbull New components in v6x to enable configuration management
bull GCM application LQE data source Link Index service (LDX)bull Refer to new topology diagrams on deployment wikibull Be sure to consider related changes to production infrastructure requirements
bull All v6x upgrades require migrating to new RQM and DNG repository schemas regardless of configuration management use
bull Offline migrationbull Might take some time depending on repository sizeshape and network latency to the
database serverbull No additional online steps needed
bull Upgrades between 6x releases require re-indexing LQE data which might take timebull Reporting is unreliable during re-index
bull Performance of non-configuration management enabled projects expected to be consistent with previous versions
bull Additional repository updates happen when you enable Configuration Management for a project area (as previously described)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation25 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Adoption path
Explore and define how YOUR organization should implementbull Process definition is criticalbull Define usage model including roles stream strategies change
management and cross-stream deliveryhellipbull Assess reporting needs and implementation options
Conduct one or more pilot projectsbull Validate and modify usage scenarios and processes bull Consider both new and existing projects
Roll out selectively and progressivelybull Carefully select initial projects to enable bull Manage environment changesbull Train users on processes conventions tool changes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation26 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
Achieve Strategic Reuse using Global Configurations
Benefits FeaturesComplete a smooth transition to Global
Configuration ManagementSpeed up adoption and avoid common
missteps by working with our knowledgeable experts
Benefit from the knowledge standard practices and proven repeatable processes brought by our experts
Build skills quickly and effectively with expert advice and information sharing directly from our experienced consultants
Preparing for enabling Global Configuration Management
Prepare the environment and users for the activities to enable the new capability
Supporting the activities to enable the new capability
Support upgrades and installations Verify successful operation
Supporting users transitioning to Global Configuration Management
Perform mentoring on usage updates and planning for enabling additional projects
Backed by world class Analytics Services Experts
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation27 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
For more information
bull Configuration management playlists on youtubebull Based on these lab exercisesbull Introductory series
bull Jazznet article 1492 links to many valuable resources including videos and blogs
bull Try it out httpsjazznetproductssandbox
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation28 May 2 2023
ICE -IBM Continuous Engineering Event
Website httplearnquestconferencecomiceiot16
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation29 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
copy Copyright IBM Corporation 2015 All rights reserved The information contained in these materials is provided for informational purposes only and is provided AS IS without warranty of any kind express or implied IBM shall not be responsible for any damages arising out of the use of or otherwise related to these materials Nothing contained in these materials is intended to nor shall have the effect of creating any warranties or representations from IBM or its suppliers or licensors or altering the terms and conditions of the applicable license agreement governing the use of IBM software References in these materials to IBM products programs or services do not imply that they will be available in all countries in which IBM operates Product release dates andor capabilities referenced in these materials may change at any time at IBMrsquos sole discretion based on market opportunities or other factors and are not intended to be a commitment to future product or feature availability in any way IBM the IBM logo Rational the Rational logo and other IBM products and services are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States other countries or both Other company product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation30 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for Configuration Management
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation31 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerationsbull When reporting across versioned artifacts and RTC work items carefully consider filtering
bull Filtering by configuration will yield correct results for versioned artifactsbull Filter work items based on Planned-For or Found-In fields as they have no direct association to a configuration
bull When reporting on DNG artifactsbull As of 602 reverse traceability is now supported for custom link types as well as for OSLC RM-defined links bull If you customize data types (new types or attributes) you need to add them to the initial RM stream for them to
be visible for reportingndash Alternatively use custom SPARQL queries for customized types that are not in the initial stream
bull LQE indexes all projects no UI to select or exclude projects (to reduce volume)bull Current scale is 2 million versioned resources per LQE instance with 15725 configurations bull Where concerns arise IBM can assist with configuring LQE to index only selected project areas
bull Upgrade notes bull When upgrading from v60 (where configuration-aware reporting was Tech Preview only)
ndash Uninstall the v60 LQE component and reinstall with v602 upgradendash Configure RB data sources to add LQE (httpsserverportrssetup)
bull When upgrading from v601ndash Rebase the DNG TRS feeds (instructions in the Interactive Upgrade Guide)ndash Re-index the TRS feeds from DNG RTC and data sources (httpsserverportlqewebadmindata-sources)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation32 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
RTC considerationsbull Work items are not versioned tracking and planning artifacts are not part
of GC contributionsbull RTC work items are targeted to a single Release and therefore a single
GC bull Each supported OSLC link type is associated with a single attribute specifying
the Release target (Planned For Found In or some custom attribute)bull When you set or change the Release target (and GC) for a WI you must save
the work item to make the context change take effectbull If you change the Release gt GC association in the RTC project area the
versioned links will not work correctlybull If there is no GC associated with a Release links resolve to the default
configurationbull Child iterations can inherit Release setting from the parent or have their own
(eg Sprints under a main iteration can contribute to the same Release and GC)
bull If you are working in a Personal Stream RTC cannot resolve the configuration context and therefore cannot filter artifacts by configuration when you create links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation33 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Managing and delivering changebull DNG and DM have change sets RQM doesnrsquot
bull If necessary create separate RQM stream to model changes before delivering to main stream (note that this requires additional stream management and manual work with a Personal Stream)
bull Can create link from DNG or DM change set to change request (eg RTC work item)bull DNG now allows you to enforce
bull Requiring change set for any changes bull Requiring change set be linked to an approved change request in an OSLC change
management provider (like RTC)bull Delivering changes varies
bull Within DNGndash If you deliver changes from the Manage Configurations view you can only deliver between
parentchild in the stream hierarchyndash If you deliver from an artifact view you can choose any stream as the target (Deliver changes) or
source (Accept changes) and start from either directionndash You can select one or more change sets conflicts are highlighted and can be mergedndash As of 602 you can choose to automatically deliver changes providing inputs on how to resolve
conflicts (as well as returning to manual mode in case of conflict)bull RQM merges changes from a source baseline to the current stream selected by the GC
merge can be selectivendash Start operation from the target not the source of the changes ndash In effect you accept changes from a source baseline into the current configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation34 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
More tips for change setsbull In DNG you cannot create a review against a change setbull Your DNG change set is automatically added to your Personal Stream (PS) at creation and
removed at deliverydiscardbull Only one change set per DNG configuration in the PS at one time creating a second
change set for the same configuration replaces the first in the PS and requires manual changes to switch between them
bull You can manually add someone elsersquos change set to your PS (previous point still applies)bull Personal Streams persist and are reused for future change sets
ndash In 602 when you deliver your change set the configuration context remains set to your Personal Stream
bull RTC does not recognize the context of a Personal Stream when you create links from an artifact in a PS to an RTC artifact filtering based on configuration context will not work
bull DNG change set content is not visible after you deliverbull Before delivering you can compare the change set to the existing baseline or stream to identify
the changes it contains bull If you link the change set to a WI you can manually describe the changes in the WIbull Use naming conventions to indicate content or reason for change
bull Use naming conventions so you can recognize change sets at delivery timebull If you need to deliver across streams use explicit change sets
bull Implicit change sets are hard to identify and differentiate
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation35 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Consider security and permissions
bull To reference a GC you must be a member of the GC project area (in GCM application)bull Even to set the GC context in your RMQMDM applicationbull Can use lifecycle projects to ease user administration bull Members who need to create Personal Streams must have
permission to do sobull GC Configuration Leads must be members of RMQMCCMDM
project areas in order to access streams and baselinesbull Must have project permissions to create streamsbaselines
bull Assign roles and permissions for creating streams and baselines in local applications as well as GCMbull For DNG this includes permissions related to change sets owned
by yourself and by others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation36 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GCM considerations
bull GCM application has no project associationsbull You can define it as part of Lifecycle Project but it just makes
adding all the users easier no other effectbull A GC may include more than one contribution from a component
or project area (ldquocomponent skewrdquo)bull Resolves to first configuration found in list of contributions or
hierarchybull Use component skew reports to identify skew and ensure
configurations are ordered as intended ndash especially for large or complex hierarchies
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation37 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Deployment considerations
bull Single GCM application per JTS bull A project area canrsquot contribute to multiple GCM applications bull A project area can contribute to more than one GC component or
project within a single GCM applicationbull GC components are at granularity of project area ndash define
project areas accordinglybull The project area is used in the configuration as a single unit ndash the
entire project area is included in a stream or baseline and as a contribution to a GC You canrsquot subdivide a project area and contribute only part of it
bull For more information including recommended deployment topologies see the Deployment Wiki
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation38 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation39 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Rational Team
Concert
CLM Architecture 5x
Rational Quality Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
OSLC Integration
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation40 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
Rational Team
Concert
Rational Quality
Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
Config Aware OSLC Integration wo backlinks
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
Lifecycle Query
Engine
Global Config Service
Backlink Index
Service
Additions or restructured to support multiple configurations
Fundamental rework of the query
and repository services
Reorganization of the RQM and DNG data into schema that supports configurations
Restructuring of the OSLC cross product linkages
to support configuration
Requires removal of ldquobacklinksrdquo
Rework of the web UIs to allow selection of configuration and maintain config as user
navigates app to app
Add configuration management to RQM and DNG Includes reworking storage layers adding compare and
merge UIs
Modify trackingplanning to work with
versioned CLM resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation41 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Links and Configuration Managementbull In 5x and earlier creating a link from artifact A to artifact B typically
resulted in the creation of a link in the reverse direction ndash a lsquobacklinkrsquobull In 60 configuration management enabled projects to link between
versioned resources the configuration is used to determine the right version of the target artifactbull A single link is stored in the artifact of the application owning the link
(not necessarily the one that created it) A backlink is no longer created and stored ndash RTC owns all links involving RTCndash RQM owns all links between QM and RMDMndash DM owns links between DM and RM
bull A new Link Index Service is used to determine if incoming links to an artifact version exist and thus visiblenavigable from that artifact
bull In 60 projects that configuration management is NOT enabled the linking storagebehavior is the same as that used in 5x ie backlinks are created
- Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capabilit
- Slide 2
- Topics
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Configurations define the correct artifact versions
- Global configurations provide context
- Global configurations reference local configurations
- Slide 10
- Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
- GC ComponentStreamContributions
- Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly custom
- Why adopt configuration management
- Trade-offs to consider (for projects adopting configuration man
- Primary factors
- Reporting considerations
- Reporting considerations
- OSLC Integrations
- Changes related to linking
- Additional considerations
- Enabling Configuration Management
- When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
- Upgrade and Migration
- Adoption path
- Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
- For more information
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for
- Reporting considerations (2)
- RTC considerations
- Managing and delivering change
- More tips for change sets
- Consider security and permissions
- GCM considerations
- Deployment considerations
- Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
- CLM Architecture 5x
- CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
- OSLC Links and Configuration Management
-
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation16 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Primary factorsbull Must upgrade everything to consistent v6 level
bull In general need consistent level to take advantage of newgrowing cross-application capabilities
bull v5 applications donrsquot understand versioning and configurationsbull Working with mixed versions is not practical beyond a short transition
bull Additional infrastructure requiredbull GCM and LDX applications ndash include on (expanded) JTS or separate
serverbull LQE server ndash 8-32 cores 16-256G RAMbull Potential impacts to other servers depending on repository size and shape
number of users usage patternshellipbull If RM or QM project areas are linked enable all or none of them
bull Enabling only some linked projects is not practical beyond a short transitionndash Links between them are frozenndash Cannot create new linksndash Links from the non-enabled project may not resolve correctly
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation17 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerations
bull Configuration-enabled projects use the LQE data source for reportingbull Once enabled projects do not send data to the data warehouse
(DW) but use LQE instead existing DW data is archivedndash Exception RTC which does not ldquoenablerdquo projects continues to
populate the DWbull Existing DW-based reports (BIRT RRDI dashboard widgets) must
be recreated or replaced ndash Exception RTC reports that do not include data from versioned
artifactsbull Rational Publishing Engine report templates can be reused specify
the target configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation18 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerations
bull Some data is not yet available for configuration-aware reportingbull Time-based trending databull DNG view query resultsbull QM lab management resources (eg jobs requests reservations)bull RTC build informationbull Note some data is not available in either LQE or DW
ndash DNG reviews module hierarchy change set informationndash RTC SCM information plan resources WI comments
bull Some data available only by writing custom SPARQL queriesbull DM resourcesbull Local configurationsbull Link validity data bull QM lab resources (machines)
bull Project-area level access control not implemented for Link Validity (can be set manually in LQE)
bull Sample reports based on JKE sample available on Jazznet for evaluation no OOTB reports yet
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation19 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Integrations
bull Most OSLC-based integrations outside the CLM applications do not yet support versioned artifactsbull Requires support for OASIS OSLC Configuration Management
spec (draft) expect list of supporting applications to grow over timebull Integrations to RTC work items continue to work as expected
because work items arenrsquot versioned
bull Several RQM test execution adapters have been verified to work correctly with enabled projects
bull IBM ClearQuest V80110 introduced initial support for global configurations see the CQ documentation for details
bull Progress made with other IBM and third-party applications expect more announcements in coming months
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation20 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Changes related to linking
bull New Link Validity service replaces ldquosuspect linksrdquo in enabled projectsbull Automatic ldquosuspectrdquo assertion on changebull User assertion (validinvalidsuspect) bull No support yet for ldquoprofilesrdquo (canrsquot specify which properties affect
validity)bull In QM views you cannot filter on RTC work item and plan
traceability links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation21 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Additional considerations
bull QM Mobile application for offline execution not yet availablebull New roles and permissions to manage configurationsbull Behavior changes include
bull Working in global configuration contextbull DNG change sets and reviewsbull RTC configuration to determine configuration context
bull See appendix for additional behavior changes and minor limitations
bull A complete list of limitations and workarounds by release is available on jazznet bull View the 602 queries for workarounds and limitationsbull View the pending workaround articles for 602 from each productrsquos
release notes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation22 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Enabling Configuration Management
bull Rhapsody DM and RTC already support Configuration Management ndash no further action needed
bull Two-step process to fully enable configuration management for DNG and RQM 1 Enter activation key in application settings
ndash Advanced Properties gt Local Versioning Componentndash Obtain key from self-serve page on jazznet (for pilot) or contact IBM
Support (especially for production)2 Enable in project area property for a specific RM or QM project
areandash Configuration Management section gt click to enable
bull Once you enable Configuration Management for a Project Area you cannot disable it
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation23 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
bull Reporting switches to a new configuration-aware solution using LQEbull Project area stops feeding the DW and existing DW data is archivedbull BIRT and RRDI reports no longer work and are removed Dashboard
widgets that use report resources stop working
bull Backlinks are removed directional links created in and referenced from Link Index Servicebull May take some time to fully index especially for large projects
bull Existing links from external sources resolve to default configuration
bull QM snapshots become ldquoreference onlyrdquo use baselines instead
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation24 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Upgrade and Migrationbull New components in v6x to enable configuration management
bull GCM application LQE data source Link Index service (LDX)bull Refer to new topology diagrams on deployment wikibull Be sure to consider related changes to production infrastructure requirements
bull All v6x upgrades require migrating to new RQM and DNG repository schemas regardless of configuration management use
bull Offline migrationbull Might take some time depending on repository sizeshape and network latency to the
database serverbull No additional online steps needed
bull Upgrades between 6x releases require re-indexing LQE data which might take timebull Reporting is unreliable during re-index
bull Performance of non-configuration management enabled projects expected to be consistent with previous versions
bull Additional repository updates happen when you enable Configuration Management for a project area (as previously described)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation25 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Adoption path
Explore and define how YOUR organization should implementbull Process definition is criticalbull Define usage model including roles stream strategies change
management and cross-stream deliveryhellipbull Assess reporting needs and implementation options
Conduct one or more pilot projectsbull Validate and modify usage scenarios and processes bull Consider both new and existing projects
Roll out selectively and progressivelybull Carefully select initial projects to enable bull Manage environment changesbull Train users on processes conventions tool changes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation26 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
Achieve Strategic Reuse using Global Configurations
Benefits FeaturesComplete a smooth transition to Global
Configuration ManagementSpeed up adoption and avoid common
missteps by working with our knowledgeable experts
Benefit from the knowledge standard practices and proven repeatable processes brought by our experts
Build skills quickly and effectively with expert advice and information sharing directly from our experienced consultants
Preparing for enabling Global Configuration Management
Prepare the environment and users for the activities to enable the new capability
Supporting the activities to enable the new capability
Support upgrades and installations Verify successful operation
Supporting users transitioning to Global Configuration Management
Perform mentoring on usage updates and planning for enabling additional projects
Backed by world class Analytics Services Experts
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation27 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
For more information
bull Configuration management playlists on youtubebull Based on these lab exercisesbull Introductory series
bull Jazznet article 1492 links to many valuable resources including videos and blogs
bull Try it out httpsjazznetproductssandbox
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation28 May 2 2023
ICE -IBM Continuous Engineering Event
Website httplearnquestconferencecomiceiot16
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation29 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
copy Copyright IBM Corporation 2015 All rights reserved The information contained in these materials is provided for informational purposes only and is provided AS IS without warranty of any kind express or implied IBM shall not be responsible for any damages arising out of the use of or otherwise related to these materials Nothing contained in these materials is intended to nor shall have the effect of creating any warranties or representations from IBM or its suppliers or licensors or altering the terms and conditions of the applicable license agreement governing the use of IBM software References in these materials to IBM products programs or services do not imply that they will be available in all countries in which IBM operates Product release dates andor capabilities referenced in these materials may change at any time at IBMrsquos sole discretion based on market opportunities or other factors and are not intended to be a commitment to future product or feature availability in any way IBM the IBM logo Rational the Rational logo and other IBM products and services are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States other countries or both Other company product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation30 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for Configuration Management
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation31 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerationsbull When reporting across versioned artifacts and RTC work items carefully consider filtering
bull Filtering by configuration will yield correct results for versioned artifactsbull Filter work items based on Planned-For or Found-In fields as they have no direct association to a configuration
bull When reporting on DNG artifactsbull As of 602 reverse traceability is now supported for custom link types as well as for OSLC RM-defined links bull If you customize data types (new types or attributes) you need to add them to the initial RM stream for them to
be visible for reportingndash Alternatively use custom SPARQL queries for customized types that are not in the initial stream
bull LQE indexes all projects no UI to select or exclude projects (to reduce volume)bull Current scale is 2 million versioned resources per LQE instance with 15725 configurations bull Where concerns arise IBM can assist with configuring LQE to index only selected project areas
bull Upgrade notes bull When upgrading from v60 (where configuration-aware reporting was Tech Preview only)
ndash Uninstall the v60 LQE component and reinstall with v602 upgradendash Configure RB data sources to add LQE (httpsserverportrssetup)
bull When upgrading from v601ndash Rebase the DNG TRS feeds (instructions in the Interactive Upgrade Guide)ndash Re-index the TRS feeds from DNG RTC and data sources (httpsserverportlqewebadmindata-sources)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation32 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
RTC considerationsbull Work items are not versioned tracking and planning artifacts are not part
of GC contributionsbull RTC work items are targeted to a single Release and therefore a single
GC bull Each supported OSLC link type is associated with a single attribute specifying
the Release target (Planned For Found In or some custom attribute)bull When you set or change the Release target (and GC) for a WI you must save
the work item to make the context change take effectbull If you change the Release gt GC association in the RTC project area the
versioned links will not work correctlybull If there is no GC associated with a Release links resolve to the default
configurationbull Child iterations can inherit Release setting from the parent or have their own
(eg Sprints under a main iteration can contribute to the same Release and GC)
bull If you are working in a Personal Stream RTC cannot resolve the configuration context and therefore cannot filter artifacts by configuration when you create links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation33 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Managing and delivering changebull DNG and DM have change sets RQM doesnrsquot
bull If necessary create separate RQM stream to model changes before delivering to main stream (note that this requires additional stream management and manual work with a Personal Stream)
bull Can create link from DNG or DM change set to change request (eg RTC work item)bull DNG now allows you to enforce
bull Requiring change set for any changes bull Requiring change set be linked to an approved change request in an OSLC change
management provider (like RTC)bull Delivering changes varies
bull Within DNGndash If you deliver changes from the Manage Configurations view you can only deliver between
parentchild in the stream hierarchyndash If you deliver from an artifact view you can choose any stream as the target (Deliver changes) or
source (Accept changes) and start from either directionndash You can select one or more change sets conflicts are highlighted and can be mergedndash As of 602 you can choose to automatically deliver changes providing inputs on how to resolve
conflicts (as well as returning to manual mode in case of conflict)bull RQM merges changes from a source baseline to the current stream selected by the GC
merge can be selectivendash Start operation from the target not the source of the changes ndash In effect you accept changes from a source baseline into the current configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation34 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
More tips for change setsbull In DNG you cannot create a review against a change setbull Your DNG change set is automatically added to your Personal Stream (PS) at creation and
removed at deliverydiscardbull Only one change set per DNG configuration in the PS at one time creating a second
change set for the same configuration replaces the first in the PS and requires manual changes to switch between them
bull You can manually add someone elsersquos change set to your PS (previous point still applies)bull Personal Streams persist and are reused for future change sets
ndash In 602 when you deliver your change set the configuration context remains set to your Personal Stream
bull RTC does not recognize the context of a Personal Stream when you create links from an artifact in a PS to an RTC artifact filtering based on configuration context will not work
bull DNG change set content is not visible after you deliverbull Before delivering you can compare the change set to the existing baseline or stream to identify
the changes it contains bull If you link the change set to a WI you can manually describe the changes in the WIbull Use naming conventions to indicate content or reason for change
bull Use naming conventions so you can recognize change sets at delivery timebull If you need to deliver across streams use explicit change sets
bull Implicit change sets are hard to identify and differentiate
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation35 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Consider security and permissions
bull To reference a GC you must be a member of the GC project area (in GCM application)bull Even to set the GC context in your RMQMDM applicationbull Can use lifecycle projects to ease user administration bull Members who need to create Personal Streams must have
permission to do sobull GC Configuration Leads must be members of RMQMCCMDM
project areas in order to access streams and baselinesbull Must have project permissions to create streamsbaselines
bull Assign roles and permissions for creating streams and baselines in local applications as well as GCMbull For DNG this includes permissions related to change sets owned
by yourself and by others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation36 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GCM considerations
bull GCM application has no project associationsbull You can define it as part of Lifecycle Project but it just makes
adding all the users easier no other effectbull A GC may include more than one contribution from a component
or project area (ldquocomponent skewrdquo)bull Resolves to first configuration found in list of contributions or
hierarchybull Use component skew reports to identify skew and ensure
configurations are ordered as intended ndash especially for large or complex hierarchies
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation37 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Deployment considerations
bull Single GCM application per JTS bull A project area canrsquot contribute to multiple GCM applications bull A project area can contribute to more than one GC component or
project within a single GCM applicationbull GC components are at granularity of project area ndash define
project areas accordinglybull The project area is used in the configuration as a single unit ndash the
entire project area is included in a stream or baseline and as a contribution to a GC You canrsquot subdivide a project area and contribute only part of it
bull For more information including recommended deployment topologies see the Deployment Wiki
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation38 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation39 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Rational Team
Concert
CLM Architecture 5x
Rational Quality Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
OSLC Integration
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation40 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
Rational Team
Concert
Rational Quality
Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
Config Aware OSLC Integration wo backlinks
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
Lifecycle Query
Engine
Global Config Service
Backlink Index
Service
Additions or restructured to support multiple configurations
Fundamental rework of the query
and repository services
Reorganization of the RQM and DNG data into schema that supports configurations
Restructuring of the OSLC cross product linkages
to support configuration
Requires removal of ldquobacklinksrdquo
Rework of the web UIs to allow selection of configuration and maintain config as user
navigates app to app
Add configuration management to RQM and DNG Includes reworking storage layers adding compare and
merge UIs
Modify trackingplanning to work with
versioned CLM resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation41 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Links and Configuration Managementbull In 5x and earlier creating a link from artifact A to artifact B typically
resulted in the creation of a link in the reverse direction ndash a lsquobacklinkrsquobull In 60 configuration management enabled projects to link between
versioned resources the configuration is used to determine the right version of the target artifactbull A single link is stored in the artifact of the application owning the link
(not necessarily the one that created it) A backlink is no longer created and stored ndash RTC owns all links involving RTCndash RQM owns all links between QM and RMDMndash DM owns links between DM and RM
bull A new Link Index Service is used to determine if incoming links to an artifact version exist and thus visiblenavigable from that artifact
bull In 60 projects that configuration management is NOT enabled the linking storagebehavior is the same as that used in 5x ie backlinks are created
- Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capabilit
- Slide 2
- Topics
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Configurations define the correct artifact versions
- Global configurations provide context
- Global configurations reference local configurations
- Slide 10
- Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
- GC ComponentStreamContributions
- Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly custom
- Why adopt configuration management
- Trade-offs to consider (for projects adopting configuration man
- Primary factors
- Reporting considerations
- Reporting considerations
- OSLC Integrations
- Changes related to linking
- Additional considerations
- Enabling Configuration Management
- When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
- Upgrade and Migration
- Adoption path
- Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
- For more information
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for
- Reporting considerations (2)
- RTC considerations
- Managing and delivering change
- More tips for change sets
- Consider security and permissions
- GCM considerations
- Deployment considerations
- Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
- CLM Architecture 5x
- CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
- OSLC Links and Configuration Management
-
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation17 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerations
bull Configuration-enabled projects use the LQE data source for reportingbull Once enabled projects do not send data to the data warehouse
(DW) but use LQE instead existing DW data is archivedndash Exception RTC which does not ldquoenablerdquo projects continues to
populate the DWbull Existing DW-based reports (BIRT RRDI dashboard widgets) must
be recreated or replaced ndash Exception RTC reports that do not include data from versioned
artifactsbull Rational Publishing Engine report templates can be reused specify
the target configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation18 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerations
bull Some data is not yet available for configuration-aware reportingbull Time-based trending databull DNG view query resultsbull QM lab management resources (eg jobs requests reservations)bull RTC build informationbull Note some data is not available in either LQE or DW
ndash DNG reviews module hierarchy change set informationndash RTC SCM information plan resources WI comments
bull Some data available only by writing custom SPARQL queriesbull DM resourcesbull Local configurationsbull Link validity data bull QM lab resources (machines)
bull Project-area level access control not implemented for Link Validity (can be set manually in LQE)
bull Sample reports based on JKE sample available on Jazznet for evaluation no OOTB reports yet
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation19 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Integrations
bull Most OSLC-based integrations outside the CLM applications do not yet support versioned artifactsbull Requires support for OASIS OSLC Configuration Management
spec (draft) expect list of supporting applications to grow over timebull Integrations to RTC work items continue to work as expected
because work items arenrsquot versioned
bull Several RQM test execution adapters have been verified to work correctly with enabled projects
bull IBM ClearQuest V80110 introduced initial support for global configurations see the CQ documentation for details
bull Progress made with other IBM and third-party applications expect more announcements in coming months
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation20 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Changes related to linking
bull New Link Validity service replaces ldquosuspect linksrdquo in enabled projectsbull Automatic ldquosuspectrdquo assertion on changebull User assertion (validinvalidsuspect) bull No support yet for ldquoprofilesrdquo (canrsquot specify which properties affect
validity)bull In QM views you cannot filter on RTC work item and plan
traceability links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation21 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Additional considerations
bull QM Mobile application for offline execution not yet availablebull New roles and permissions to manage configurationsbull Behavior changes include
bull Working in global configuration contextbull DNG change sets and reviewsbull RTC configuration to determine configuration context
bull See appendix for additional behavior changes and minor limitations
bull A complete list of limitations and workarounds by release is available on jazznet bull View the 602 queries for workarounds and limitationsbull View the pending workaround articles for 602 from each productrsquos
release notes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation22 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Enabling Configuration Management
bull Rhapsody DM and RTC already support Configuration Management ndash no further action needed
bull Two-step process to fully enable configuration management for DNG and RQM 1 Enter activation key in application settings
ndash Advanced Properties gt Local Versioning Componentndash Obtain key from self-serve page on jazznet (for pilot) or contact IBM
Support (especially for production)2 Enable in project area property for a specific RM or QM project
areandash Configuration Management section gt click to enable
bull Once you enable Configuration Management for a Project Area you cannot disable it
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation23 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
bull Reporting switches to a new configuration-aware solution using LQEbull Project area stops feeding the DW and existing DW data is archivedbull BIRT and RRDI reports no longer work and are removed Dashboard
widgets that use report resources stop working
bull Backlinks are removed directional links created in and referenced from Link Index Servicebull May take some time to fully index especially for large projects
bull Existing links from external sources resolve to default configuration
bull QM snapshots become ldquoreference onlyrdquo use baselines instead
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation24 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Upgrade and Migrationbull New components in v6x to enable configuration management
bull GCM application LQE data source Link Index service (LDX)bull Refer to new topology diagrams on deployment wikibull Be sure to consider related changes to production infrastructure requirements
bull All v6x upgrades require migrating to new RQM and DNG repository schemas regardless of configuration management use
bull Offline migrationbull Might take some time depending on repository sizeshape and network latency to the
database serverbull No additional online steps needed
bull Upgrades between 6x releases require re-indexing LQE data which might take timebull Reporting is unreliable during re-index
bull Performance of non-configuration management enabled projects expected to be consistent with previous versions
bull Additional repository updates happen when you enable Configuration Management for a project area (as previously described)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation25 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Adoption path
Explore and define how YOUR organization should implementbull Process definition is criticalbull Define usage model including roles stream strategies change
management and cross-stream deliveryhellipbull Assess reporting needs and implementation options
Conduct one or more pilot projectsbull Validate and modify usage scenarios and processes bull Consider both new and existing projects
Roll out selectively and progressivelybull Carefully select initial projects to enable bull Manage environment changesbull Train users on processes conventions tool changes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation26 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
Achieve Strategic Reuse using Global Configurations
Benefits FeaturesComplete a smooth transition to Global
Configuration ManagementSpeed up adoption and avoid common
missteps by working with our knowledgeable experts
Benefit from the knowledge standard practices and proven repeatable processes brought by our experts
Build skills quickly and effectively with expert advice and information sharing directly from our experienced consultants
Preparing for enabling Global Configuration Management
Prepare the environment and users for the activities to enable the new capability
Supporting the activities to enable the new capability
Support upgrades and installations Verify successful operation
Supporting users transitioning to Global Configuration Management
Perform mentoring on usage updates and planning for enabling additional projects
Backed by world class Analytics Services Experts
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation27 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
For more information
bull Configuration management playlists on youtubebull Based on these lab exercisesbull Introductory series
bull Jazznet article 1492 links to many valuable resources including videos and blogs
bull Try it out httpsjazznetproductssandbox
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation28 May 2 2023
ICE -IBM Continuous Engineering Event
Website httplearnquestconferencecomiceiot16
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation29 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
copy Copyright IBM Corporation 2015 All rights reserved The information contained in these materials is provided for informational purposes only and is provided AS IS without warranty of any kind express or implied IBM shall not be responsible for any damages arising out of the use of or otherwise related to these materials Nothing contained in these materials is intended to nor shall have the effect of creating any warranties or representations from IBM or its suppliers or licensors or altering the terms and conditions of the applicable license agreement governing the use of IBM software References in these materials to IBM products programs or services do not imply that they will be available in all countries in which IBM operates Product release dates andor capabilities referenced in these materials may change at any time at IBMrsquos sole discretion based on market opportunities or other factors and are not intended to be a commitment to future product or feature availability in any way IBM the IBM logo Rational the Rational logo and other IBM products and services are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States other countries or both Other company product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation30 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for Configuration Management
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation31 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerationsbull When reporting across versioned artifacts and RTC work items carefully consider filtering
bull Filtering by configuration will yield correct results for versioned artifactsbull Filter work items based on Planned-For or Found-In fields as they have no direct association to a configuration
bull When reporting on DNG artifactsbull As of 602 reverse traceability is now supported for custom link types as well as for OSLC RM-defined links bull If you customize data types (new types or attributes) you need to add them to the initial RM stream for them to
be visible for reportingndash Alternatively use custom SPARQL queries for customized types that are not in the initial stream
bull LQE indexes all projects no UI to select or exclude projects (to reduce volume)bull Current scale is 2 million versioned resources per LQE instance with 15725 configurations bull Where concerns arise IBM can assist with configuring LQE to index only selected project areas
bull Upgrade notes bull When upgrading from v60 (where configuration-aware reporting was Tech Preview only)
ndash Uninstall the v60 LQE component and reinstall with v602 upgradendash Configure RB data sources to add LQE (httpsserverportrssetup)
bull When upgrading from v601ndash Rebase the DNG TRS feeds (instructions in the Interactive Upgrade Guide)ndash Re-index the TRS feeds from DNG RTC and data sources (httpsserverportlqewebadmindata-sources)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation32 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
RTC considerationsbull Work items are not versioned tracking and planning artifacts are not part
of GC contributionsbull RTC work items are targeted to a single Release and therefore a single
GC bull Each supported OSLC link type is associated with a single attribute specifying
the Release target (Planned For Found In or some custom attribute)bull When you set or change the Release target (and GC) for a WI you must save
the work item to make the context change take effectbull If you change the Release gt GC association in the RTC project area the
versioned links will not work correctlybull If there is no GC associated with a Release links resolve to the default
configurationbull Child iterations can inherit Release setting from the parent or have their own
(eg Sprints under a main iteration can contribute to the same Release and GC)
bull If you are working in a Personal Stream RTC cannot resolve the configuration context and therefore cannot filter artifacts by configuration when you create links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation33 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Managing and delivering changebull DNG and DM have change sets RQM doesnrsquot
bull If necessary create separate RQM stream to model changes before delivering to main stream (note that this requires additional stream management and manual work with a Personal Stream)
bull Can create link from DNG or DM change set to change request (eg RTC work item)bull DNG now allows you to enforce
bull Requiring change set for any changes bull Requiring change set be linked to an approved change request in an OSLC change
management provider (like RTC)bull Delivering changes varies
bull Within DNGndash If you deliver changes from the Manage Configurations view you can only deliver between
parentchild in the stream hierarchyndash If you deliver from an artifact view you can choose any stream as the target (Deliver changes) or
source (Accept changes) and start from either directionndash You can select one or more change sets conflicts are highlighted and can be mergedndash As of 602 you can choose to automatically deliver changes providing inputs on how to resolve
conflicts (as well as returning to manual mode in case of conflict)bull RQM merges changes from a source baseline to the current stream selected by the GC
merge can be selectivendash Start operation from the target not the source of the changes ndash In effect you accept changes from a source baseline into the current configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation34 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
More tips for change setsbull In DNG you cannot create a review against a change setbull Your DNG change set is automatically added to your Personal Stream (PS) at creation and
removed at deliverydiscardbull Only one change set per DNG configuration in the PS at one time creating a second
change set for the same configuration replaces the first in the PS and requires manual changes to switch between them
bull You can manually add someone elsersquos change set to your PS (previous point still applies)bull Personal Streams persist and are reused for future change sets
ndash In 602 when you deliver your change set the configuration context remains set to your Personal Stream
bull RTC does not recognize the context of a Personal Stream when you create links from an artifact in a PS to an RTC artifact filtering based on configuration context will not work
bull DNG change set content is not visible after you deliverbull Before delivering you can compare the change set to the existing baseline or stream to identify
the changes it contains bull If you link the change set to a WI you can manually describe the changes in the WIbull Use naming conventions to indicate content or reason for change
bull Use naming conventions so you can recognize change sets at delivery timebull If you need to deliver across streams use explicit change sets
bull Implicit change sets are hard to identify and differentiate
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation35 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Consider security and permissions
bull To reference a GC you must be a member of the GC project area (in GCM application)bull Even to set the GC context in your RMQMDM applicationbull Can use lifecycle projects to ease user administration bull Members who need to create Personal Streams must have
permission to do sobull GC Configuration Leads must be members of RMQMCCMDM
project areas in order to access streams and baselinesbull Must have project permissions to create streamsbaselines
bull Assign roles and permissions for creating streams and baselines in local applications as well as GCMbull For DNG this includes permissions related to change sets owned
by yourself and by others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation36 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GCM considerations
bull GCM application has no project associationsbull You can define it as part of Lifecycle Project but it just makes
adding all the users easier no other effectbull A GC may include more than one contribution from a component
or project area (ldquocomponent skewrdquo)bull Resolves to first configuration found in list of contributions or
hierarchybull Use component skew reports to identify skew and ensure
configurations are ordered as intended ndash especially for large or complex hierarchies
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation37 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Deployment considerations
bull Single GCM application per JTS bull A project area canrsquot contribute to multiple GCM applications bull A project area can contribute to more than one GC component or
project within a single GCM applicationbull GC components are at granularity of project area ndash define
project areas accordinglybull The project area is used in the configuration as a single unit ndash the
entire project area is included in a stream or baseline and as a contribution to a GC You canrsquot subdivide a project area and contribute only part of it
bull For more information including recommended deployment topologies see the Deployment Wiki
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation38 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation39 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Rational Team
Concert
CLM Architecture 5x
Rational Quality Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
OSLC Integration
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation40 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
Rational Team
Concert
Rational Quality
Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
Config Aware OSLC Integration wo backlinks
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
Lifecycle Query
Engine
Global Config Service
Backlink Index
Service
Additions or restructured to support multiple configurations
Fundamental rework of the query
and repository services
Reorganization of the RQM and DNG data into schema that supports configurations
Restructuring of the OSLC cross product linkages
to support configuration
Requires removal of ldquobacklinksrdquo
Rework of the web UIs to allow selection of configuration and maintain config as user
navigates app to app
Add configuration management to RQM and DNG Includes reworking storage layers adding compare and
merge UIs
Modify trackingplanning to work with
versioned CLM resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation41 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Links and Configuration Managementbull In 5x and earlier creating a link from artifact A to artifact B typically
resulted in the creation of a link in the reverse direction ndash a lsquobacklinkrsquobull In 60 configuration management enabled projects to link between
versioned resources the configuration is used to determine the right version of the target artifactbull A single link is stored in the artifact of the application owning the link
(not necessarily the one that created it) A backlink is no longer created and stored ndash RTC owns all links involving RTCndash RQM owns all links between QM and RMDMndash DM owns links between DM and RM
bull A new Link Index Service is used to determine if incoming links to an artifact version exist and thus visiblenavigable from that artifact
bull In 60 projects that configuration management is NOT enabled the linking storagebehavior is the same as that used in 5x ie backlinks are created
- Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capabilit
- Slide 2
- Topics
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Configurations define the correct artifact versions
- Global configurations provide context
- Global configurations reference local configurations
- Slide 10
- Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
- GC ComponentStreamContributions
- Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly custom
- Why adopt configuration management
- Trade-offs to consider (for projects adopting configuration man
- Primary factors
- Reporting considerations
- Reporting considerations
- OSLC Integrations
- Changes related to linking
- Additional considerations
- Enabling Configuration Management
- When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
- Upgrade and Migration
- Adoption path
- Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
- For more information
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for
- Reporting considerations (2)
- RTC considerations
- Managing and delivering change
- More tips for change sets
- Consider security and permissions
- GCM considerations
- Deployment considerations
- Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
- CLM Architecture 5x
- CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
- OSLC Links and Configuration Management
-
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation18 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerations
bull Some data is not yet available for configuration-aware reportingbull Time-based trending databull DNG view query resultsbull QM lab management resources (eg jobs requests reservations)bull RTC build informationbull Note some data is not available in either LQE or DW
ndash DNG reviews module hierarchy change set informationndash RTC SCM information plan resources WI comments
bull Some data available only by writing custom SPARQL queriesbull DM resourcesbull Local configurationsbull Link validity data bull QM lab resources (machines)
bull Project-area level access control not implemented for Link Validity (can be set manually in LQE)
bull Sample reports based on JKE sample available on Jazznet for evaluation no OOTB reports yet
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation19 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Integrations
bull Most OSLC-based integrations outside the CLM applications do not yet support versioned artifactsbull Requires support for OASIS OSLC Configuration Management
spec (draft) expect list of supporting applications to grow over timebull Integrations to RTC work items continue to work as expected
because work items arenrsquot versioned
bull Several RQM test execution adapters have been verified to work correctly with enabled projects
bull IBM ClearQuest V80110 introduced initial support for global configurations see the CQ documentation for details
bull Progress made with other IBM and third-party applications expect more announcements in coming months
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation20 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Changes related to linking
bull New Link Validity service replaces ldquosuspect linksrdquo in enabled projectsbull Automatic ldquosuspectrdquo assertion on changebull User assertion (validinvalidsuspect) bull No support yet for ldquoprofilesrdquo (canrsquot specify which properties affect
validity)bull In QM views you cannot filter on RTC work item and plan
traceability links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation21 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Additional considerations
bull QM Mobile application for offline execution not yet availablebull New roles and permissions to manage configurationsbull Behavior changes include
bull Working in global configuration contextbull DNG change sets and reviewsbull RTC configuration to determine configuration context
bull See appendix for additional behavior changes and minor limitations
bull A complete list of limitations and workarounds by release is available on jazznet bull View the 602 queries for workarounds and limitationsbull View the pending workaround articles for 602 from each productrsquos
release notes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation22 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Enabling Configuration Management
bull Rhapsody DM and RTC already support Configuration Management ndash no further action needed
bull Two-step process to fully enable configuration management for DNG and RQM 1 Enter activation key in application settings
ndash Advanced Properties gt Local Versioning Componentndash Obtain key from self-serve page on jazznet (for pilot) or contact IBM
Support (especially for production)2 Enable in project area property for a specific RM or QM project
areandash Configuration Management section gt click to enable
bull Once you enable Configuration Management for a Project Area you cannot disable it
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation23 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
bull Reporting switches to a new configuration-aware solution using LQEbull Project area stops feeding the DW and existing DW data is archivedbull BIRT and RRDI reports no longer work and are removed Dashboard
widgets that use report resources stop working
bull Backlinks are removed directional links created in and referenced from Link Index Servicebull May take some time to fully index especially for large projects
bull Existing links from external sources resolve to default configuration
bull QM snapshots become ldquoreference onlyrdquo use baselines instead
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation24 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Upgrade and Migrationbull New components in v6x to enable configuration management
bull GCM application LQE data source Link Index service (LDX)bull Refer to new topology diagrams on deployment wikibull Be sure to consider related changes to production infrastructure requirements
bull All v6x upgrades require migrating to new RQM and DNG repository schemas regardless of configuration management use
bull Offline migrationbull Might take some time depending on repository sizeshape and network latency to the
database serverbull No additional online steps needed
bull Upgrades between 6x releases require re-indexing LQE data which might take timebull Reporting is unreliable during re-index
bull Performance of non-configuration management enabled projects expected to be consistent with previous versions
bull Additional repository updates happen when you enable Configuration Management for a project area (as previously described)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation25 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Adoption path
Explore and define how YOUR organization should implementbull Process definition is criticalbull Define usage model including roles stream strategies change
management and cross-stream deliveryhellipbull Assess reporting needs and implementation options
Conduct one or more pilot projectsbull Validate and modify usage scenarios and processes bull Consider both new and existing projects
Roll out selectively and progressivelybull Carefully select initial projects to enable bull Manage environment changesbull Train users on processes conventions tool changes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation26 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
Achieve Strategic Reuse using Global Configurations
Benefits FeaturesComplete a smooth transition to Global
Configuration ManagementSpeed up adoption and avoid common
missteps by working with our knowledgeable experts
Benefit from the knowledge standard practices and proven repeatable processes brought by our experts
Build skills quickly and effectively with expert advice and information sharing directly from our experienced consultants
Preparing for enabling Global Configuration Management
Prepare the environment and users for the activities to enable the new capability
Supporting the activities to enable the new capability
Support upgrades and installations Verify successful operation
Supporting users transitioning to Global Configuration Management
Perform mentoring on usage updates and planning for enabling additional projects
Backed by world class Analytics Services Experts
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation27 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
For more information
bull Configuration management playlists on youtubebull Based on these lab exercisesbull Introductory series
bull Jazznet article 1492 links to many valuable resources including videos and blogs
bull Try it out httpsjazznetproductssandbox
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation28 May 2 2023
ICE -IBM Continuous Engineering Event
Website httplearnquestconferencecomiceiot16
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation29 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
copy Copyright IBM Corporation 2015 All rights reserved The information contained in these materials is provided for informational purposes only and is provided AS IS without warranty of any kind express or implied IBM shall not be responsible for any damages arising out of the use of or otherwise related to these materials Nothing contained in these materials is intended to nor shall have the effect of creating any warranties or representations from IBM or its suppliers or licensors or altering the terms and conditions of the applicable license agreement governing the use of IBM software References in these materials to IBM products programs or services do not imply that they will be available in all countries in which IBM operates Product release dates andor capabilities referenced in these materials may change at any time at IBMrsquos sole discretion based on market opportunities or other factors and are not intended to be a commitment to future product or feature availability in any way IBM the IBM logo Rational the Rational logo and other IBM products and services are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States other countries or both Other company product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation30 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for Configuration Management
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation31 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerationsbull When reporting across versioned artifacts and RTC work items carefully consider filtering
bull Filtering by configuration will yield correct results for versioned artifactsbull Filter work items based on Planned-For or Found-In fields as they have no direct association to a configuration
bull When reporting on DNG artifactsbull As of 602 reverse traceability is now supported for custom link types as well as for OSLC RM-defined links bull If you customize data types (new types or attributes) you need to add them to the initial RM stream for them to
be visible for reportingndash Alternatively use custom SPARQL queries for customized types that are not in the initial stream
bull LQE indexes all projects no UI to select or exclude projects (to reduce volume)bull Current scale is 2 million versioned resources per LQE instance with 15725 configurations bull Where concerns arise IBM can assist with configuring LQE to index only selected project areas
bull Upgrade notes bull When upgrading from v60 (where configuration-aware reporting was Tech Preview only)
ndash Uninstall the v60 LQE component and reinstall with v602 upgradendash Configure RB data sources to add LQE (httpsserverportrssetup)
bull When upgrading from v601ndash Rebase the DNG TRS feeds (instructions in the Interactive Upgrade Guide)ndash Re-index the TRS feeds from DNG RTC and data sources (httpsserverportlqewebadmindata-sources)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation32 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
RTC considerationsbull Work items are not versioned tracking and planning artifacts are not part
of GC contributionsbull RTC work items are targeted to a single Release and therefore a single
GC bull Each supported OSLC link type is associated with a single attribute specifying
the Release target (Planned For Found In or some custom attribute)bull When you set or change the Release target (and GC) for a WI you must save
the work item to make the context change take effectbull If you change the Release gt GC association in the RTC project area the
versioned links will not work correctlybull If there is no GC associated with a Release links resolve to the default
configurationbull Child iterations can inherit Release setting from the parent or have their own
(eg Sprints under a main iteration can contribute to the same Release and GC)
bull If you are working in a Personal Stream RTC cannot resolve the configuration context and therefore cannot filter artifacts by configuration when you create links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation33 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Managing and delivering changebull DNG and DM have change sets RQM doesnrsquot
bull If necessary create separate RQM stream to model changes before delivering to main stream (note that this requires additional stream management and manual work with a Personal Stream)
bull Can create link from DNG or DM change set to change request (eg RTC work item)bull DNG now allows you to enforce
bull Requiring change set for any changes bull Requiring change set be linked to an approved change request in an OSLC change
management provider (like RTC)bull Delivering changes varies
bull Within DNGndash If you deliver changes from the Manage Configurations view you can only deliver between
parentchild in the stream hierarchyndash If you deliver from an artifact view you can choose any stream as the target (Deliver changes) or
source (Accept changes) and start from either directionndash You can select one or more change sets conflicts are highlighted and can be mergedndash As of 602 you can choose to automatically deliver changes providing inputs on how to resolve
conflicts (as well as returning to manual mode in case of conflict)bull RQM merges changes from a source baseline to the current stream selected by the GC
merge can be selectivendash Start operation from the target not the source of the changes ndash In effect you accept changes from a source baseline into the current configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation34 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
More tips for change setsbull In DNG you cannot create a review against a change setbull Your DNG change set is automatically added to your Personal Stream (PS) at creation and
removed at deliverydiscardbull Only one change set per DNG configuration in the PS at one time creating a second
change set for the same configuration replaces the first in the PS and requires manual changes to switch between them
bull You can manually add someone elsersquos change set to your PS (previous point still applies)bull Personal Streams persist and are reused for future change sets
ndash In 602 when you deliver your change set the configuration context remains set to your Personal Stream
bull RTC does not recognize the context of a Personal Stream when you create links from an artifact in a PS to an RTC artifact filtering based on configuration context will not work
bull DNG change set content is not visible after you deliverbull Before delivering you can compare the change set to the existing baseline or stream to identify
the changes it contains bull If you link the change set to a WI you can manually describe the changes in the WIbull Use naming conventions to indicate content or reason for change
bull Use naming conventions so you can recognize change sets at delivery timebull If you need to deliver across streams use explicit change sets
bull Implicit change sets are hard to identify and differentiate
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation35 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Consider security and permissions
bull To reference a GC you must be a member of the GC project area (in GCM application)bull Even to set the GC context in your RMQMDM applicationbull Can use lifecycle projects to ease user administration bull Members who need to create Personal Streams must have
permission to do sobull GC Configuration Leads must be members of RMQMCCMDM
project areas in order to access streams and baselinesbull Must have project permissions to create streamsbaselines
bull Assign roles and permissions for creating streams and baselines in local applications as well as GCMbull For DNG this includes permissions related to change sets owned
by yourself and by others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation36 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GCM considerations
bull GCM application has no project associationsbull You can define it as part of Lifecycle Project but it just makes
adding all the users easier no other effectbull A GC may include more than one contribution from a component
or project area (ldquocomponent skewrdquo)bull Resolves to first configuration found in list of contributions or
hierarchybull Use component skew reports to identify skew and ensure
configurations are ordered as intended ndash especially for large or complex hierarchies
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation37 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Deployment considerations
bull Single GCM application per JTS bull A project area canrsquot contribute to multiple GCM applications bull A project area can contribute to more than one GC component or
project within a single GCM applicationbull GC components are at granularity of project area ndash define
project areas accordinglybull The project area is used in the configuration as a single unit ndash the
entire project area is included in a stream or baseline and as a contribution to a GC You canrsquot subdivide a project area and contribute only part of it
bull For more information including recommended deployment topologies see the Deployment Wiki
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation38 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation39 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Rational Team
Concert
CLM Architecture 5x
Rational Quality Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
OSLC Integration
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation40 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
Rational Team
Concert
Rational Quality
Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
Config Aware OSLC Integration wo backlinks
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
Lifecycle Query
Engine
Global Config Service
Backlink Index
Service
Additions or restructured to support multiple configurations
Fundamental rework of the query
and repository services
Reorganization of the RQM and DNG data into schema that supports configurations
Restructuring of the OSLC cross product linkages
to support configuration
Requires removal of ldquobacklinksrdquo
Rework of the web UIs to allow selection of configuration and maintain config as user
navigates app to app
Add configuration management to RQM and DNG Includes reworking storage layers adding compare and
merge UIs
Modify trackingplanning to work with
versioned CLM resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation41 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Links and Configuration Managementbull In 5x and earlier creating a link from artifact A to artifact B typically
resulted in the creation of a link in the reverse direction ndash a lsquobacklinkrsquobull In 60 configuration management enabled projects to link between
versioned resources the configuration is used to determine the right version of the target artifactbull A single link is stored in the artifact of the application owning the link
(not necessarily the one that created it) A backlink is no longer created and stored ndash RTC owns all links involving RTCndash RQM owns all links between QM and RMDMndash DM owns links between DM and RM
bull A new Link Index Service is used to determine if incoming links to an artifact version exist and thus visiblenavigable from that artifact
bull In 60 projects that configuration management is NOT enabled the linking storagebehavior is the same as that used in 5x ie backlinks are created
- Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capabilit
- Slide 2
- Topics
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Configurations define the correct artifact versions
- Global configurations provide context
- Global configurations reference local configurations
- Slide 10
- Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
- GC ComponentStreamContributions
- Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly custom
- Why adopt configuration management
- Trade-offs to consider (for projects adopting configuration man
- Primary factors
- Reporting considerations
- Reporting considerations
- OSLC Integrations
- Changes related to linking
- Additional considerations
- Enabling Configuration Management
- When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
- Upgrade and Migration
- Adoption path
- Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
- For more information
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for
- Reporting considerations (2)
- RTC considerations
- Managing and delivering change
- More tips for change sets
- Consider security and permissions
- GCM considerations
- Deployment considerations
- Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
- CLM Architecture 5x
- CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
- OSLC Links and Configuration Management
-
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation19 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Integrations
bull Most OSLC-based integrations outside the CLM applications do not yet support versioned artifactsbull Requires support for OASIS OSLC Configuration Management
spec (draft) expect list of supporting applications to grow over timebull Integrations to RTC work items continue to work as expected
because work items arenrsquot versioned
bull Several RQM test execution adapters have been verified to work correctly with enabled projects
bull IBM ClearQuest V80110 introduced initial support for global configurations see the CQ documentation for details
bull Progress made with other IBM and third-party applications expect more announcements in coming months
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation20 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Changes related to linking
bull New Link Validity service replaces ldquosuspect linksrdquo in enabled projectsbull Automatic ldquosuspectrdquo assertion on changebull User assertion (validinvalidsuspect) bull No support yet for ldquoprofilesrdquo (canrsquot specify which properties affect
validity)bull In QM views you cannot filter on RTC work item and plan
traceability links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation21 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Additional considerations
bull QM Mobile application for offline execution not yet availablebull New roles and permissions to manage configurationsbull Behavior changes include
bull Working in global configuration contextbull DNG change sets and reviewsbull RTC configuration to determine configuration context
bull See appendix for additional behavior changes and minor limitations
bull A complete list of limitations and workarounds by release is available on jazznet bull View the 602 queries for workarounds and limitationsbull View the pending workaround articles for 602 from each productrsquos
release notes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation22 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Enabling Configuration Management
bull Rhapsody DM and RTC already support Configuration Management ndash no further action needed
bull Two-step process to fully enable configuration management for DNG and RQM 1 Enter activation key in application settings
ndash Advanced Properties gt Local Versioning Componentndash Obtain key from self-serve page on jazznet (for pilot) or contact IBM
Support (especially for production)2 Enable in project area property for a specific RM or QM project
areandash Configuration Management section gt click to enable
bull Once you enable Configuration Management for a Project Area you cannot disable it
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation23 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
bull Reporting switches to a new configuration-aware solution using LQEbull Project area stops feeding the DW and existing DW data is archivedbull BIRT and RRDI reports no longer work and are removed Dashboard
widgets that use report resources stop working
bull Backlinks are removed directional links created in and referenced from Link Index Servicebull May take some time to fully index especially for large projects
bull Existing links from external sources resolve to default configuration
bull QM snapshots become ldquoreference onlyrdquo use baselines instead
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation24 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Upgrade and Migrationbull New components in v6x to enable configuration management
bull GCM application LQE data source Link Index service (LDX)bull Refer to new topology diagrams on deployment wikibull Be sure to consider related changes to production infrastructure requirements
bull All v6x upgrades require migrating to new RQM and DNG repository schemas regardless of configuration management use
bull Offline migrationbull Might take some time depending on repository sizeshape and network latency to the
database serverbull No additional online steps needed
bull Upgrades between 6x releases require re-indexing LQE data which might take timebull Reporting is unreliable during re-index
bull Performance of non-configuration management enabled projects expected to be consistent with previous versions
bull Additional repository updates happen when you enable Configuration Management for a project area (as previously described)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation25 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Adoption path
Explore and define how YOUR organization should implementbull Process definition is criticalbull Define usage model including roles stream strategies change
management and cross-stream deliveryhellipbull Assess reporting needs and implementation options
Conduct one or more pilot projectsbull Validate and modify usage scenarios and processes bull Consider both new and existing projects
Roll out selectively and progressivelybull Carefully select initial projects to enable bull Manage environment changesbull Train users on processes conventions tool changes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation26 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
Achieve Strategic Reuse using Global Configurations
Benefits FeaturesComplete a smooth transition to Global
Configuration ManagementSpeed up adoption and avoid common
missteps by working with our knowledgeable experts
Benefit from the knowledge standard practices and proven repeatable processes brought by our experts
Build skills quickly and effectively with expert advice and information sharing directly from our experienced consultants
Preparing for enabling Global Configuration Management
Prepare the environment and users for the activities to enable the new capability
Supporting the activities to enable the new capability
Support upgrades and installations Verify successful operation
Supporting users transitioning to Global Configuration Management
Perform mentoring on usage updates and planning for enabling additional projects
Backed by world class Analytics Services Experts
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation27 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
For more information
bull Configuration management playlists on youtubebull Based on these lab exercisesbull Introductory series
bull Jazznet article 1492 links to many valuable resources including videos and blogs
bull Try it out httpsjazznetproductssandbox
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation28 May 2 2023
ICE -IBM Continuous Engineering Event
Website httplearnquestconferencecomiceiot16
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation29 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
copy Copyright IBM Corporation 2015 All rights reserved The information contained in these materials is provided for informational purposes only and is provided AS IS without warranty of any kind express or implied IBM shall not be responsible for any damages arising out of the use of or otherwise related to these materials Nothing contained in these materials is intended to nor shall have the effect of creating any warranties or representations from IBM or its suppliers or licensors or altering the terms and conditions of the applicable license agreement governing the use of IBM software References in these materials to IBM products programs or services do not imply that they will be available in all countries in which IBM operates Product release dates andor capabilities referenced in these materials may change at any time at IBMrsquos sole discretion based on market opportunities or other factors and are not intended to be a commitment to future product or feature availability in any way IBM the IBM logo Rational the Rational logo and other IBM products and services are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States other countries or both Other company product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation30 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for Configuration Management
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation31 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerationsbull When reporting across versioned artifacts and RTC work items carefully consider filtering
bull Filtering by configuration will yield correct results for versioned artifactsbull Filter work items based on Planned-For or Found-In fields as they have no direct association to a configuration
bull When reporting on DNG artifactsbull As of 602 reverse traceability is now supported for custom link types as well as for OSLC RM-defined links bull If you customize data types (new types or attributes) you need to add them to the initial RM stream for them to
be visible for reportingndash Alternatively use custom SPARQL queries for customized types that are not in the initial stream
bull LQE indexes all projects no UI to select or exclude projects (to reduce volume)bull Current scale is 2 million versioned resources per LQE instance with 15725 configurations bull Where concerns arise IBM can assist with configuring LQE to index only selected project areas
bull Upgrade notes bull When upgrading from v60 (where configuration-aware reporting was Tech Preview only)
ndash Uninstall the v60 LQE component and reinstall with v602 upgradendash Configure RB data sources to add LQE (httpsserverportrssetup)
bull When upgrading from v601ndash Rebase the DNG TRS feeds (instructions in the Interactive Upgrade Guide)ndash Re-index the TRS feeds from DNG RTC and data sources (httpsserverportlqewebadmindata-sources)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation32 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
RTC considerationsbull Work items are not versioned tracking and planning artifacts are not part
of GC contributionsbull RTC work items are targeted to a single Release and therefore a single
GC bull Each supported OSLC link type is associated with a single attribute specifying
the Release target (Planned For Found In or some custom attribute)bull When you set or change the Release target (and GC) for a WI you must save
the work item to make the context change take effectbull If you change the Release gt GC association in the RTC project area the
versioned links will not work correctlybull If there is no GC associated with a Release links resolve to the default
configurationbull Child iterations can inherit Release setting from the parent or have their own
(eg Sprints under a main iteration can contribute to the same Release and GC)
bull If you are working in a Personal Stream RTC cannot resolve the configuration context and therefore cannot filter artifacts by configuration when you create links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation33 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Managing and delivering changebull DNG and DM have change sets RQM doesnrsquot
bull If necessary create separate RQM stream to model changes before delivering to main stream (note that this requires additional stream management and manual work with a Personal Stream)
bull Can create link from DNG or DM change set to change request (eg RTC work item)bull DNG now allows you to enforce
bull Requiring change set for any changes bull Requiring change set be linked to an approved change request in an OSLC change
management provider (like RTC)bull Delivering changes varies
bull Within DNGndash If you deliver changes from the Manage Configurations view you can only deliver between
parentchild in the stream hierarchyndash If you deliver from an artifact view you can choose any stream as the target (Deliver changes) or
source (Accept changes) and start from either directionndash You can select one or more change sets conflicts are highlighted and can be mergedndash As of 602 you can choose to automatically deliver changes providing inputs on how to resolve
conflicts (as well as returning to manual mode in case of conflict)bull RQM merges changes from a source baseline to the current stream selected by the GC
merge can be selectivendash Start operation from the target not the source of the changes ndash In effect you accept changes from a source baseline into the current configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation34 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
More tips for change setsbull In DNG you cannot create a review against a change setbull Your DNG change set is automatically added to your Personal Stream (PS) at creation and
removed at deliverydiscardbull Only one change set per DNG configuration in the PS at one time creating a second
change set for the same configuration replaces the first in the PS and requires manual changes to switch between them
bull You can manually add someone elsersquos change set to your PS (previous point still applies)bull Personal Streams persist and are reused for future change sets
ndash In 602 when you deliver your change set the configuration context remains set to your Personal Stream
bull RTC does not recognize the context of a Personal Stream when you create links from an artifact in a PS to an RTC artifact filtering based on configuration context will not work
bull DNG change set content is not visible after you deliverbull Before delivering you can compare the change set to the existing baseline or stream to identify
the changes it contains bull If you link the change set to a WI you can manually describe the changes in the WIbull Use naming conventions to indicate content or reason for change
bull Use naming conventions so you can recognize change sets at delivery timebull If you need to deliver across streams use explicit change sets
bull Implicit change sets are hard to identify and differentiate
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation35 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Consider security and permissions
bull To reference a GC you must be a member of the GC project area (in GCM application)bull Even to set the GC context in your RMQMDM applicationbull Can use lifecycle projects to ease user administration bull Members who need to create Personal Streams must have
permission to do sobull GC Configuration Leads must be members of RMQMCCMDM
project areas in order to access streams and baselinesbull Must have project permissions to create streamsbaselines
bull Assign roles and permissions for creating streams and baselines in local applications as well as GCMbull For DNG this includes permissions related to change sets owned
by yourself and by others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation36 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GCM considerations
bull GCM application has no project associationsbull You can define it as part of Lifecycle Project but it just makes
adding all the users easier no other effectbull A GC may include more than one contribution from a component
or project area (ldquocomponent skewrdquo)bull Resolves to first configuration found in list of contributions or
hierarchybull Use component skew reports to identify skew and ensure
configurations are ordered as intended ndash especially for large or complex hierarchies
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation37 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Deployment considerations
bull Single GCM application per JTS bull A project area canrsquot contribute to multiple GCM applications bull A project area can contribute to more than one GC component or
project within a single GCM applicationbull GC components are at granularity of project area ndash define
project areas accordinglybull The project area is used in the configuration as a single unit ndash the
entire project area is included in a stream or baseline and as a contribution to a GC You canrsquot subdivide a project area and contribute only part of it
bull For more information including recommended deployment topologies see the Deployment Wiki
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation38 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation39 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Rational Team
Concert
CLM Architecture 5x
Rational Quality Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
OSLC Integration
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation40 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
Rational Team
Concert
Rational Quality
Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
Config Aware OSLC Integration wo backlinks
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
Lifecycle Query
Engine
Global Config Service
Backlink Index
Service
Additions or restructured to support multiple configurations
Fundamental rework of the query
and repository services
Reorganization of the RQM and DNG data into schema that supports configurations
Restructuring of the OSLC cross product linkages
to support configuration
Requires removal of ldquobacklinksrdquo
Rework of the web UIs to allow selection of configuration and maintain config as user
navigates app to app
Add configuration management to RQM and DNG Includes reworking storage layers adding compare and
merge UIs
Modify trackingplanning to work with
versioned CLM resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation41 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Links and Configuration Managementbull In 5x and earlier creating a link from artifact A to artifact B typically
resulted in the creation of a link in the reverse direction ndash a lsquobacklinkrsquobull In 60 configuration management enabled projects to link between
versioned resources the configuration is used to determine the right version of the target artifactbull A single link is stored in the artifact of the application owning the link
(not necessarily the one that created it) A backlink is no longer created and stored ndash RTC owns all links involving RTCndash RQM owns all links between QM and RMDMndash DM owns links between DM and RM
bull A new Link Index Service is used to determine if incoming links to an artifact version exist and thus visiblenavigable from that artifact
bull In 60 projects that configuration management is NOT enabled the linking storagebehavior is the same as that used in 5x ie backlinks are created
- Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capabilit
- Slide 2
- Topics
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Configurations define the correct artifact versions
- Global configurations provide context
- Global configurations reference local configurations
- Slide 10
- Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
- GC ComponentStreamContributions
- Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly custom
- Why adopt configuration management
- Trade-offs to consider (for projects adopting configuration man
- Primary factors
- Reporting considerations
- Reporting considerations
- OSLC Integrations
- Changes related to linking
- Additional considerations
- Enabling Configuration Management
- When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
- Upgrade and Migration
- Adoption path
- Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
- For more information
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for
- Reporting considerations (2)
- RTC considerations
- Managing and delivering change
- More tips for change sets
- Consider security and permissions
- GCM considerations
- Deployment considerations
- Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
- CLM Architecture 5x
- CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
- OSLC Links and Configuration Management
-
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation20 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Changes related to linking
bull New Link Validity service replaces ldquosuspect linksrdquo in enabled projectsbull Automatic ldquosuspectrdquo assertion on changebull User assertion (validinvalidsuspect) bull No support yet for ldquoprofilesrdquo (canrsquot specify which properties affect
validity)bull In QM views you cannot filter on RTC work item and plan
traceability links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation21 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Additional considerations
bull QM Mobile application for offline execution not yet availablebull New roles and permissions to manage configurationsbull Behavior changes include
bull Working in global configuration contextbull DNG change sets and reviewsbull RTC configuration to determine configuration context
bull See appendix for additional behavior changes and minor limitations
bull A complete list of limitations and workarounds by release is available on jazznet bull View the 602 queries for workarounds and limitationsbull View the pending workaround articles for 602 from each productrsquos
release notes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation22 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Enabling Configuration Management
bull Rhapsody DM and RTC already support Configuration Management ndash no further action needed
bull Two-step process to fully enable configuration management for DNG and RQM 1 Enter activation key in application settings
ndash Advanced Properties gt Local Versioning Componentndash Obtain key from self-serve page on jazznet (for pilot) or contact IBM
Support (especially for production)2 Enable in project area property for a specific RM or QM project
areandash Configuration Management section gt click to enable
bull Once you enable Configuration Management for a Project Area you cannot disable it
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation23 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
bull Reporting switches to a new configuration-aware solution using LQEbull Project area stops feeding the DW and existing DW data is archivedbull BIRT and RRDI reports no longer work and are removed Dashboard
widgets that use report resources stop working
bull Backlinks are removed directional links created in and referenced from Link Index Servicebull May take some time to fully index especially for large projects
bull Existing links from external sources resolve to default configuration
bull QM snapshots become ldquoreference onlyrdquo use baselines instead
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation24 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Upgrade and Migrationbull New components in v6x to enable configuration management
bull GCM application LQE data source Link Index service (LDX)bull Refer to new topology diagrams on deployment wikibull Be sure to consider related changes to production infrastructure requirements
bull All v6x upgrades require migrating to new RQM and DNG repository schemas regardless of configuration management use
bull Offline migrationbull Might take some time depending on repository sizeshape and network latency to the
database serverbull No additional online steps needed
bull Upgrades between 6x releases require re-indexing LQE data which might take timebull Reporting is unreliable during re-index
bull Performance of non-configuration management enabled projects expected to be consistent with previous versions
bull Additional repository updates happen when you enable Configuration Management for a project area (as previously described)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation25 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Adoption path
Explore and define how YOUR organization should implementbull Process definition is criticalbull Define usage model including roles stream strategies change
management and cross-stream deliveryhellipbull Assess reporting needs and implementation options
Conduct one or more pilot projectsbull Validate and modify usage scenarios and processes bull Consider both new and existing projects
Roll out selectively and progressivelybull Carefully select initial projects to enable bull Manage environment changesbull Train users on processes conventions tool changes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation26 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
Achieve Strategic Reuse using Global Configurations
Benefits FeaturesComplete a smooth transition to Global
Configuration ManagementSpeed up adoption and avoid common
missteps by working with our knowledgeable experts
Benefit from the knowledge standard practices and proven repeatable processes brought by our experts
Build skills quickly and effectively with expert advice and information sharing directly from our experienced consultants
Preparing for enabling Global Configuration Management
Prepare the environment and users for the activities to enable the new capability
Supporting the activities to enable the new capability
Support upgrades and installations Verify successful operation
Supporting users transitioning to Global Configuration Management
Perform mentoring on usage updates and planning for enabling additional projects
Backed by world class Analytics Services Experts
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation27 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
For more information
bull Configuration management playlists on youtubebull Based on these lab exercisesbull Introductory series
bull Jazznet article 1492 links to many valuable resources including videos and blogs
bull Try it out httpsjazznetproductssandbox
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation28 May 2 2023
ICE -IBM Continuous Engineering Event
Website httplearnquestconferencecomiceiot16
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation29 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
copy Copyright IBM Corporation 2015 All rights reserved The information contained in these materials is provided for informational purposes only and is provided AS IS without warranty of any kind express or implied IBM shall not be responsible for any damages arising out of the use of or otherwise related to these materials Nothing contained in these materials is intended to nor shall have the effect of creating any warranties or representations from IBM or its suppliers or licensors or altering the terms and conditions of the applicable license agreement governing the use of IBM software References in these materials to IBM products programs or services do not imply that they will be available in all countries in which IBM operates Product release dates andor capabilities referenced in these materials may change at any time at IBMrsquos sole discretion based on market opportunities or other factors and are not intended to be a commitment to future product or feature availability in any way IBM the IBM logo Rational the Rational logo and other IBM products and services are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States other countries or both Other company product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation30 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for Configuration Management
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation31 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerationsbull When reporting across versioned artifacts and RTC work items carefully consider filtering
bull Filtering by configuration will yield correct results for versioned artifactsbull Filter work items based on Planned-For or Found-In fields as they have no direct association to a configuration
bull When reporting on DNG artifactsbull As of 602 reverse traceability is now supported for custom link types as well as for OSLC RM-defined links bull If you customize data types (new types or attributes) you need to add them to the initial RM stream for them to
be visible for reportingndash Alternatively use custom SPARQL queries for customized types that are not in the initial stream
bull LQE indexes all projects no UI to select or exclude projects (to reduce volume)bull Current scale is 2 million versioned resources per LQE instance with 15725 configurations bull Where concerns arise IBM can assist with configuring LQE to index only selected project areas
bull Upgrade notes bull When upgrading from v60 (where configuration-aware reporting was Tech Preview only)
ndash Uninstall the v60 LQE component and reinstall with v602 upgradendash Configure RB data sources to add LQE (httpsserverportrssetup)
bull When upgrading from v601ndash Rebase the DNG TRS feeds (instructions in the Interactive Upgrade Guide)ndash Re-index the TRS feeds from DNG RTC and data sources (httpsserverportlqewebadmindata-sources)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation32 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
RTC considerationsbull Work items are not versioned tracking and planning artifacts are not part
of GC contributionsbull RTC work items are targeted to a single Release and therefore a single
GC bull Each supported OSLC link type is associated with a single attribute specifying
the Release target (Planned For Found In or some custom attribute)bull When you set or change the Release target (and GC) for a WI you must save
the work item to make the context change take effectbull If you change the Release gt GC association in the RTC project area the
versioned links will not work correctlybull If there is no GC associated with a Release links resolve to the default
configurationbull Child iterations can inherit Release setting from the parent or have their own
(eg Sprints under a main iteration can contribute to the same Release and GC)
bull If you are working in a Personal Stream RTC cannot resolve the configuration context and therefore cannot filter artifacts by configuration when you create links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation33 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Managing and delivering changebull DNG and DM have change sets RQM doesnrsquot
bull If necessary create separate RQM stream to model changes before delivering to main stream (note that this requires additional stream management and manual work with a Personal Stream)
bull Can create link from DNG or DM change set to change request (eg RTC work item)bull DNG now allows you to enforce
bull Requiring change set for any changes bull Requiring change set be linked to an approved change request in an OSLC change
management provider (like RTC)bull Delivering changes varies
bull Within DNGndash If you deliver changes from the Manage Configurations view you can only deliver between
parentchild in the stream hierarchyndash If you deliver from an artifact view you can choose any stream as the target (Deliver changes) or
source (Accept changes) and start from either directionndash You can select one or more change sets conflicts are highlighted and can be mergedndash As of 602 you can choose to automatically deliver changes providing inputs on how to resolve
conflicts (as well as returning to manual mode in case of conflict)bull RQM merges changes from a source baseline to the current stream selected by the GC
merge can be selectivendash Start operation from the target not the source of the changes ndash In effect you accept changes from a source baseline into the current configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation34 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
More tips for change setsbull In DNG you cannot create a review against a change setbull Your DNG change set is automatically added to your Personal Stream (PS) at creation and
removed at deliverydiscardbull Only one change set per DNG configuration in the PS at one time creating a second
change set for the same configuration replaces the first in the PS and requires manual changes to switch between them
bull You can manually add someone elsersquos change set to your PS (previous point still applies)bull Personal Streams persist and are reused for future change sets
ndash In 602 when you deliver your change set the configuration context remains set to your Personal Stream
bull RTC does not recognize the context of a Personal Stream when you create links from an artifact in a PS to an RTC artifact filtering based on configuration context will not work
bull DNG change set content is not visible after you deliverbull Before delivering you can compare the change set to the existing baseline or stream to identify
the changes it contains bull If you link the change set to a WI you can manually describe the changes in the WIbull Use naming conventions to indicate content or reason for change
bull Use naming conventions so you can recognize change sets at delivery timebull If you need to deliver across streams use explicit change sets
bull Implicit change sets are hard to identify and differentiate
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation35 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Consider security and permissions
bull To reference a GC you must be a member of the GC project area (in GCM application)bull Even to set the GC context in your RMQMDM applicationbull Can use lifecycle projects to ease user administration bull Members who need to create Personal Streams must have
permission to do sobull GC Configuration Leads must be members of RMQMCCMDM
project areas in order to access streams and baselinesbull Must have project permissions to create streamsbaselines
bull Assign roles and permissions for creating streams and baselines in local applications as well as GCMbull For DNG this includes permissions related to change sets owned
by yourself and by others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation36 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GCM considerations
bull GCM application has no project associationsbull You can define it as part of Lifecycle Project but it just makes
adding all the users easier no other effectbull A GC may include more than one contribution from a component
or project area (ldquocomponent skewrdquo)bull Resolves to first configuration found in list of contributions or
hierarchybull Use component skew reports to identify skew and ensure
configurations are ordered as intended ndash especially for large or complex hierarchies
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation37 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Deployment considerations
bull Single GCM application per JTS bull A project area canrsquot contribute to multiple GCM applications bull A project area can contribute to more than one GC component or
project within a single GCM applicationbull GC components are at granularity of project area ndash define
project areas accordinglybull The project area is used in the configuration as a single unit ndash the
entire project area is included in a stream or baseline and as a contribution to a GC You canrsquot subdivide a project area and contribute only part of it
bull For more information including recommended deployment topologies see the Deployment Wiki
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation38 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation39 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Rational Team
Concert
CLM Architecture 5x
Rational Quality Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
OSLC Integration
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation40 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
Rational Team
Concert
Rational Quality
Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
Config Aware OSLC Integration wo backlinks
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
Lifecycle Query
Engine
Global Config Service
Backlink Index
Service
Additions or restructured to support multiple configurations
Fundamental rework of the query
and repository services
Reorganization of the RQM and DNG data into schema that supports configurations
Restructuring of the OSLC cross product linkages
to support configuration
Requires removal of ldquobacklinksrdquo
Rework of the web UIs to allow selection of configuration and maintain config as user
navigates app to app
Add configuration management to RQM and DNG Includes reworking storage layers adding compare and
merge UIs
Modify trackingplanning to work with
versioned CLM resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation41 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Links and Configuration Managementbull In 5x and earlier creating a link from artifact A to artifact B typically
resulted in the creation of a link in the reverse direction ndash a lsquobacklinkrsquobull In 60 configuration management enabled projects to link between
versioned resources the configuration is used to determine the right version of the target artifactbull A single link is stored in the artifact of the application owning the link
(not necessarily the one that created it) A backlink is no longer created and stored ndash RTC owns all links involving RTCndash RQM owns all links between QM and RMDMndash DM owns links between DM and RM
bull A new Link Index Service is used to determine if incoming links to an artifact version exist and thus visiblenavigable from that artifact
bull In 60 projects that configuration management is NOT enabled the linking storagebehavior is the same as that used in 5x ie backlinks are created
- Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capabilit
- Slide 2
- Topics
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Configurations define the correct artifact versions
- Global configurations provide context
- Global configurations reference local configurations
- Slide 10
- Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
- GC ComponentStreamContributions
- Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly custom
- Why adopt configuration management
- Trade-offs to consider (for projects adopting configuration man
- Primary factors
- Reporting considerations
- Reporting considerations
- OSLC Integrations
- Changes related to linking
- Additional considerations
- Enabling Configuration Management
- When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
- Upgrade and Migration
- Adoption path
- Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
- For more information
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for
- Reporting considerations (2)
- RTC considerations
- Managing and delivering change
- More tips for change sets
- Consider security and permissions
- GCM considerations
- Deployment considerations
- Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
- CLM Architecture 5x
- CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
- OSLC Links and Configuration Management
-
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation21 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Additional considerations
bull QM Mobile application for offline execution not yet availablebull New roles and permissions to manage configurationsbull Behavior changes include
bull Working in global configuration contextbull DNG change sets and reviewsbull RTC configuration to determine configuration context
bull See appendix for additional behavior changes and minor limitations
bull A complete list of limitations and workarounds by release is available on jazznet bull View the 602 queries for workarounds and limitationsbull View the pending workaround articles for 602 from each productrsquos
release notes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation22 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Enabling Configuration Management
bull Rhapsody DM and RTC already support Configuration Management ndash no further action needed
bull Two-step process to fully enable configuration management for DNG and RQM 1 Enter activation key in application settings
ndash Advanced Properties gt Local Versioning Componentndash Obtain key from self-serve page on jazznet (for pilot) or contact IBM
Support (especially for production)2 Enable in project area property for a specific RM or QM project
areandash Configuration Management section gt click to enable
bull Once you enable Configuration Management for a Project Area you cannot disable it
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation23 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
bull Reporting switches to a new configuration-aware solution using LQEbull Project area stops feeding the DW and existing DW data is archivedbull BIRT and RRDI reports no longer work and are removed Dashboard
widgets that use report resources stop working
bull Backlinks are removed directional links created in and referenced from Link Index Servicebull May take some time to fully index especially for large projects
bull Existing links from external sources resolve to default configuration
bull QM snapshots become ldquoreference onlyrdquo use baselines instead
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation24 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Upgrade and Migrationbull New components in v6x to enable configuration management
bull GCM application LQE data source Link Index service (LDX)bull Refer to new topology diagrams on deployment wikibull Be sure to consider related changes to production infrastructure requirements
bull All v6x upgrades require migrating to new RQM and DNG repository schemas regardless of configuration management use
bull Offline migrationbull Might take some time depending on repository sizeshape and network latency to the
database serverbull No additional online steps needed
bull Upgrades between 6x releases require re-indexing LQE data which might take timebull Reporting is unreliable during re-index
bull Performance of non-configuration management enabled projects expected to be consistent with previous versions
bull Additional repository updates happen when you enable Configuration Management for a project area (as previously described)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation25 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Adoption path
Explore and define how YOUR organization should implementbull Process definition is criticalbull Define usage model including roles stream strategies change
management and cross-stream deliveryhellipbull Assess reporting needs and implementation options
Conduct one or more pilot projectsbull Validate and modify usage scenarios and processes bull Consider both new and existing projects
Roll out selectively and progressivelybull Carefully select initial projects to enable bull Manage environment changesbull Train users on processes conventions tool changes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation26 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
Achieve Strategic Reuse using Global Configurations
Benefits FeaturesComplete a smooth transition to Global
Configuration ManagementSpeed up adoption and avoid common
missteps by working with our knowledgeable experts
Benefit from the knowledge standard practices and proven repeatable processes brought by our experts
Build skills quickly and effectively with expert advice and information sharing directly from our experienced consultants
Preparing for enabling Global Configuration Management
Prepare the environment and users for the activities to enable the new capability
Supporting the activities to enable the new capability
Support upgrades and installations Verify successful operation
Supporting users transitioning to Global Configuration Management
Perform mentoring on usage updates and planning for enabling additional projects
Backed by world class Analytics Services Experts
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation27 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
For more information
bull Configuration management playlists on youtubebull Based on these lab exercisesbull Introductory series
bull Jazznet article 1492 links to many valuable resources including videos and blogs
bull Try it out httpsjazznetproductssandbox
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation28 May 2 2023
ICE -IBM Continuous Engineering Event
Website httplearnquestconferencecomiceiot16
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation29 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
copy Copyright IBM Corporation 2015 All rights reserved The information contained in these materials is provided for informational purposes only and is provided AS IS without warranty of any kind express or implied IBM shall not be responsible for any damages arising out of the use of or otherwise related to these materials Nothing contained in these materials is intended to nor shall have the effect of creating any warranties or representations from IBM or its suppliers or licensors or altering the terms and conditions of the applicable license agreement governing the use of IBM software References in these materials to IBM products programs or services do not imply that they will be available in all countries in which IBM operates Product release dates andor capabilities referenced in these materials may change at any time at IBMrsquos sole discretion based on market opportunities or other factors and are not intended to be a commitment to future product or feature availability in any way IBM the IBM logo Rational the Rational logo and other IBM products and services are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States other countries or both Other company product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation30 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for Configuration Management
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation31 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerationsbull When reporting across versioned artifacts and RTC work items carefully consider filtering
bull Filtering by configuration will yield correct results for versioned artifactsbull Filter work items based on Planned-For or Found-In fields as they have no direct association to a configuration
bull When reporting on DNG artifactsbull As of 602 reverse traceability is now supported for custom link types as well as for OSLC RM-defined links bull If you customize data types (new types or attributes) you need to add them to the initial RM stream for them to
be visible for reportingndash Alternatively use custom SPARQL queries for customized types that are not in the initial stream
bull LQE indexes all projects no UI to select or exclude projects (to reduce volume)bull Current scale is 2 million versioned resources per LQE instance with 15725 configurations bull Where concerns arise IBM can assist with configuring LQE to index only selected project areas
bull Upgrade notes bull When upgrading from v60 (where configuration-aware reporting was Tech Preview only)
ndash Uninstall the v60 LQE component and reinstall with v602 upgradendash Configure RB data sources to add LQE (httpsserverportrssetup)
bull When upgrading from v601ndash Rebase the DNG TRS feeds (instructions in the Interactive Upgrade Guide)ndash Re-index the TRS feeds from DNG RTC and data sources (httpsserverportlqewebadmindata-sources)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation32 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
RTC considerationsbull Work items are not versioned tracking and planning artifacts are not part
of GC contributionsbull RTC work items are targeted to a single Release and therefore a single
GC bull Each supported OSLC link type is associated with a single attribute specifying
the Release target (Planned For Found In or some custom attribute)bull When you set or change the Release target (and GC) for a WI you must save
the work item to make the context change take effectbull If you change the Release gt GC association in the RTC project area the
versioned links will not work correctlybull If there is no GC associated with a Release links resolve to the default
configurationbull Child iterations can inherit Release setting from the parent or have their own
(eg Sprints under a main iteration can contribute to the same Release and GC)
bull If you are working in a Personal Stream RTC cannot resolve the configuration context and therefore cannot filter artifacts by configuration when you create links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation33 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Managing and delivering changebull DNG and DM have change sets RQM doesnrsquot
bull If necessary create separate RQM stream to model changes before delivering to main stream (note that this requires additional stream management and manual work with a Personal Stream)
bull Can create link from DNG or DM change set to change request (eg RTC work item)bull DNG now allows you to enforce
bull Requiring change set for any changes bull Requiring change set be linked to an approved change request in an OSLC change
management provider (like RTC)bull Delivering changes varies
bull Within DNGndash If you deliver changes from the Manage Configurations view you can only deliver between
parentchild in the stream hierarchyndash If you deliver from an artifact view you can choose any stream as the target (Deliver changes) or
source (Accept changes) and start from either directionndash You can select one or more change sets conflicts are highlighted and can be mergedndash As of 602 you can choose to automatically deliver changes providing inputs on how to resolve
conflicts (as well as returning to manual mode in case of conflict)bull RQM merges changes from a source baseline to the current stream selected by the GC
merge can be selectivendash Start operation from the target not the source of the changes ndash In effect you accept changes from a source baseline into the current configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation34 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
More tips for change setsbull In DNG you cannot create a review against a change setbull Your DNG change set is automatically added to your Personal Stream (PS) at creation and
removed at deliverydiscardbull Only one change set per DNG configuration in the PS at one time creating a second
change set for the same configuration replaces the first in the PS and requires manual changes to switch between them
bull You can manually add someone elsersquos change set to your PS (previous point still applies)bull Personal Streams persist and are reused for future change sets
ndash In 602 when you deliver your change set the configuration context remains set to your Personal Stream
bull RTC does not recognize the context of a Personal Stream when you create links from an artifact in a PS to an RTC artifact filtering based on configuration context will not work
bull DNG change set content is not visible after you deliverbull Before delivering you can compare the change set to the existing baseline or stream to identify
the changes it contains bull If you link the change set to a WI you can manually describe the changes in the WIbull Use naming conventions to indicate content or reason for change
bull Use naming conventions so you can recognize change sets at delivery timebull If you need to deliver across streams use explicit change sets
bull Implicit change sets are hard to identify and differentiate
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation35 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Consider security and permissions
bull To reference a GC you must be a member of the GC project area (in GCM application)bull Even to set the GC context in your RMQMDM applicationbull Can use lifecycle projects to ease user administration bull Members who need to create Personal Streams must have
permission to do sobull GC Configuration Leads must be members of RMQMCCMDM
project areas in order to access streams and baselinesbull Must have project permissions to create streamsbaselines
bull Assign roles and permissions for creating streams and baselines in local applications as well as GCMbull For DNG this includes permissions related to change sets owned
by yourself and by others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation36 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GCM considerations
bull GCM application has no project associationsbull You can define it as part of Lifecycle Project but it just makes
adding all the users easier no other effectbull A GC may include more than one contribution from a component
or project area (ldquocomponent skewrdquo)bull Resolves to first configuration found in list of contributions or
hierarchybull Use component skew reports to identify skew and ensure
configurations are ordered as intended ndash especially for large or complex hierarchies
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation37 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Deployment considerations
bull Single GCM application per JTS bull A project area canrsquot contribute to multiple GCM applications bull A project area can contribute to more than one GC component or
project within a single GCM applicationbull GC components are at granularity of project area ndash define
project areas accordinglybull The project area is used in the configuration as a single unit ndash the
entire project area is included in a stream or baseline and as a contribution to a GC You canrsquot subdivide a project area and contribute only part of it
bull For more information including recommended deployment topologies see the Deployment Wiki
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation38 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation39 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Rational Team
Concert
CLM Architecture 5x
Rational Quality Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
OSLC Integration
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation40 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
Rational Team
Concert
Rational Quality
Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
Config Aware OSLC Integration wo backlinks
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
Lifecycle Query
Engine
Global Config Service
Backlink Index
Service
Additions or restructured to support multiple configurations
Fundamental rework of the query
and repository services
Reorganization of the RQM and DNG data into schema that supports configurations
Restructuring of the OSLC cross product linkages
to support configuration
Requires removal of ldquobacklinksrdquo
Rework of the web UIs to allow selection of configuration and maintain config as user
navigates app to app
Add configuration management to RQM and DNG Includes reworking storage layers adding compare and
merge UIs
Modify trackingplanning to work with
versioned CLM resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation41 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Links and Configuration Managementbull In 5x and earlier creating a link from artifact A to artifact B typically
resulted in the creation of a link in the reverse direction ndash a lsquobacklinkrsquobull In 60 configuration management enabled projects to link between
versioned resources the configuration is used to determine the right version of the target artifactbull A single link is stored in the artifact of the application owning the link
(not necessarily the one that created it) A backlink is no longer created and stored ndash RTC owns all links involving RTCndash RQM owns all links between QM and RMDMndash DM owns links between DM and RM
bull A new Link Index Service is used to determine if incoming links to an artifact version exist and thus visiblenavigable from that artifact
bull In 60 projects that configuration management is NOT enabled the linking storagebehavior is the same as that used in 5x ie backlinks are created
- Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capabilit
- Slide 2
- Topics
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Configurations define the correct artifact versions
- Global configurations provide context
- Global configurations reference local configurations
- Slide 10
- Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
- GC ComponentStreamContributions
- Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly custom
- Why adopt configuration management
- Trade-offs to consider (for projects adopting configuration man
- Primary factors
- Reporting considerations
- Reporting considerations
- OSLC Integrations
- Changes related to linking
- Additional considerations
- Enabling Configuration Management
- When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
- Upgrade and Migration
- Adoption path
- Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
- For more information
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for
- Reporting considerations (2)
- RTC considerations
- Managing and delivering change
- More tips for change sets
- Consider security and permissions
- GCM considerations
- Deployment considerations
- Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
- CLM Architecture 5x
- CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
- OSLC Links and Configuration Management
-
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation22 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Enabling Configuration Management
bull Rhapsody DM and RTC already support Configuration Management ndash no further action needed
bull Two-step process to fully enable configuration management for DNG and RQM 1 Enter activation key in application settings
ndash Advanced Properties gt Local Versioning Componentndash Obtain key from self-serve page on jazznet (for pilot) or contact IBM
Support (especially for production)2 Enable in project area property for a specific RM or QM project
areandash Configuration Management section gt click to enable
bull Once you enable Configuration Management for a Project Area you cannot disable it
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation23 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
bull Reporting switches to a new configuration-aware solution using LQEbull Project area stops feeding the DW and existing DW data is archivedbull BIRT and RRDI reports no longer work and are removed Dashboard
widgets that use report resources stop working
bull Backlinks are removed directional links created in and referenced from Link Index Servicebull May take some time to fully index especially for large projects
bull Existing links from external sources resolve to default configuration
bull QM snapshots become ldquoreference onlyrdquo use baselines instead
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation24 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Upgrade and Migrationbull New components in v6x to enable configuration management
bull GCM application LQE data source Link Index service (LDX)bull Refer to new topology diagrams on deployment wikibull Be sure to consider related changes to production infrastructure requirements
bull All v6x upgrades require migrating to new RQM and DNG repository schemas regardless of configuration management use
bull Offline migrationbull Might take some time depending on repository sizeshape and network latency to the
database serverbull No additional online steps needed
bull Upgrades between 6x releases require re-indexing LQE data which might take timebull Reporting is unreliable during re-index
bull Performance of non-configuration management enabled projects expected to be consistent with previous versions
bull Additional repository updates happen when you enable Configuration Management for a project area (as previously described)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation25 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Adoption path
Explore and define how YOUR organization should implementbull Process definition is criticalbull Define usage model including roles stream strategies change
management and cross-stream deliveryhellipbull Assess reporting needs and implementation options
Conduct one or more pilot projectsbull Validate and modify usage scenarios and processes bull Consider both new and existing projects
Roll out selectively and progressivelybull Carefully select initial projects to enable bull Manage environment changesbull Train users on processes conventions tool changes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation26 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
Achieve Strategic Reuse using Global Configurations
Benefits FeaturesComplete a smooth transition to Global
Configuration ManagementSpeed up adoption and avoid common
missteps by working with our knowledgeable experts
Benefit from the knowledge standard practices and proven repeatable processes brought by our experts
Build skills quickly and effectively with expert advice and information sharing directly from our experienced consultants
Preparing for enabling Global Configuration Management
Prepare the environment and users for the activities to enable the new capability
Supporting the activities to enable the new capability
Support upgrades and installations Verify successful operation
Supporting users transitioning to Global Configuration Management
Perform mentoring on usage updates and planning for enabling additional projects
Backed by world class Analytics Services Experts
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation27 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
For more information
bull Configuration management playlists on youtubebull Based on these lab exercisesbull Introductory series
bull Jazznet article 1492 links to many valuable resources including videos and blogs
bull Try it out httpsjazznetproductssandbox
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation28 May 2 2023
ICE -IBM Continuous Engineering Event
Website httplearnquestconferencecomiceiot16
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation29 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
copy Copyright IBM Corporation 2015 All rights reserved The information contained in these materials is provided for informational purposes only and is provided AS IS without warranty of any kind express or implied IBM shall not be responsible for any damages arising out of the use of or otherwise related to these materials Nothing contained in these materials is intended to nor shall have the effect of creating any warranties or representations from IBM or its suppliers or licensors or altering the terms and conditions of the applicable license agreement governing the use of IBM software References in these materials to IBM products programs or services do not imply that they will be available in all countries in which IBM operates Product release dates andor capabilities referenced in these materials may change at any time at IBMrsquos sole discretion based on market opportunities or other factors and are not intended to be a commitment to future product or feature availability in any way IBM the IBM logo Rational the Rational logo and other IBM products and services are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States other countries or both Other company product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation30 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for Configuration Management
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation31 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerationsbull When reporting across versioned artifacts and RTC work items carefully consider filtering
bull Filtering by configuration will yield correct results for versioned artifactsbull Filter work items based on Planned-For or Found-In fields as they have no direct association to a configuration
bull When reporting on DNG artifactsbull As of 602 reverse traceability is now supported for custom link types as well as for OSLC RM-defined links bull If you customize data types (new types or attributes) you need to add them to the initial RM stream for them to
be visible for reportingndash Alternatively use custom SPARQL queries for customized types that are not in the initial stream
bull LQE indexes all projects no UI to select or exclude projects (to reduce volume)bull Current scale is 2 million versioned resources per LQE instance with 15725 configurations bull Where concerns arise IBM can assist with configuring LQE to index only selected project areas
bull Upgrade notes bull When upgrading from v60 (where configuration-aware reporting was Tech Preview only)
ndash Uninstall the v60 LQE component and reinstall with v602 upgradendash Configure RB data sources to add LQE (httpsserverportrssetup)
bull When upgrading from v601ndash Rebase the DNG TRS feeds (instructions in the Interactive Upgrade Guide)ndash Re-index the TRS feeds from DNG RTC and data sources (httpsserverportlqewebadmindata-sources)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation32 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
RTC considerationsbull Work items are not versioned tracking and planning artifacts are not part
of GC contributionsbull RTC work items are targeted to a single Release and therefore a single
GC bull Each supported OSLC link type is associated with a single attribute specifying
the Release target (Planned For Found In or some custom attribute)bull When you set or change the Release target (and GC) for a WI you must save
the work item to make the context change take effectbull If you change the Release gt GC association in the RTC project area the
versioned links will not work correctlybull If there is no GC associated with a Release links resolve to the default
configurationbull Child iterations can inherit Release setting from the parent or have their own
(eg Sprints under a main iteration can contribute to the same Release and GC)
bull If you are working in a Personal Stream RTC cannot resolve the configuration context and therefore cannot filter artifacts by configuration when you create links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation33 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Managing and delivering changebull DNG and DM have change sets RQM doesnrsquot
bull If necessary create separate RQM stream to model changes before delivering to main stream (note that this requires additional stream management and manual work with a Personal Stream)
bull Can create link from DNG or DM change set to change request (eg RTC work item)bull DNG now allows you to enforce
bull Requiring change set for any changes bull Requiring change set be linked to an approved change request in an OSLC change
management provider (like RTC)bull Delivering changes varies
bull Within DNGndash If you deliver changes from the Manage Configurations view you can only deliver between
parentchild in the stream hierarchyndash If you deliver from an artifact view you can choose any stream as the target (Deliver changes) or
source (Accept changes) and start from either directionndash You can select one or more change sets conflicts are highlighted and can be mergedndash As of 602 you can choose to automatically deliver changes providing inputs on how to resolve
conflicts (as well as returning to manual mode in case of conflict)bull RQM merges changes from a source baseline to the current stream selected by the GC
merge can be selectivendash Start operation from the target not the source of the changes ndash In effect you accept changes from a source baseline into the current configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation34 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
More tips for change setsbull In DNG you cannot create a review against a change setbull Your DNG change set is automatically added to your Personal Stream (PS) at creation and
removed at deliverydiscardbull Only one change set per DNG configuration in the PS at one time creating a second
change set for the same configuration replaces the first in the PS and requires manual changes to switch between them
bull You can manually add someone elsersquos change set to your PS (previous point still applies)bull Personal Streams persist and are reused for future change sets
ndash In 602 when you deliver your change set the configuration context remains set to your Personal Stream
bull RTC does not recognize the context of a Personal Stream when you create links from an artifact in a PS to an RTC artifact filtering based on configuration context will not work
bull DNG change set content is not visible after you deliverbull Before delivering you can compare the change set to the existing baseline or stream to identify
the changes it contains bull If you link the change set to a WI you can manually describe the changes in the WIbull Use naming conventions to indicate content or reason for change
bull Use naming conventions so you can recognize change sets at delivery timebull If you need to deliver across streams use explicit change sets
bull Implicit change sets are hard to identify and differentiate
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation35 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Consider security and permissions
bull To reference a GC you must be a member of the GC project area (in GCM application)bull Even to set the GC context in your RMQMDM applicationbull Can use lifecycle projects to ease user administration bull Members who need to create Personal Streams must have
permission to do sobull GC Configuration Leads must be members of RMQMCCMDM
project areas in order to access streams and baselinesbull Must have project permissions to create streamsbaselines
bull Assign roles and permissions for creating streams and baselines in local applications as well as GCMbull For DNG this includes permissions related to change sets owned
by yourself and by others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation36 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GCM considerations
bull GCM application has no project associationsbull You can define it as part of Lifecycle Project but it just makes
adding all the users easier no other effectbull A GC may include more than one contribution from a component
or project area (ldquocomponent skewrdquo)bull Resolves to first configuration found in list of contributions or
hierarchybull Use component skew reports to identify skew and ensure
configurations are ordered as intended ndash especially for large or complex hierarchies
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation37 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Deployment considerations
bull Single GCM application per JTS bull A project area canrsquot contribute to multiple GCM applications bull A project area can contribute to more than one GC component or
project within a single GCM applicationbull GC components are at granularity of project area ndash define
project areas accordinglybull The project area is used in the configuration as a single unit ndash the
entire project area is included in a stream or baseline and as a contribution to a GC You canrsquot subdivide a project area and contribute only part of it
bull For more information including recommended deployment topologies see the Deployment Wiki
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation38 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation39 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Rational Team
Concert
CLM Architecture 5x
Rational Quality Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
OSLC Integration
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation40 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
Rational Team
Concert
Rational Quality
Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
Config Aware OSLC Integration wo backlinks
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
Lifecycle Query
Engine
Global Config Service
Backlink Index
Service
Additions or restructured to support multiple configurations
Fundamental rework of the query
and repository services
Reorganization of the RQM and DNG data into schema that supports configurations
Restructuring of the OSLC cross product linkages
to support configuration
Requires removal of ldquobacklinksrdquo
Rework of the web UIs to allow selection of configuration and maintain config as user
navigates app to app
Add configuration management to RQM and DNG Includes reworking storage layers adding compare and
merge UIs
Modify trackingplanning to work with
versioned CLM resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation41 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Links and Configuration Managementbull In 5x and earlier creating a link from artifact A to artifact B typically
resulted in the creation of a link in the reverse direction ndash a lsquobacklinkrsquobull In 60 configuration management enabled projects to link between
versioned resources the configuration is used to determine the right version of the target artifactbull A single link is stored in the artifact of the application owning the link
(not necessarily the one that created it) A backlink is no longer created and stored ndash RTC owns all links involving RTCndash RQM owns all links between QM and RMDMndash DM owns links between DM and RM
bull A new Link Index Service is used to determine if incoming links to an artifact version exist and thus visiblenavigable from that artifact
bull In 60 projects that configuration management is NOT enabled the linking storagebehavior is the same as that used in 5x ie backlinks are created
- Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capabilit
- Slide 2
- Topics
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Configurations define the correct artifact versions
- Global configurations provide context
- Global configurations reference local configurations
- Slide 10
- Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
- GC ComponentStreamContributions
- Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly custom
- Why adopt configuration management
- Trade-offs to consider (for projects adopting configuration man
- Primary factors
- Reporting considerations
- Reporting considerations
- OSLC Integrations
- Changes related to linking
- Additional considerations
- Enabling Configuration Management
- When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
- Upgrade and Migration
- Adoption path
- Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
- For more information
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for
- Reporting considerations (2)
- RTC considerations
- Managing and delivering change
- More tips for change sets
- Consider security and permissions
- GCM considerations
- Deployment considerations
- Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
- CLM Architecture 5x
- CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
- OSLC Links and Configuration Management
-
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation23 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
bull Reporting switches to a new configuration-aware solution using LQEbull Project area stops feeding the DW and existing DW data is archivedbull BIRT and RRDI reports no longer work and are removed Dashboard
widgets that use report resources stop working
bull Backlinks are removed directional links created in and referenced from Link Index Servicebull May take some time to fully index especially for large projects
bull Existing links from external sources resolve to default configuration
bull QM snapshots become ldquoreference onlyrdquo use baselines instead
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation24 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Upgrade and Migrationbull New components in v6x to enable configuration management
bull GCM application LQE data source Link Index service (LDX)bull Refer to new topology diagrams on deployment wikibull Be sure to consider related changes to production infrastructure requirements
bull All v6x upgrades require migrating to new RQM and DNG repository schemas regardless of configuration management use
bull Offline migrationbull Might take some time depending on repository sizeshape and network latency to the
database serverbull No additional online steps needed
bull Upgrades between 6x releases require re-indexing LQE data which might take timebull Reporting is unreliable during re-index
bull Performance of non-configuration management enabled projects expected to be consistent with previous versions
bull Additional repository updates happen when you enable Configuration Management for a project area (as previously described)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation25 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Adoption path
Explore and define how YOUR organization should implementbull Process definition is criticalbull Define usage model including roles stream strategies change
management and cross-stream deliveryhellipbull Assess reporting needs and implementation options
Conduct one or more pilot projectsbull Validate and modify usage scenarios and processes bull Consider both new and existing projects
Roll out selectively and progressivelybull Carefully select initial projects to enable bull Manage environment changesbull Train users on processes conventions tool changes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation26 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
Achieve Strategic Reuse using Global Configurations
Benefits FeaturesComplete a smooth transition to Global
Configuration ManagementSpeed up adoption and avoid common
missteps by working with our knowledgeable experts
Benefit from the knowledge standard practices and proven repeatable processes brought by our experts
Build skills quickly and effectively with expert advice and information sharing directly from our experienced consultants
Preparing for enabling Global Configuration Management
Prepare the environment and users for the activities to enable the new capability
Supporting the activities to enable the new capability
Support upgrades and installations Verify successful operation
Supporting users transitioning to Global Configuration Management
Perform mentoring on usage updates and planning for enabling additional projects
Backed by world class Analytics Services Experts
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation27 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
For more information
bull Configuration management playlists on youtubebull Based on these lab exercisesbull Introductory series
bull Jazznet article 1492 links to many valuable resources including videos and blogs
bull Try it out httpsjazznetproductssandbox
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation28 May 2 2023
ICE -IBM Continuous Engineering Event
Website httplearnquestconferencecomiceiot16
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation29 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
copy Copyright IBM Corporation 2015 All rights reserved The information contained in these materials is provided for informational purposes only and is provided AS IS without warranty of any kind express or implied IBM shall not be responsible for any damages arising out of the use of or otherwise related to these materials Nothing contained in these materials is intended to nor shall have the effect of creating any warranties or representations from IBM or its suppliers or licensors or altering the terms and conditions of the applicable license agreement governing the use of IBM software References in these materials to IBM products programs or services do not imply that they will be available in all countries in which IBM operates Product release dates andor capabilities referenced in these materials may change at any time at IBMrsquos sole discretion based on market opportunities or other factors and are not intended to be a commitment to future product or feature availability in any way IBM the IBM logo Rational the Rational logo and other IBM products and services are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States other countries or both Other company product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation30 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for Configuration Management
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation31 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerationsbull When reporting across versioned artifacts and RTC work items carefully consider filtering
bull Filtering by configuration will yield correct results for versioned artifactsbull Filter work items based on Planned-For or Found-In fields as they have no direct association to a configuration
bull When reporting on DNG artifactsbull As of 602 reverse traceability is now supported for custom link types as well as for OSLC RM-defined links bull If you customize data types (new types or attributes) you need to add them to the initial RM stream for them to
be visible for reportingndash Alternatively use custom SPARQL queries for customized types that are not in the initial stream
bull LQE indexes all projects no UI to select or exclude projects (to reduce volume)bull Current scale is 2 million versioned resources per LQE instance with 15725 configurations bull Where concerns arise IBM can assist with configuring LQE to index only selected project areas
bull Upgrade notes bull When upgrading from v60 (where configuration-aware reporting was Tech Preview only)
ndash Uninstall the v60 LQE component and reinstall with v602 upgradendash Configure RB data sources to add LQE (httpsserverportrssetup)
bull When upgrading from v601ndash Rebase the DNG TRS feeds (instructions in the Interactive Upgrade Guide)ndash Re-index the TRS feeds from DNG RTC and data sources (httpsserverportlqewebadmindata-sources)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation32 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
RTC considerationsbull Work items are not versioned tracking and planning artifacts are not part
of GC contributionsbull RTC work items are targeted to a single Release and therefore a single
GC bull Each supported OSLC link type is associated with a single attribute specifying
the Release target (Planned For Found In or some custom attribute)bull When you set or change the Release target (and GC) for a WI you must save
the work item to make the context change take effectbull If you change the Release gt GC association in the RTC project area the
versioned links will not work correctlybull If there is no GC associated with a Release links resolve to the default
configurationbull Child iterations can inherit Release setting from the parent or have their own
(eg Sprints under a main iteration can contribute to the same Release and GC)
bull If you are working in a Personal Stream RTC cannot resolve the configuration context and therefore cannot filter artifacts by configuration when you create links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation33 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Managing and delivering changebull DNG and DM have change sets RQM doesnrsquot
bull If necessary create separate RQM stream to model changes before delivering to main stream (note that this requires additional stream management and manual work with a Personal Stream)
bull Can create link from DNG or DM change set to change request (eg RTC work item)bull DNG now allows you to enforce
bull Requiring change set for any changes bull Requiring change set be linked to an approved change request in an OSLC change
management provider (like RTC)bull Delivering changes varies
bull Within DNGndash If you deliver changes from the Manage Configurations view you can only deliver between
parentchild in the stream hierarchyndash If you deliver from an artifact view you can choose any stream as the target (Deliver changes) or
source (Accept changes) and start from either directionndash You can select one or more change sets conflicts are highlighted and can be mergedndash As of 602 you can choose to automatically deliver changes providing inputs on how to resolve
conflicts (as well as returning to manual mode in case of conflict)bull RQM merges changes from a source baseline to the current stream selected by the GC
merge can be selectivendash Start operation from the target not the source of the changes ndash In effect you accept changes from a source baseline into the current configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation34 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
More tips for change setsbull In DNG you cannot create a review against a change setbull Your DNG change set is automatically added to your Personal Stream (PS) at creation and
removed at deliverydiscardbull Only one change set per DNG configuration in the PS at one time creating a second
change set for the same configuration replaces the first in the PS and requires manual changes to switch between them
bull You can manually add someone elsersquos change set to your PS (previous point still applies)bull Personal Streams persist and are reused for future change sets
ndash In 602 when you deliver your change set the configuration context remains set to your Personal Stream
bull RTC does not recognize the context of a Personal Stream when you create links from an artifact in a PS to an RTC artifact filtering based on configuration context will not work
bull DNG change set content is not visible after you deliverbull Before delivering you can compare the change set to the existing baseline or stream to identify
the changes it contains bull If you link the change set to a WI you can manually describe the changes in the WIbull Use naming conventions to indicate content or reason for change
bull Use naming conventions so you can recognize change sets at delivery timebull If you need to deliver across streams use explicit change sets
bull Implicit change sets are hard to identify and differentiate
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation35 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Consider security and permissions
bull To reference a GC you must be a member of the GC project area (in GCM application)bull Even to set the GC context in your RMQMDM applicationbull Can use lifecycle projects to ease user administration bull Members who need to create Personal Streams must have
permission to do sobull GC Configuration Leads must be members of RMQMCCMDM
project areas in order to access streams and baselinesbull Must have project permissions to create streamsbaselines
bull Assign roles and permissions for creating streams and baselines in local applications as well as GCMbull For DNG this includes permissions related to change sets owned
by yourself and by others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation36 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GCM considerations
bull GCM application has no project associationsbull You can define it as part of Lifecycle Project but it just makes
adding all the users easier no other effectbull A GC may include more than one contribution from a component
or project area (ldquocomponent skewrdquo)bull Resolves to first configuration found in list of contributions or
hierarchybull Use component skew reports to identify skew and ensure
configurations are ordered as intended ndash especially for large or complex hierarchies
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation37 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Deployment considerations
bull Single GCM application per JTS bull A project area canrsquot contribute to multiple GCM applications bull A project area can contribute to more than one GC component or
project within a single GCM applicationbull GC components are at granularity of project area ndash define
project areas accordinglybull The project area is used in the configuration as a single unit ndash the
entire project area is included in a stream or baseline and as a contribution to a GC You canrsquot subdivide a project area and contribute only part of it
bull For more information including recommended deployment topologies see the Deployment Wiki
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation38 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation39 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Rational Team
Concert
CLM Architecture 5x
Rational Quality Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
OSLC Integration
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation40 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
Rational Team
Concert
Rational Quality
Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
Config Aware OSLC Integration wo backlinks
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
Lifecycle Query
Engine
Global Config Service
Backlink Index
Service
Additions or restructured to support multiple configurations
Fundamental rework of the query
and repository services
Reorganization of the RQM and DNG data into schema that supports configurations
Restructuring of the OSLC cross product linkages
to support configuration
Requires removal of ldquobacklinksrdquo
Rework of the web UIs to allow selection of configuration and maintain config as user
navigates app to app
Add configuration management to RQM and DNG Includes reworking storage layers adding compare and
merge UIs
Modify trackingplanning to work with
versioned CLM resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation41 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Links and Configuration Managementbull In 5x and earlier creating a link from artifact A to artifact B typically
resulted in the creation of a link in the reverse direction ndash a lsquobacklinkrsquobull In 60 configuration management enabled projects to link between
versioned resources the configuration is used to determine the right version of the target artifactbull A single link is stored in the artifact of the application owning the link
(not necessarily the one that created it) A backlink is no longer created and stored ndash RTC owns all links involving RTCndash RQM owns all links between QM and RMDMndash DM owns links between DM and RM
bull A new Link Index Service is used to determine if incoming links to an artifact version exist and thus visiblenavigable from that artifact
bull In 60 projects that configuration management is NOT enabled the linking storagebehavior is the same as that used in 5x ie backlinks are created
- Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capabilit
- Slide 2
- Topics
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Configurations define the correct artifact versions
- Global configurations provide context
- Global configurations reference local configurations
- Slide 10
- Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
- GC ComponentStreamContributions
- Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly custom
- Why adopt configuration management
- Trade-offs to consider (for projects adopting configuration man
- Primary factors
- Reporting considerations
- Reporting considerations
- OSLC Integrations
- Changes related to linking
- Additional considerations
- Enabling Configuration Management
- When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
- Upgrade and Migration
- Adoption path
- Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
- For more information
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for
- Reporting considerations (2)
- RTC considerations
- Managing and delivering change
- More tips for change sets
- Consider security and permissions
- GCM considerations
- Deployment considerations
- Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
- CLM Architecture 5x
- CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
- OSLC Links and Configuration Management
-
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation24 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Upgrade and Migrationbull New components in v6x to enable configuration management
bull GCM application LQE data source Link Index service (LDX)bull Refer to new topology diagrams on deployment wikibull Be sure to consider related changes to production infrastructure requirements
bull All v6x upgrades require migrating to new RQM and DNG repository schemas regardless of configuration management use
bull Offline migrationbull Might take some time depending on repository sizeshape and network latency to the
database serverbull No additional online steps needed
bull Upgrades between 6x releases require re-indexing LQE data which might take timebull Reporting is unreliable during re-index
bull Performance of non-configuration management enabled projects expected to be consistent with previous versions
bull Additional repository updates happen when you enable Configuration Management for a project area (as previously described)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation25 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Adoption path
Explore and define how YOUR organization should implementbull Process definition is criticalbull Define usage model including roles stream strategies change
management and cross-stream deliveryhellipbull Assess reporting needs and implementation options
Conduct one or more pilot projectsbull Validate and modify usage scenarios and processes bull Consider both new and existing projects
Roll out selectively and progressivelybull Carefully select initial projects to enable bull Manage environment changesbull Train users on processes conventions tool changes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation26 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
Achieve Strategic Reuse using Global Configurations
Benefits FeaturesComplete a smooth transition to Global
Configuration ManagementSpeed up adoption and avoid common
missteps by working with our knowledgeable experts
Benefit from the knowledge standard practices and proven repeatable processes brought by our experts
Build skills quickly and effectively with expert advice and information sharing directly from our experienced consultants
Preparing for enabling Global Configuration Management
Prepare the environment and users for the activities to enable the new capability
Supporting the activities to enable the new capability
Support upgrades and installations Verify successful operation
Supporting users transitioning to Global Configuration Management
Perform mentoring on usage updates and planning for enabling additional projects
Backed by world class Analytics Services Experts
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation27 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
For more information
bull Configuration management playlists on youtubebull Based on these lab exercisesbull Introductory series
bull Jazznet article 1492 links to many valuable resources including videos and blogs
bull Try it out httpsjazznetproductssandbox
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation28 May 2 2023
ICE -IBM Continuous Engineering Event
Website httplearnquestconferencecomiceiot16
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation29 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
copy Copyright IBM Corporation 2015 All rights reserved The information contained in these materials is provided for informational purposes only and is provided AS IS without warranty of any kind express or implied IBM shall not be responsible for any damages arising out of the use of or otherwise related to these materials Nothing contained in these materials is intended to nor shall have the effect of creating any warranties or representations from IBM or its suppliers or licensors or altering the terms and conditions of the applicable license agreement governing the use of IBM software References in these materials to IBM products programs or services do not imply that they will be available in all countries in which IBM operates Product release dates andor capabilities referenced in these materials may change at any time at IBMrsquos sole discretion based on market opportunities or other factors and are not intended to be a commitment to future product or feature availability in any way IBM the IBM logo Rational the Rational logo and other IBM products and services are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States other countries or both Other company product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation30 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for Configuration Management
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation31 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerationsbull When reporting across versioned artifacts and RTC work items carefully consider filtering
bull Filtering by configuration will yield correct results for versioned artifactsbull Filter work items based on Planned-For or Found-In fields as they have no direct association to a configuration
bull When reporting on DNG artifactsbull As of 602 reverse traceability is now supported for custom link types as well as for OSLC RM-defined links bull If you customize data types (new types or attributes) you need to add them to the initial RM stream for them to
be visible for reportingndash Alternatively use custom SPARQL queries for customized types that are not in the initial stream
bull LQE indexes all projects no UI to select or exclude projects (to reduce volume)bull Current scale is 2 million versioned resources per LQE instance with 15725 configurations bull Where concerns arise IBM can assist with configuring LQE to index only selected project areas
bull Upgrade notes bull When upgrading from v60 (where configuration-aware reporting was Tech Preview only)
ndash Uninstall the v60 LQE component and reinstall with v602 upgradendash Configure RB data sources to add LQE (httpsserverportrssetup)
bull When upgrading from v601ndash Rebase the DNG TRS feeds (instructions in the Interactive Upgrade Guide)ndash Re-index the TRS feeds from DNG RTC and data sources (httpsserverportlqewebadmindata-sources)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation32 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
RTC considerationsbull Work items are not versioned tracking and planning artifacts are not part
of GC contributionsbull RTC work items are targeted to a single Release and therefore a single
GC bull Each supported OSLC link type is associated with a single attribute specifying
the Release target (Planned For Found In or some custom attribute)bull When you set or change the Release target (and GC) for a WI you must save
the work item to make the context change take effectbull If you change the Release gt GC association in the RTC project area the
versioned links will not work correctlybull If there is no GC associated with a Release links resolve to the default
configurationbull Child iterations can inherit Release setting from the parent or have their own
(eg Sprints under a main iteration can contribute to the same Release and GC)
bull If you are working in a Personal Stream RTC cannot resolve the configuration context and therefore cannot filter artifacts by configuration when you create links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation33 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Managing and delivering changebull DNG and DM have change sets RQM doesnrsquot
bull If necessary create separate RQM stream to model changes before delivering to main stream (note that this requires additional stream management and manual work with a Personal Stream)
bull Can create link from DNG or DM change set to change request (eg RTC work item)bull DNG now allows you to enforce
bull Requiring change set for any changes bull Requiring change set be linked to an approved change request in an OSLC change
management provider (like RTC)bull Delivering changes varies
bull Within DNGndash If you deliver changes from the Manage Configurations view you can only deliver between
parentchild in the stream hierarchyndash If you deliver from an artifact view you can choose any stream as the target (Deliver changes) or
source (Accept changes) and start from either directionndash You can select one or more change sets conflicts are highlighted and can be mergedndash As of 602 you can choose to automatically deliver changes providing inputs on how to resolve
conflicts (as well as returning to manual mode in case of conflict)bull RQM merges changes from a source baseline to the current stream selected by the GC
merge can be selectivendash Start operation from the target not the source of the changes ndash In effect you accept changes from a source baseline into the current configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation34 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
More tips for change setsbull In DNG you cannot create a review against a change setbull Your DNG change set is automatically added to your Personal Stream (PS) at creation and
removed at deliverydiscardbull Only one change set per DNG configuration in the PS at one time creating a second
change set for the same configuration replaces the first in the PS and requires manual changes to switch between them
bull You can manually add someone elsersquos change set to your PS (previous point still applies)bull Personal Streams persist and are reused for future change sets
ndash In 602 when you deliver your change set the configuration context remains set to your Personal Stream
bull RTC does not recognize the context of a Personal Stream when you create links from an artifact in a PS to an RTC artifact filtering based on configuration context will not work
bull DNG change set content is not visible after you deliverbull Before delivering you can compare the change set to the existing baseline or stream to identify
the changes it contains bull If you link the change set to a WI you can manually describe the changes in the WIbull Use naming conventions to indicate content or reason for change
bull Use naming conventions so you can recognize change sets at delivery timebull If you need to deliver across streams use explicit change sets
bull Implicit change sets are hard to identify and differentiate
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation35 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Consider security and permissions
bull To reference a GC you must be a member of the GC project area (in GCM application)bull Even to set the GC context in your RMQMDM applicationbull Can use lifecycle projects to ease user administration bull Members who need to create Personal Streams must have
permission to do sobull GC Configuration Leads must be members of RMQMCCMDM
project areas in order to access streams and baselinesbull Must have project permissions to create streamsbaselines
bull Assign roles and permissions for creating streams and baselines in local applications as well as GCMbull For DNG this includes permissions related to change sets owned
by yourself and by others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation36 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GCM considerations
bull GCM application has no project associationsbull You can define it as part of Lifecycle Project but it just makes
adding all the users easier no other effectbull A GC may include more than one contribution from a component
or project area (ldquocomponent skewrdquo)bull Resolves to first configuration found in list of contributions or
hierarchybull Use component skew reports to identify skew and ensure
configurations are ordered as intended ndash especially for large or complex hierarchies
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation37 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Deployment considerations
bull Single GCM application per JTS bull A project area canrsquot contribute to multiple GCM applications bull A project area can contribute to more than one GC component or
project within a single GCM applicationbull GC components are at granularity of project area ndash define
project areas accordinglybull The project area is used in the configuration as a single unit ndash the
entire project area is included in a stream or baseline and as a contribution to a GC You canrsquot subdivide a project area and contribute only part of it
bull For more information including recommended deployment topologies see the Deployment Wiki
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation38 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation39 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Rational Team
Concert
CLM Architecture 5x
Rational Quality Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
OSLC Integration
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation40 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
Rational Team
Concert
Rational Quality
Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
Config Aware OSLC Integration wo backlinks
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
Lifecycle Query
Engine
Global Config Service
Backlink Index
Service
Additions or restructured to support multiple configurations
Fundamental rework of the query
and repository services
Reorganization of the RQM and DNG data into schema that supports configurations
Restructuring of the OSLC cross product linkages
to support configuration
Requires removal of ldquobacklinksrdquo
Rework of the web UIs to allow selection of configuration and maintain config as user
navigates app to app
Add configuration management to RQM and DNG Includes reworking storage layers adding compare and
merge UIs
Modify trackingplanning to work with
versioned CLM resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation41 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Links and Configuration Managementbull In 5x and earlier creating a link from artifact A to artifact B typically
resulted in the creation of a link in the reverse direction ndash a lsquobacklinkrsquobull In 60 configuration management enabled projects to link between
versioned resources the configuration is used to determine the right version of the target artifactbull A single link is stored in the artifact of the application owning the link
(not necessarily the one that created it) A backlink is no longer created and stored ndash RTC owns all links involving RTCndash RQM owns all links between QM and RMDMndash DM owns links between DM and RM
bull A new Link Index Service is used to determine if incoming links to an artifact version exist and thus visiblenavigable from that artifact
bull In 60 projects that configuration management is NOT enabled the linking storagebehavior is the same as that used in 5x ie backlinks are created
- Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capabilit
- Slide 2
- Topics
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Configurations define the correct artifact versions
- Global configurations provide context
- Global configurations reference local configurations
- Slide 10
- Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
- GC ComponentStreamContributions
- Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly custom
- Why adopt configuration management
- Trade-offs to consider (for projects adopting configuration man
- Primary factors
- Reporting considerations
- Reporting considerations
- OSLC Integrations
- Changes related to linking
- Additional considerations
- Enabling Configuration Management
- When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
- Upgrade and Migration
- Adoption path
- Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
- For more information
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for
- Reporting considerations (2)
- RTC considerations
- Managing and delivering change
- More tips for change sets
- Consider security and permissions
- GCM considerations
- Deployment considerations
- Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
- CLM Architecture 5x
- CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
- OSLC Links and Configuration Management
-
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation25 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Adoption path
Explore and define how YOUR organization should implementbull Process definition is criticalbull Define usage model including roles stream strategies change
management and cross-stream deliveryhellipbull Assess reporting needs and implementation options
Conduct one or more pilot projectsbull Validate and modify usage scenarios and processes bull Consider both new and existing projects
Roll out selectively and progressivelybull Carefully select initial projects to enable bull Manage environment changesbull Train users on processes conventions tool changes
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation26 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
Achieve Strategic Reuse using Global Configurations
Benefits FeaturesComplete a smooth transition to Global
Configuration ManagementSpeed up adoption and avoid common
missteps by working with our knowledgeable experts
Benefit from the knowledge standard practices and proven repeatable processes brought by our experts
Build skills quickly and effectively with expert advice and information sharing directly from our experienced consultants
Preparing for enabling Global Configuration Management
Prepare the environment and users for the activities to enable the new capability
Supporting the activities to enable the new capability
Support upgrades and installations Verify successful operation
Supporting users transitioning to Global Configuration Management
Perform mentoring on usage updates and planning for enabling additional projects
Backed by world class Analytics Services Experts
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation27 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
For more information
bull Configuration management playlists on youtubebull Based on these lab exercisesbull Introductory series
bull Jazznet article 1492 links to many valuable resources including videos and blogs
bull Try it out httpsjazznetproductssandbox
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation28 May 2 2023
ICE -IBM Continuous Engineering Event
Website httplearnquestconferencecomiceiot16
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation29 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
copy Copyright IBM Corporation 2015 All rights reserved The information contained in these materials is provided for informational purposes only and is provided AS IS without warranty of any kind express or implied IBM shall not be responsible for any damages arising out of the use of or otherwise related to these materials Nothing contained in these materials is intended to nor shall have the effect of creating any warranties or representations from IBM or its suppliers or licensors or altering the terms and conditions of the applicable license agreement governing the use of IBM software References in these materials to IBM products programs or services do not imply that they will be available in all countries in which IBM operates Product release dates andor capabilities referenced in these materials may change at any time at IBMrsquos sole discretion based on market opportunities or other factors and are not intended to be a commitment to future product or feature availability in any way IBM the IBM logo Rational the Rational logo and other IBM products and services are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States other countries or both Other company product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation30 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for Configuration Management
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation31 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerationsbull When reporting across versioned artifacts and RTC work items carefully consider filtering
bull Filtering by configuration will yield correct results for versioned artifactsbull Filter work items based on Planned-For or Found-In fields as they have no direct association to a configuration
bull When reporting on DNG artifactsbull As of 602 reverse traceability is now supported for custom link types as well as for OSLC RM-defined links bull If you customize data types (new types or attributes) you need to add them to the initial RM stream for them to
be visible for reportingndash Alternatively use custom SPARQL queries for customized types that are not in the initial stream
bull LQE indexes all projects no UI to select or exclude projects (to reduce volume)bull Current scale is 2 million versioned resources per LQE instance with 15725 configurations bull Where concerns arise IBM can assist with configuring LQE to index only selected project areas
bull Upgrade notes bull When upgrading from v60 (where configuration-aware reporting was Tech Preview only)
ndash Uninstall the v60 LQE component and reinstall with v602 upgradendash Configure RB data sources to add LQE (httpsserverportrssetup)
bull When upgrading from v601ndash Rebase the DNG TRS feeds (instructions in the Interactive Upgrade Guide)ndash Re-index the TRS feeds from DNG RTC and data sources (httpsserverportlqewebadmindata-sources)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation32 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
RTC considerationsbull Work items are not versioned tracking and planning artifacts are not part
of GC contributionsbull RTC work items are targeted to a single Release and therefore a single
GC bull Each supported OSLC link type is associated with a single attribute specifying
the Release target (Planned For Found In or some custom attribute)bull When you set or change the Release target (and GC) for a WI you must save
the work item to make the context change take effectbull If you change the Release gt GC association in the RTC project area the
versioned links will not work correctlybull If there is no GC associated with a Release links resolve to the default
configurationbull Child iterations can inherit Release setting from the parent or have their own
(eg Sprints under a main iteration can contribute to the same Release and GC)
bull If you are working in a Personal Stream RTC cannot resolve the configuration context and therefore cannot filter artifacts by configuration when you create links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation33 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Managing and delivering changebull DNG and DM have change sets RQM doesnrsquot
bull If necessary create separate RQM stream to model changes before delivering to main stream (note that this requires additional stream management and manual work with a Personal Stream)
bull Can create link from DNG or DM change set to change request (eg RTC work item)bull DNG now allows you to enforce
bull Requiring change set for any changes bull Requiring change set be linked to an approved change request in an OSLC change
management provider (like RTC)bull Delivering changes varies
bull Within DNGndash If you deliver changes from the Manage Configurations view you can only deliver between
parentchild in the stream hierarchyndash If you deliver from an artifact view you can choose any stream as the target (Deliver changes) or
source (Accept changes) and start from either directionndash You can select one or more change sets conflicts are highlighted and can be mergedndash As of 602 you can choose to automatically deliver changes providing inputs on how to resolve
conflicts (as well as returning to manual mode in case of conflict)bull RQM merges changes from a source baseline to the current stream selected by the GC
merge can be selectivendash Start operation from the target not the source of the changes ndash In effect you accept changes from a source baseline into the current configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation34 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
More tips for change setsbull In DNG you cannot create a review against a change setbull Your DNG change set is automatically added to your Personal Stream (PS) at creation and
removed at deliverydiscardbull Only one change set per DNG configuration in the PS at one time creating a second
change set for the same configuration replaces the first in the PS and requires manual changes to switch between them
bull You can manually add someone elsersquos change set to your PS (previous point still applies)bull Personal Streams persist and are reused for future change sets
ndash In 602 when you deliver your change set the configuration context remains set to your Personal Stream
bull RTC does not recognize the context of a Personal Stream when you create links from an artifact in a PS to an RTC artifact filtering based on configuration context will not work
bull DNG change set content is not visible after you deliverbull Before delivering you can compare the change set to the existing baseline or stream to identify
the changes it contains bull If you link the change set to a WI you can manually describe the changes in the WIbull Use naming conventions to indicate content or reason for change
bull Use naming conventions so you can recognize change sets at delivery timebull If you need to deliver across streams use explicit change sets
bull Implicit change sets are hard to identify and differentiate
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation35 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Consider security and permissions
bull To reference a GC you must be a member of the GC project area (in GCM application)bull Even to set the GC context in your RMQMDM applicationbull Can use lifecycle projects to ease user administration bull Members who need to create Personal Streams must have
permission to do sobull GC Configuration Leads must be members of RMQMCCMDM
project areas in order to access streams and baselinesbull Must have project permissions to create streamsbaselines
bull Assign roles and permissions for creating streams and baselines in local applications as well as GCMbull For DNG this includes permissions related to change sets owned
by yourself and by others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation36 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GCM considerations
bull GCM application has no project associationsbull You can define it as part of Lifecycle Project but it just makes
adding all the users easier no other effectbull A GC may include more than one contribution from a component
or project area (ldquocomponent skewrdquo)bull Resolves to first configuration found in list of contributions or
hierarchybull Use component skew reports to identify skew and ensure
configurations are ordered as intended ndash especially for large or complex hierarchies
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation37 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Deployment considerations
bull Single GCM application per JTS bull A project area canrsquot contribute to multiple GCM applications bull A project area can contribute to more than one GC component or
project within a single GCM applicationbull GC components are at granularity of project area ndash define
project areas accordinglybull The project area is used in the configuration as a single unit ndash the
entire project area is included in a stream or baseline and as a contribution to a GC You canrsquot subdivide a project area and contribute only part of it
bull For more information including recommended deployment topologies see the Deployment Wiki
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation38 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation39 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Rational Team
Concert
CLM Architecture 5x
Rational Quality Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
OSLC Integration
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation40 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
Rational Team
Concert
Rational Quality
Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
Config Aware OSLC Integration wo backlinks
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
Lifecycle Query
Engine
Global Config Service
Backlink Index
Service
Additions or restructured to support multiple configurations
Fundamental rework of the query
and repository services
Reorganization of the RQM and DNG data into schema that supports configurations
Restructuring of the OSLC cross product linkages
to support configuration
Requires removal of ldquobacklinksrdquo
Rework of the web UIs to allow selection of configuration and maintain config as user
navigates app to app
Add configuration management to RQM and DNG Includes reworking storage layers adding compare and
merge UIs
Modify trackingplanning to work with
versioned CLM resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation41 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Links and Configuration Managementbull In 5x and earlier creating a link from artifact A to artifact B typically
resulted in the creation of a link in the reverse direction ndash a lsquobacklinkrsquobull In 60 configuration management enabled projects to link between
versioned resources the configuration is used to determine the right version of the target artifactbull A single link is stored in the artifact of the application owning the link
(not necessarily the one that created it) A backlink is no longer created and stored ndash RTC owns all links involving RTCndash RQM owns all links between QM and RMDMndash DM owns links between DM and RM
bull A new Link Index Service is used to determine if incoming links to an artifact version exist and thus visiblenavigable from that artifact
bull In 60 projects that configuration management is NOT enabled the linking storagebehavior is the same as that used in 5x ie backlinks are created
- Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capabilit
- Slide 2
- Topics
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Configurations define the correct artifact versions
- Global configurations provide context
- Global configurations reference local configurations
- Slide 10
- Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
- GC ComponentStreamContributions
- Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly custom
- Why adopt configuration management
- Trade-offs to consider (for projects adopting configuration man
- Primary factors
- Reporting considerations
- Reporting considerations
- OSLC Integrations
- Changes related to linking
- Additional considerations
- Enabling Configuration Management
- When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
- Upgrade and Migration
- Adoption path
- Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
- For more information
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for
- Reporting considerations (2)
- RTC considerations
- Managing and delivering change
- More tips for change sets
- Consider security and permissions
- GCM considerations
- Deployment considerations
- Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
- CLM Architecture 5x
- CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
- OSLC Links and Configuration Management
-
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation26 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
Achieve Strategic Reuse using Global Configurations
Benefits FeaturesComplete a smooth transition to Global
Configuration ManagementSpeed up adoption and avoid common
missteps by working with our knowledgeable experts
Benefit from the knowledge standard practices and proven repeatable processes brought by our experts
Build skills quickly and effectively with expert advice and information sharing directly from our experienced consultants
Preparing for enabling Global Configuration Management
Prepare the environment and users for the activities to enable the new capability
Supporting the activities to enable the new capability
Support upgrades and installations Verify successful operation
Supporting users transitioning to Global Configuration Management
Perform mentoring on usage updates and planning for enabling additional projects
Backed by world class Analytics Services Experts
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation27 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
For more information
bull Configuration management playlists on youtubebull Based on these lab exercisesbull Introductory series
bull Jazznet article 1492 links to many valuable resources including videos and blogs
bull Try it out httpsjazznetproductssandbox
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation28 May 2 2023
ICE -IBM Continuous Engineering Event
Website httplearnquestconferencecomiceiot16
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation29 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
copy Copyright IBM Corporation 2015 All rights reserved The information contained in these materials is provided for informational purposes only and is provided AS IS without warranty of any kind express or implied IBM shall not be responsible for any damages arising out of the use of or otherwise related to these materials Nothing contained in these materials is intended to nor shall have the effect of creating any warranties or representations from IBM or its suppliers or licensors or altering the terms and conditions of the applicable license agreement governing the use of IBM software References in these materials to IBM products programs or services do not imply that they will be available in all countries in which IBM operates Product release dates andor capabilities referenced in these materials may change at any time at IBMrsquos sole discretion based on market opportunities or other factors and are not intended to be a commitment to future product or feature availability in any way IBM the IBM logo Rational the Rational logo and other IBM products and services are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States other countries or both Other company product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation30 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for Configuration Management
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation31 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerationsbull When reporting across versioned artifacts and RTC work items carefully consider filtering
bull Filtering by configuration will yield correct results for versioned artifactsbull Filter work items based on Planned-For or Found-In fields as they have no direct association to a configuration
bull When reporting on DNG artifactsbull As of 602 reverse traceability is now supported for custom link types as well as for OSLC RM-defined links bull If you customize data types (new types or attributes) you need to add them to the initial RM stream for them to
be visible for reportingndash Alternatively use custom SPARQL queries for customized types that are not in the initial stream
bull LQE indexes all projects no UI to select or exclude projects (to reduce volume)bull Current scale is 2 million versioned resources per LQE instance with 15725 configurations bull Where concerns arise IBM can assist with configuring LQE to index only selected project areas
bull Upgrade notes bull When upgrading from v60 (where configuration-aware reporting was Tech Preview only)
ndash Uninstall the v60 LQE component and reinstall with v602 upgradendash Configure RB data sources to add LQE (httpsserverportrssetup)
bull When upgrading from v601ndash Rebase the DNG TRS feeds (instructions in the Interactive Upgrade Guide)ndash Re-index the TRS feeds from DNG RTC and data sources (httpsserverportlqewebadmindata-sources)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation32 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
RTC considerationsbull Work items are not versioned tracking and planning artifacts are not part
of GC contributionsbull RTC work items are targeted to a single Release and therefore a single
GC bull Each supported OSLC link type is associated with a single attribute specifying
the Release target (Planned For Found In or some custom attribute)bull When you set or change the Release target (and GC) for a WI you must save
the work item to make the context change take effectbull If you change the Release gt GC association in the RTC project area the
versioned links will not work correctlybull If there is no GC associated with a Release links resolve to the default
configurationbull Child iterations can inherit Release setting from the parent or have their own
(eg Sprints under a main iteration can contribute to the same Release and GC)
bull If you are working in a Personal Stream RTC cannot resolve the configuration context and therefore cannot filter artifacts by configuration when you create links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation33 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Managing and delivering changebull DNG and DM have change sets RQM doesnrsquot
bull If necessary create separate RQM stream to model changes before delivering to main stream (note that this requires additional stream management and manual work with a Personal Stream)
bull Can create link from DNG or DM change set to change request (eg RTC work item)bull DNG now allows you to enforce
bull Requiring change set for any changes bull Requiring change set be linked to an approved change request in an OSLC change
management provider (like RTC)bull Delivering changes varies
bull Within DNGndash If you deliver changes from the Manage Configurations view you can only deliver between
parentchild in the stream hierarchyndash If you deliver from an artifact view you can choose any stream as the target (Deliver changes) or
source (Accept changes) and start from either directionndash You can select one or more change sets conflicts are highlighted and can be mergedndash As of 602 you can choose to automatically deliver changes providing inputs on how to resolve
conflicts (as well as returning to manual mode in case of conflict)bull RQM merges changes from a source baseline to the current stream selected by the GC
merge can be selectivendash Start operation from the target not the source of the changes ndash In effect you accept changes from a source baseline into the current configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation34 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
More tips for change setsbull In DNG you cannot create a review against a change setbull Your DNG change set is automatically added to your Personal Stream (PS) at creation and
removed at deliverydiscardbull Only one change set per DNG configuration in the PS at one time creating a second
change set for the same configuration replaces the first in the PS and requires manual changes to switch between them
bull You can manually add someone elsersquos change set to your PS (previous point still applies)bull Personal Streams persist and are reused for future change sets
ndash In 602 when you deliver your change set the configuration context remains set to your Personal Stream
bull RTC does not recognize the context of a Personal Stream when you create links from an artifact in a PS to an RTC artifact filtering based on configuration context will not work
bull DNG change set content is not visible after you deliverbull Before delivering you can compare the change set to the existing baseline or stream to identify
the changes it contains bull If you link the change set to a WI you can manually describe the changes in the WIbull Use naming conventions to indicate content or reason for change
bull Use naming conventions so you can recognize change sets at delivery timebull If you need to deliver across streams use explicit change sets
bull Implicit change sets are hard to identify and differentiate
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation35 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Consider security and permissions
bull To reference a GC you must be a member of the GC project area (in GCM application)bull Even to set the GC context in your RMQMDM applicationbull Can use lifecycle projects to ease user administration bull Members who need to create Personal Streams must have
permission to do sobull GC Configuration Leads must be members of RMQMCCMDM
project areas in order to access streams and baselinesbull Must have project permissions to create streamsbaselines
bull Assign roles and permissions for creating streams and baselines in local applications as well as GCMbull For DNG this includes permissions related to change sets owned
by yourself and by others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation36 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GCM considerations
bull GCM application has no project associationsbull You can define it as part of Lifecycle Project but it just makes
adding all the users easier no other effectbull A GC may include more than one contribution from a component
or project area (ldquocomponent skewrdquo)bull Resolves to first configuration found in list of contributions or
hierarchybull Use component skew reports to identify skew and ensure
configurations are ordered as intended ndash especially for large or complex hierarchies
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation37 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Deployment considerations
bull Single GCM application per JTS bull A project area canrsquot contribute to multiple GCM applications bull A project area can contribute to more than one GC component or
project within a single GCM applicationbull GC components are at granularity of project area ndash define
project areas accordinglybull The project area is used in the configuration as a single unit ndash the
entire project area is included in a stream or baseline and as a contribution to a GC You canrsquot subdivide a project area and contribute only part of it
bull For more information including recommended deployment topologies see the Deployment Wiki
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation38 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation39 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Rational Team
Concert
CLM Architecture 5x
Rational Quality Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
OSLC Integration
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation40 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
Rational Team
Concert
Rational Quality
Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
Config Aware OSLC Integration wo backlinks
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
Lifecycle Query
Engine
Global Config Service
Backlink Index
Service
Additions or restructured to support multiple configurations
Fundamental rework of the query
and repository services
Reorganization of the RQM and DNG data into schema that supports configurations
Restructuring of the OSLC cross product linkages
to support configuration
Requires removal of ldquobacklinksrdquo
Rework of the web UIs to allow selection of configuration and maintain config as user
navigates app to app
Add configuration management to RQM and DNG Includes reworking storage layers adding compare and
merge UIs
Modify trackingplanning to work with
versioned CLM resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation41 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Links and Configuration Managementbull In 5x and earlier creating a link from artifact A to artifact B typically
resulted in the creation of a link in the reverse direction ndash a lsquobacklinkrsquobull In 60 configuration management enabled projects to link between
versioned resources the configuration is used to determine the right version of the target artifactbull A single link is stored in the artifact of the application owning the link
(not necessarily the one that created it) A backlink is no longer created and stored ndash RTC owns all links involving RTCndash RQM owns all links between QM and RMDMndash DM owns links between DM and RM
bull A new Link Index Service is used to determine if incoming links to an artifact version exist and thus visiblenavigable from that artifact
bull In 60 projects that configuration management is NOT enabled the linking storagebehavior is the same as that used in 5x ie backlinks are created
- Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capabilit
- Slide 2
- Topics
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Configurations define the correct artifact versions
- Global configurations provide context
- Global configurations reference local configurations
- Slide 10
- Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
- GC ComponentStreamContributions
- Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly custom
- Why adopt configuration management
- Trade-offs to consider (for projects adopting configuration man
- Primary factors
- Reporting considerations
- Reporting considerations
- OSLC Integrations
- Changes related to linking
- Additional considerations
- Enabling Configuration Management
- When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
- Upgrade and Migration
- Adoption path
- Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
- For more information
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for
- Reporting considerations (2)
- RTC considerations
- Managing and delivering change
- More tips for change sets
- Consider security and permissions
- GCM considerations
- Deployment considerations
- Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
- CLM Architecture 5x
- CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
- OSLC Links and Configuration Management
-
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation27 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
For more information
bull Configuration management playlists on youtubebull Based on these lab exercisesbull Introductory series
bull Jazznet article 1492 links to many valuable resources including videos and blogs
bull Try it out httpsjazznetproductssandbox
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation28 May 2 2023
ICE -IBM Continuous Engineering Event
Website httplearnquestconferencecomiceiot16
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation29 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
copy Copyright IBM Corporation 2015 All rights reserved The information contained in these materials is provided for informational purposes only and is provided AS IS without warranty of any kind express or implied IBM shall not be responsible for any damages arising out of the use of or otherwise related to these materials Nothing contained in these materials is intended to nor shall have the effect of creating any warranties or representations from IBM or its suppliers or licensors or altering the terms and conditions of the applicable license agreement governing the use of IBM software References in these materials to IBM products programs or services do not imply that they will be available in all countries in which IBM operates Product release dates andor capabilities referenced in these materials may change at any time at IBMrsquos sole discretion based on market opportunities or other factors and are not intended to be a commitment to future product or feature availability in any way IBM the IBM logo Rational the Rational logo and other IBM products and services are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States other countries or both Other company product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation30 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for Configuration Management
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation31 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerationsbull When reporting across versioned artifacts and RTC work items carefully consider filtering
bull Filtering by configuration will yield correct results for versioned artifactsbull Filter work items based on Planned-For or Found-In fields as they have no direct association to a configuration
bull When reporting on DNG artifactsbull As of 602 reverse traceability is now supported for custom link types as well as for OSLC RM-defined links bull If you customize data types (new types or attributes) you need to add them to the initial RM stream for them to
be visible for reportingndash Alternatively use custom SPARQL queries for customized types that are not in the initial stream
bull LQE indexes all projects no UI to select or exclude projects (to reduce volume)bull Current scale is 2 million versioned resources per LQE instance with 15725 configurations bull Where concerns arise IBM can assist with configuring LQE to index only selected project areas
bull Upgrade notes bull When upgrading from v60 (where configuration-aware reporting was Tech Preview only)
ndash Uninstall the v60 LQE component and reinstall with v602 upgradendash Configure RB data sources to add LQE (httpsserverportrssetup)
bull When upgrading from v601ndash Rebase the DNG TRS feeds (instructions in the Interactive Upgrade Guide)ndash Re-index the TRS feeds from DNG RTC and data sources (httpsserverportlqewebadmindata-sources)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation32 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
RTC considerationsbull Work items are not versioned tracking and planning artifacts are not part
of GC contributionsbull RTC work items are targeted to a single Release and therefore a single
GC bull Each supported OSLC link type is associated with a single attribute specifying
the Release target (Planned For Found In or some custom attribute)bull When you set or change the Release target (and GC) for a WI you must save
the work item to make the context change take effectbull If you change the Release gt GC association in the RTC project area the
versioned links will not work correctlybull If there is no GC associated with a Release links resolve to the default
configurationbull Child iterations can inherit Release setting from the parent or have their own
(eg Sprints under a main iteration can contribute to the same Release and GC)
bull If you are working in a Personal Stream RTC cannot resolve the configuration context and therefore cannot filter artifacts by configuration when you create links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation33 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Managing and delivering changebull DNG and DM have change sets RQM doesnrsquot
bull If necessary create separate RQM stream to model changes before delivering to main stream (note that this requires additional stream management and manual work with a Personal Stream)
bull Can create link from DNG or DM change set to change request (eg RTC work item)bull DNG now allows you to enforce
bull Requiring change set for any changes bull Requiring change set be linked to an approved change request in an OSLC change
management provider (like RTC)bull Delivering changes varies
bull Within DNGndash If you deliver changes from the Manage Configurations view you can only deliver between
parentchild in the stream hierarchyndash If you deliver from an artifact view you can choose any stream as the target (Deliver changes) or
source (Accept changes) and start from either directionndash You can select one or more change sets conflicts are highlighted and can be mergedndash As of 602 you can choose to automatically deliver changes providing inputs on how to resolve
conflicts (as well as returning to manual mode in case of conflict)bull RQM merges changes from a source baseline to the current stream selected by the GC
merge can be selectivendash Start operation from the target not the source of the changes ndash In effect you accept changes from a source baseline into the current configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation34 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
More tips for change setsbull In DNG you cannot create a review against a change setbull Your DNG change set is automatically added to your Personal Stream (PS) at creation and
removed at deliverydiscardbull Only one change set per DNG configuration in the PS at one time creating a second
change set for the same configuration replaces the first in the PS and requires manual changes to switch between them
bull You can manually add someone elsersquos change set to your PS (previous point still applies)bull Personal Streams persist and are reused for future change sets
ndash In 602 when you deliver your change set the configuration context remains set to your Personal Stream
bull RTC does not recognize the context of a Personal Stream when you create links from an artifact in a PS to an RTC artifact filtering based on configuration context will not work
bull DNG change set content is not visible after you deliverbull Before delivering you can compare the change set to the existing baseline or stream to identify
the changes it contains bull If you link the change set to a WI you can manually describe the changes in the WIbull Use naming conventions to indicate content or reason for change
bull Use naming conventions so you can recognize change sets at delivery timebull If you need to deliver across streams use explicit change sets
bull Implicit change sets are hard to identify and differentiate
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation35 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Consider security and permissions
bull To reference a GC you must be a member of the GC project area (in GCM application)bull Even to set the GC context in your RMQMDM applicationbull Can use lifecycle projects to ease user administration bull Members who need to create Personal Streams must have
permission to do sobull GC Configuration Leads must be members of RMQMCCMDM
project areas in order to access streams and baselinesbull Must have project permissions to create streamsbaselines
bull Assign roles and permissions for creating streams and baselines in local applications as well as GCMbull For DNG this includes permissions related to change sets owned
by yourself and by others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation36 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GCM considerations
bull GCM application has no project associationsbull You can define it as part of Lifecycle Project but it just makes
adding all the users easier no other effectbull A GC may include more than one contribution from a component
or project area (ldquocomponent skewrdquo)bull Resolves to first configuration found in list of contributions or
hierarchybull Use component skew reports to identify skew and ensure
configurations are ordered as intended ndash especially for large or complex hierarchies
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation37 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Deployment considerations
bull Single GCM application per JTS bull A project area canrsquot contribute to multiple GCM applications bull A project area can contribute to more than one GC component or
project within a single GCM applicationbull GC components are at granularity of project area ndash define
project areas accordinglybull The project area is used in the configuration as a single unit ndash the
entire project area is included in a stream or baseline and as a contribution to a GC You canrsquot subdivide a project area and contribute only part of it
bull For more information including recommended deployment topologies see the Deployment Wiki
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation38 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation39 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Rational Team
Concert
CLM Architecture 5x
Rational Quality Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
OSLC Integration
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation40 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
Rational Team
Concert
Rational Quality
Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
Config Aware OSLC Integration wo backlinks
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
Lifecycle Query
Engine
Global Config Service
Backlink Index
Service
Additions or restructured to support multiple configurations
Fundamental rework of the query
and repository services
Reorganization of the RQM and DNG data into schema that supports configurations
Restructuring of the OSLC cross product linkages
to support configuration
Requires removal of ldquobacklinksrdquo
Rework of the web UIs to allow selection of configuration and maintain config as user
navigates app to app
Add configuration management to RQM and DNG Includes reworking storage layers adding compare and
merge UIs
Modify trackingplanning to work with
versioned CLM resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation41 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Links and Configuration Managementbull In 5x and earlier creating a link from artifact A to artifact B typically
resulted in the creation of a link in the reverse direction ndash a lsquobacklinkrsquobull In 60 configuration management enabled projects to link between
versioned resources the configuration is used to determine the right version of the target artifactbull A single link is stored in the artifact of the application owning the link
(not necessarily the one that created it) A backlink is no longer created and stored ndash RTC owns all links involving RTCndash RQM owns all links between QM and RMDMndash DM owns links between DM and RM
bull A new Link Index Service is used to determine if incoming links to an artifact version exist and thus visiblenavigable from that artifact
bull In 60 projects that configuration management is NOT enabled the linking storagebehavior is the same as that used in 5x ie backlinks are created
- Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capabilit
- Slide 2
- Topics
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Configurations define the correct artifact versions
- Global configurations provide context
- Global configurations reference local configurations
- Slide 10
- Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
- GC ComponentStreamContributions
- Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly custom
- Why adopt configuration management
- Trade-offs to consider (for projects adopting configuration man
- Primary factors
- Reporting considerations
- Reporting considerations
- OSLC Integrations
- Changes related to linking
- Additional considerations
- Enabling Configuration Management
- When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
- Upgrade and Migration
- Adoption path
- Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
- For more information
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for
- Reporting considerations (2)
- RTC considerations
- Managing and delivering change
- More tips for change sets
- Consider security and permissions
- GCM considerations
- Deployment considerations
- Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
- CLM Architecture 5x
- CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
- OSLC Links and Configuration Management
-
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation28 May 2 2023
ICE -IBM Continuous Engineering Event
Website httplearnquestconferencecomiceiot16
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation29 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
copy Copyright IBM Corporation 2015 All rights reserved The information contained in these materials is provided for informational purposes only and is provided AS IS without warranty of any kind express or implied IBM shall not be responsible for any damages arising out of the use of or otherwise related to these materials Nothing contained in these materials is intended to nor shall have the effect of creating any warranties or representations from IBM or its suppliers or licensors or altering the terms and conditions of the applicable license agreement governing the use of IBM software References in these materials to IBM products programs or services do not imply that they will be available in all countries in which IBM operates Product release dates andor capabilities referenced in these materials may change at any time at IBMrsquos sole discretion based on market opportunities or other factors and are not intended to be a commitment to future product or feature availability in any way IBM the IBM logo Rational the Rational logo and other IBM products and services are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States other countries or both Other company product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation30 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for Configuration Management
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation31 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerationsbull When reporting across versioned artifacts and RTC work items carefully consider filtering
bull Filtering by configuration will yield correct results for versioned artifactsbull Filter work items based on Planned-For or Found-In fields as they have no direct association to a configuration
bull When reporting on DNG artifactsbull As of 602 reverse traceability is now supported for custom link types as well as for OSLC RM-defined links bull If you customize data types (new types or attributes) you need to add them to the initial RM stream for them to
be visible for reportingndash Alternatively use custom SPARQL queries for customized types that are not in the initial stream
bull LQE indexes all projects no UI to select or exclude projects (to reduce volume)bull Current scale is 2 million versioned resources per LQE instance with 15725 configurations bull Where concerns arise IBM can assist with configuring LQE to index only selected project areas
bull Upgrade notes bull When upgrading from v60 (where configuration-aware reporting was Tech Preview only)
ndash Uninstall the v60 LQE component and reinstall with v602 upgradendash Configure RB data sources to add LQE (httpsserverportrssetup)
bull When upgrading from v601ndash Rebase the DNG TRS feeds (instructions in the Interactive Upgrade Guide)ndash Re-index the TRS feeds from DNG RTC and data sources (httpsserverportlqewebadmindata-sources)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation32 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
RTC considerationsbull Work items are not versioned tracking and planning artifacts are not part
of GC contributionsbull RTC work items are targeted to a single Release and therefore a single
GC bull Each supported OSLC link type is associated with a single attribute specifying
the Release target (Planned For Found In or some custom attribute)bull When you set or change the Release target (and GC) for a WI you must save
the work item to make the context change take effectbull If you change the Release gt GC association in the RTC project area the
versioned links will not work correctlybull If there is no GC associated with a Release links resolve to the default
configurationbull Child iterations can inherit Release setting from the parent or have their own
(eg Sprints under a main iteration can contribute to the same Release and GC)
bull If you are working in a Personal Stream RTC cannot resolve the configuration context and therefore cannot filter artifacts by configuration when you create links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation33 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Managing and delivering changebull DNG and DM have change sets RQM doesnrsquot
bull If necessary create separate RQM stream to model changes before delivering to main stream (note that this requires additional stream management and manual work with a Personal Stream)
bull Can create link from DNG or DM change set to change request (eg RTC work item)bull DNG now allows you to enforce
bull Requiring change set for any changes bull Requiring change set be linked to an approved change request in an OSLC change
management provider (like RTC)bull Delivering changes varies
bull Within DNGndash If you deliver changes from the Manage Configurations view you can only deliver between
parentchild in the stream hierarchyndash If you deliver from an artifact view you can choose any stream as the target (Deliver changes) or
source (Accept changes) and start from either directionndash You can select one or more change sets conflicts are highlighted and can be mergedndash As of 602 you can choose to automatically deliver changes providing inputs on how to resolve
conflicts (as well as returning to manual mode in case of conflict)bull RQM merges changes from a source baseline to the current stream selected by the GC
merge can be selectivendash Start operation from the target not the source of the changes ndash In effect you accept changes from a source baseline into the current configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation34 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
More tips for change setsbull In DNG you cannot create a review against a change setbull Your DNG change set is automatically added to your Personal Stream (PS) at creation and
removed at deliverydiscardbull Only one change set per DNG configuration in the PS at one time creating a second
change set for the same configuration replaces the first in the PS and requires manual changes to switch between them
bull You can manually add someone elsersquos change set to your PS (previous point still applies)bull Personal Streams persist and are reused for future change sets
ndash In 602 when you deliver your change set the configuration context remains set to your Personal Stream
bull RTC does not recognize the context of a Personal Stream when you create links from an artifact in a PS to an RTC artifact filtering based on configuration context will not work
bull DNG change set content is not visible after you deliverbull Before delivering you can compare the change set to the existing baseline or stream to identify
the changes it contains bull If you link the change set to a WI you can manually describe the changes in the WIbull Use naming conventions to indicate content or reason for change
bull Use naming conventions so you can recognize change sets at delivery timebull If you need to deliver across streams use explicit change sets
bull Implicit change sets are hard to identify and differentiate
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation35 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Consider security and permissions
bull To reference a GC you must be a member of the GC project area (in GCM application)bull Even to set the GC context in your RMQMDM applicationbull Can use lifecycle projects to ease user administration bull Members who need to create Personal Streams must have
permission to do sobull GC Configuration Leads must be members of RMQMCCMDM
project areas in order to access streams and baselinesbull Must have project permissions to create streamsbaselines
bull Assign roles and permissions for creating streams and baselines in local applications as well as GCMbull For DNG this includes permissions related to change sets owned
by yourself and by others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation36 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GCM considerations
bull GCM application has no project associationsbull You can define it as part of Lifecycle Project but it just makes
adding all the users easier no other effectbull A GC may include more than one contribution from a component
or project area (ldquocomponent skewrdquo)bull Resolves to first configuration found in list of contributions or
hierarchybull Use component skew reports to identify skew and ensure
configurations are ordered as intended ndash especially for large or complex hierarchies
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation37 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Deployment considerations
bull Single GCM application per JTS bull A project area canrsquot contribute to multiple GCM applications bull A project area can contribute to more than one GC component or
project within a single GCM applicationbull GC components are at granularity of project area ndash define
project areas accordinglybull The project area is used in the configuration as a single unit ndash the
entire project area is included in a stream or baseline and as a contribution to a GC You canrsquot subdivide a project area and contribute only part of it
bull For more information including recommended deployment topologies see the Deployment Wiki
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation38 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation39 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Rational Team
Concert
CLM Architecture 5x
Rational Quality Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
OSLC Integration
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation40 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
Rational Team
Concert
Rational Quality
Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
Config Aware OSLC Integration wo backlinks
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
Lifecycle Query
Engine
Global Config Service
Backlink Index
Service
Additions or restructured to support multiple configurations
Fundamental rework of the query
and repository services
Reorganization of the RQM and DNG data into schema that supports configurations
Restructuring of the OSLC cross product linkages
to support configuration
Requires removal of ldquobacklinksrdquo
Rework of the web UIs to allow selection of configuration and maintain config as user
navigates app to app
Add configuration management to RQM and DNG Includes reworking storage layers adding compare and
merge UIs
Modify trackingplanning to work with
versioned CLM resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation41 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Links and Configuration Managementbull In 5x and earlier creating a link from artifact A to artifact B typically
resulted in the creation of a link in the reverse direction ndash a lsquobacklinkrsquobull In 60 configuration management enabled projects to link between
versioned resources the configuration is used to determine the right version of the target artifactbull A single link is stored in the artifact of the application owning the link
(not necessarily the one that created it) A backlink is no longer created and stored ndash RTC owns all links involving RTCndash RQM owns all links between QM and RMDMndash DM owns links between DM and RM
bull A new Link Index Service is used to determine if incoming links to an artifact version exist and thus visiblenavigable from that artifact
bull In 60 projects that configuration management is NOT enabled the linking storagebehavior is the same as that used in 5x ie backlinks are created
- Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capabilit
- Slide 2
- Topics
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Configurations define the correct artifact versions
- Global configurations provide context
- Global configurations reference local configurations
- Slide 10
- Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
- GC ComponentStreamContributions
- Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly custom
- Why adopt configuration management
- Trade-offs to consider (for projects adopting configuration man
- Primary factors
- Reporting considerations
- Reporting considerations
- OSLC Integrations
- Changes related to linking
- Additional considerations
- Enabling Configuration Management
- When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
- Upgrade and Migration
- Adoption path
- Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
- For more information
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for
- Reporting considerations (2)
- RTC considerations
- Managing and delivering change
- More tips for change sets
- Consider security and permissions
- GCM considerations
- Deployment considerations
- Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
- CLM Architecture 5x
- CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
- OSLC Links and Configuration Management
-
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation29 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
copy Copyright IBM Corporation 2015 All rights reserved The information contained in these materials is provided for informational purposes only and is provided AS IS without warranty of any kind express or implied IBM shall not be responsible for any damages arising out of the use of or otherwise related to these materials Nothing contained in these materials is intended to nor shall have the effect of creating any warranties or representations from IBM or its suppliers or licensors or altering the terms and conditions of the applicable license agreement governing the use of IBM software References in these materials to IBM products programs or services do not imply that they will be available in all countries in which IBM operates Product release dates andor capabilities referenced in these materials may change at any time at IBMrsquos sole discretion based on market opportunities or other factors and are not intended to be a commitment to future product or feature availability in any way IBM the IBM logo Rational the Rational logo and other IBM products and services are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States other countries or both Other company product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation30 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for Configuration Management
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation31 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerationsbull When reporting across versioned artifacts and RTC work items carefully consider filtering
bull Filtering by configuration will yield correct results for versioned artifactsbull Filter work items based on Planned-For or Found-In fields as they have no direct association to a configuration
bull When reporting on DNG artifactsbull As of 602 reverse traceability is now supported for custom link types as well as for OSLC RM-defined links bull If you customize data types (new types or attributes) you need to add them to the initial RM stream for them to
be visible for reportingndash Alternatively use custom SPARQL queries for customized types that are not in the initial stream
bull LQE indexes all projects no UI to select or exclude projects (to reduce volume)bull Current scale is 2 million versioned resources per LQE instance with 15725 configurations bull Where concerns arise IBM can assist with configuring LQE to index only selected project areas
bull Upgrade notes bull When upgrading from v60 (where configuration-aware reporting was Tech Preview only)
ndash Uninstall the v60 LQE component and reinstall with v602 upgradendash Configure RB data sources to add LQE (httpsserverportrssetup)
bull When upgrading from v601ndash Rebase the DNG TRS feeds (instructions in the Interactive Upgrade Guide)ndash Re-index the TRS feeds from DNG RTC and data sources (httpsserverportlqewebadmindata-sources)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation32 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
RTC considerationsbull Work items are not versioned tracking and planning artifacts are not part
of GC contributionsbull RTC work items are targeted to a single Release and therefore a single
GC bull Each supported OSLC link type is associated with a single attribute specifying
the Release target (Planned For Found In or some custom attribute)bull When you set or change the Release target (and GC) for a WI you must save
the work item to make the context change take effectbull If you change the Release gt GC association in the RTC project area the
versioned links will not work correctlybull If there is no GC associated with a Release links resolve to the default
configurationbull Child iterations can inherit Release setting from the parent or have their own
(eg Sprints under a main iteration can contribute to the same Release and GC)
bull If you are working in a Personal Stream RTC cannot resolve the configuration context and therefore cannot filter artifacts by configuration when you create links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation33 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Managing and delivering changebull DNG and DM have change sets RQM doesnrsquot
bull If necessary create separate RQM stream to model changes before delivering to main stream (note that this requires additional stream management and manual work with a Personal Stream)
bull Can create link from DNG or DM change set to change request (eg RTC work item)bull DNG now allows you to enforce
bull Requiring change set for any changes bull Requiring change set be linked to an approved change request in an OSLC change
management provider (like RTC)bull Delivering changes varies
bull Within DNGndash If you deliver changes from the Manage Configurations view you can only deliver between
parentchild in the stream hierarchyndash If you deliver from an artifact view you can choose any stream as the target (Deliver changes) or
source (Accept changes) and start from either directionndash You can select one or more change sets conflicts are highlighted and can be mergedndash As of 602 you can choose to automatically deliver changes providing inputs on how to resolve
conflicts (as well as returning to manual mode in case of conflict)bull RQM merges changes from a source baseline to the current stream selected by the GC
merge can be selectivendash Start operation from the target not the source of the changes ndash In effect you accept changes from a source baseline into the current configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation34 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
More tips for change setsbull In DNG you cannot create a review against a change setbull Your DNG change set is automatically added to your Personal Stream (PS) at creation and
removed at deliverydiscardbull Only one change set per DNG configuration in the PS at one time creating a second
change set for the same configuration replaces the first in the PS and requires manual changes to switch between them
bull You can manually add someone elsersquos change set to your PS (previous point still applies)bull Personal Streams persist and are reused for future change sets
ndash In 602 when you deliver your change set the configuration context remains set to your Personal Stream
bull RTC does not recognize the context of a Personal Stream when you create links from an artifact in a PS to an RTC artifact filtering based on configuration context will not work
bull DNG change set content is not visible after you deliverbull Before delivering you can compare the change set to the existing baseline or stream to identify
the changes it contains bull If you link the change set to a WI you can manually describe the changes in the WIbull Use naming conventions to indicate content or reason for change
bull Use naming conventions so you can recognize change sets at delivery timebull If you need to deliver across streams use explicit change sets
bull Implicit change sets are hard to identify and differentiate
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation35 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Consider security and permissions
bull To reference a GC you must be a member of the GC project area (in GCM application)bull Even to set the GC context in your RMQMDM applicationbull Can use lifecycle projects to ease user administration bull Members who need to create Personal Streams must have
permission to do sobull GC Configuration Leads must be members of RMQMCCMDM
project areas in order to access streams and baselinesbull Must have project permissions to create streamsbaselines
bull Assign roles and permissions for creating streams and baselines in local applications as well as GCMbull For DNG this includes permissions related to change sets owned
by yourself and by others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation36 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GCM considerations
bull GCM application has no project associationsbull You can define it as part of Lifecycle Project but it just makes
adding all the users easier no other effectbull A GC may include more than one contribution from a component
or project area (ldquocomponent skewrdquo)bull Resolves to first configuration found in list of contributions or
hierarchybull Use component skew reports to identify skew and ensure
configurations are ordered as intended ndash especially for large or complex hierarchies
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation37 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Deployment considerations
bull Single GCM application per JTS bull A project area canrsquot contribute to multiple GCM applications bull A project area can contribute to more than one GC component or
project within a single GCM applicationbull GC components are at granularity of project area ndash define
project areas accordinglybull The project area is used in the configuration as a single unit ndash the
entire project area is included in a stream or baseline and as a contribution to a GC You canrsquot subdivide a project area and contribute only part of it
bull For more information including recommended deployment topologies see the Deployment Wiki
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation38 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation39 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Rational Team
Concert
CLM Architecture 5x
Rational Quality Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
OSLC Integration
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation40 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
Rational Team
Concert
Rational Quality
Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
Config Aware OSLC Integration wo backlinks
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
Lifecycle Query
Engine
Global Config Service
Backlink Index
Service
Additions or restructured to support multiple configurations
Fundamental rework of the query
and repository services
Reorganization of the RQM and DNG data into schema that supports configurations
Restructuring of the OSLC cross product linkages
to support configuration
Requires removal of ldquobacklinksrdquo
Rework of the web UIs to allow selection of configuration and maintain config as user
navigates app to app
Add configuration management to RQM and DNG Includes reworking storage layers adding compare and
merge UIs
Modify trackingplanning to work with
versioned CLM resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation41 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Links and Configuration Managementbull In 5x and earlier creating a link from artifact A to artifact B typically
resulted in the creation of a link in the reverse direction ndash a lsquobacklinkrsquobull In 60 configuration management enabled projects to link between
versioned resources the configuration is used to determine the right version of the target artifactbull A single link is stored in the artifact of the application owning the link
(not necessarily the one that created it) A backlink is no longer created and stored ndash RTC owns all links involving RTCndash RQM owns all links between QM and RMDMndash DM owns links between DM and RM
bull A new Link Index Service is used to determine if incoming links to an artifact version exist and thus visiblenavigable from that artifact
bull In 60 projects that configuration management is NOT enabled the linking storagebehavior is the same as that used in 5x ie backlinks are created
- Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capabilit
- Slide 2
- Topics
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Configurations define the correct artifact versions
- Global configurations provide context
- Global configurations reference local configurations
- Slide 10
- Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
- GC ComponentStreamContributions
- Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly custom
- Why adopt configuration management
- Trade-offs to consider (for projects adopting configuration man
- Primary factors
- Reporting considerations
- Reporting considerations
- OSLC Integrations
- Changes related to linking
- Additional considerations
- Enabling Configuration Management
- When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
- Upgrade and Migration
- Adoption path
- Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
- For more information
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for
- Reporting considerations (2)
- RTC considerations
- Managing and delivering change
- More tips for change sets
- Consider security and permissions
- GCM considerations
- Deployment considerations
- Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
- CLM Architecture 5x
- CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
- OSLC Links and Configuration Management
-
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation30 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for Configuration Management
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation31 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerationsbull When reporting across versioned artifacts and RTC work items carefully consider filtering
bull Filtering by configuration will yield correct results for versioned artifactsbull Filter work items based on Planned-For or Found-In fields as they have no direct association to a configuration
bull When reporting on DNG artifactsbull As of 602 reverse traceability is now supported for custom link types as well as for OSLC RM-defined links bull If you customize data types (new types or attributes) you need to add them to the initial RM stream for them to
be visible for reportingndash Alternatively use custom SPARQL queries for customized types that are not in the initial stream
bull LQE indexes all projects no UI to select or exclude projects (to reduce volume)bull Current scale is 2 million versioned resources per LQE instance with 15725 configurations bull Where concerns arise IBM can assist with configuring LQE to index only selected project areas
bull Upgrade notes bull When upgrading from v60 (where configuration-aware reporting was Tech Preview only)
ndash Uninstall the v60 LQE component and reinstall with v602 upgradendash Configure RB data sources to add LQE (httpsserverportrssetup)
bull When upgrading from v601ndash Rebase the DNG TRS feeds (instructions in the Interactive Upgrade Guide)ndash Re-index the TRS feeds from DNG RTC and data sources (httpsserverportlqewebadmindata-sources)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation32 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
RTC considerationsbull Work items are not versioned tracking and planning artifacts are not part
of GC contributionsbull RTC work items are targeted to a single Release and therefore a single
GC bull Each supported OSLC link type is associated with a single attribute specifying
the Release target (Planned For Found In or some custom attribute)bull When you set or change the Release target (and GC) for a WI you must save
the work item to make the context change take effectbull If you change the Release gt GC association in the RTC project area the
versioned links will not work correctlybull If there is no GC associated with a Release links resolve to the default
configurationbull Child iterations can inherit Release setting from the parent or have their own
(eg Sprints under a main iteration can contribute to the same Release and GC)
bull If you are working in a Personal Stream RTC cannot resolve the configuration context and therefore cannot filter artifacts by configuration when you create links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation33 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Managing and delivering changebull DNG and DM have change sets RQM doesnrsquot
bull If necessary create separate RQM stream to model changes before delivering to main stream (note that this requires additional stream management and manual work with a Personal Stream)
bull Can create link from DNG or DM change set to change request (eg RTC work item)bull DNG now allows you to enforce
bull Requiring change set for any changes bull Requiring change set be linked to an approved change request in an OSLC change
management provider (like RTC)bull Delivering changes varies
bull Within DNGndash If you deliver changes from the Manage Configurations view you can only deliver between
parentchild in the stream hierarchyndash If you deliver from an artifact view you can choose any stream as the target (Deliver changes) or
source (Accept changes) and start from either directionndash You can select one or more change sets conflicts are highlighted and can be mergedndash As of 602 you can choose to automatically deliver changes providing inputs on how to resolve
conflicts (as well as returning to manual mode in case of conflict)bull RQM merges changes from a source baseline to the current stream selected by the GC
merge can be selectivendash Start operation from the target not the source of the changes ndash In effect you accept changes from a source baseline into the current configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation34 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
More tips for change setsbull In DNG you cannot create a review against a change setbull Your DNG change set is automatically added to your Personal Stream (PS) at creation and
removed at deliverydiscardbull Only one change set per DNG configuration in the PS at one time creating a second
change set for the same configuration replaces the first in the PS and requires manual changes to switch between them
bull You can manually add someone elsersquos change set to your PS (previous point still applies)bull Personal Streams persist and are reused for future change sets
ndash In 602 when you deliver your change set the configuration context remains set to your Personal Stream
bull RTC does not recognize the context of a Personal Stream when you create links from an artifact in a PS to an RTC artifact filtering based on configuration context will not work
bull DNG change set content is not visible after you deliverbull Before delivering you can compare the change set to the existing baseline or stream to identify
the changes it contains bull If you link the change set to a WI you can manually describe the changes in the WIbull Use naming conventions to indicate content or reason for change
bull Use naming conventions so you can recognize change sets at delivery timebull If you need to deliver across streams use explicit change sets
bull Implicit change sets are hard to identify and differentiate
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation35 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Consider security and permissions
bull To reference a GC you must be a member of the GC project area (in GCM application)bull Even to set the GC context in your RMQMDM applicationbull Can use lifecycle projects to ease user administration bull Members who need to create Personal Streams must have
permission to do sobull GC Configuration Leads must be members of RMQMCCMDM
project areas in order to access streams and baselinesbull Must have project permissions to create streamsbaselines
bull Assign roles and permissions for creating streams and baselines in local applications as well as GCMbull For DNG this includes permissions related to change sets owned
by yourself and by others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation36 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GCM considerations
bull GCM application has no project associationsbull You can define it as part of Lifecycle Project but it just makes
adding all the users easier no other effectbull A GC may include more than one contribution from a component
or project area (ldquocomponent skewrdquo)bull Resolves to first configuration found in list of contributions or
hierarchybull Use component skew reports to identify skew and ensure
configurations are ordered as intended ndash especially for large or complex hierarchies
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation37 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Deployment considerations
bull Single GCM application per JTS bull A project area canrsquot contribute to multiple GCM applications bull A project area can contribute to more than one GC component or
project within a single GCM applicationbull GC components are at granularity of project area ndash define
project areas accordinglybull The project area is used in the configuration as a single unit ndash the
entire project area is included in a stream or baseline and as a contribution to a GC You canrsquot subdivide a project area and contribute only part of it
bull For more information including recommended deployment topologies see the Deployment Wiki
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation38 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation39 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Rational Team
Concert
CLM Architecture 5x
Rational Quality Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
OSLC Integration
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation40 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
Rational Team
Concert
Rational Quality
Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
Config Aware OSLC Integration wo backlinks
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
Lifecycle Query
Engine
Global Config Service
Backlink Index
Service
Additions or restructured to support multiple configurations
Fundamental rework of the query
and repository services
Reorganization of the RQM and DNG data into schema that supports configurations
Restructuring of the OSLC cross product linkages
to support configuration
Requires removal of ldquobacklinksrdquo
Rework of the web UIs to allow selection of configuration and maintain config as user
navigates app to app
Add configuration management to RQM and DNG Includes reworking storage layers adding compare and
merge UIs
Modify trackingplanning to work with
versioned CLM resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation41 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Links and Configuration Managementbull In 5x and earlier creating a link from artifact A to artifact B typically
resulted in the creation of a link in the reverse direction ndash a lsquobacklinkrsquobull In 60 configuration management enabled projects to link between
versioned resources the configuration is used to determine the right version of the target artifactbull A single link is stored in the artifact of the application owning the link
(not necessarily the one that created it) A backlink is no longer created and stored ndash RTC owns all links involving RTCndash RQM owns all links between QM and RMDMndash DM owns links between DM and RM
bull A new Link Index Service is used to determine if incoming links to an artifact version exist and thus visiblenavigable from that artifact
bull In 60 projects that configuration management is NOT enabled the linking storagebehavior is the same as that used in 5x ie backlinks are created
- Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capabilit
- Slide 2
- Topics
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Configurations define the correct artifact versions
- Global configurations provide context
- Global configurations reference local configurations
- Slide 10
- Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
- GC ComponentStreamContributions
- Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly custom
- Why adopt configuration management
- Trade-offs to consider (for projects adopting configuration man
- Primary factors
- Reporting considerations
- Reporting considerations
- OSLC Integrations
- Changes related to linking
- Additional considerations
- Enabling Configuration Management
- When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
- Upgrade and Migration
- Adoption path
- Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
- For more information
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for
- Reporting considerations (2)
- RTC considerations
- Managing and delivering change
- More tips for change sets
- Consider security and permissions
- GCM considerations
- Deployment considerations
- Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
- CLM Architecture 5x
- CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
- OSLC Links and Configuration Management
-
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation31 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Reporting considerationsbull When reporting across versioned artifacts and RTC work items carefully consider filtering
bull Filtering by configuration will yield correct results for versioned artifactsbull Filter work items based on Planned-For or Found-In fields as they have no direct association to a configuration
bull When reporting on DNG artifactsbull As of 602 reverse traceability is now supported for custom link types as well as for OSLC RM-defined links bull If you customize data types (new types or attributes) you need to add them to the initial RM stream for them to
be visible for reportingndash Alternatively use custom SPARQL queries for customized types that are not in the initial stream
bull LQE indexes all projects no UI to select or exclude projects (to reduce volume)bull Current scale is 2 million versioned resources per LQE instance with 15725 configurations bull Where concerns arise IBM can assist with configuring LQE to index only selected project areas
bull Upgrade notes bull When upgrading from v60 (where configuration-aware reporting was Tech Preview only)
ndash Uninstall the v60 LQE component and reinstall with v602 upgradendash Configure RB data sources to add LQE (httpsserverportrssetup)
bull When upgrading from v601ndash Rebase the DNG TRS feeds (instructions in the Interactive Upgrade Guide)ndash Re-index the TRS feeds from DNG RTC and data sources (httpsserverportlqewebadmindata-sources)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation32 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
RTC considerationsbull Work items are not versioned tracking and planning artifacts are not part
of GC contributionsbull RTC work items are targeted to a single Release and therefore a single
GC bull Each supported OSLC link type is associated with a single attribute specifying
the Release target (Planned For Found In or some custom attribute)bull When you set or change the Release target (and GC) for a WI you must save
the work item to make the context change take effectbull If you change the Release gt GC association in the RTC project area the
versioned links will not work correctlybull If there is no GC associated with a Release links resolve to the default
configurationbull Child iterations can inherit Release setting from the parent or have their own
(eg Sprints under a main iteration can contribute to the same Release and GC)
bull If you are working in a Personal Stream RTC cannot resolve the configuration context and therefore cannot filter artifacts by configuration when you create links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation33 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Managing and delivering changebull DNG and DM have change sets RQM doesnrsquot
bull If necessary create separate RQM stream to model changes before delivering to main stream (note that this requires additional stream management and manual work with a Personal Stream)
bull Can create link from DNG or DM change set to change request (eg RTC work item)bull DNG now allows you to enforce
bull Requiring change set for any changes bull Requiring change set be linked to an approved change request in an OSLC change
management provider (like RTC)bull Delivering changes varies
bull Within DNGndash If you deliver changes from the Manage Configurations view you can only deliver between
parentchild in the stream hierarchyndash If you deliver from an artifact view you can choose any stream as the target (Deliver changes) or
source (Accept changes) and start from either directionndash You can select one or more change sets conflicts are highlighted and can be mergedndash As of 602 you can choose to automatically deliver changes providing inputs on how to resolve
conflicts (as well as returning to manual mode in case of conflict)bull RQM merges changes from a source baseline to the current stream selected by the GC
merge can be selectivendash Start operation from the target not the source of the changes ndash In effect you accept changes from a source baseline into the current configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation34 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
More tips for change setsbull In DNG you cannot create a review against a change setbull Your DNG change set is automatically added to your Personal Stream (PS) at creation and
removed at deliverydiscardbull Only one change set per DNG configuration in the PS at one time creating a second
change set for the same configuration replaces the first in the PS and requires manual changes to switch between them
bull You can manually add someone elsersquos change set to your PS (previous point still applies)bull Personal Streams persist and are reused for future change sets
ndash In 602 when you deliver your change set the configuration context remains set to your Personal Stream
bull RTC does not recognize the context of a Personal Stream when you create links from an artifact in a PS to an RTC artifact filtering based on configuration context will not work
bull DNG change set content is not visible after you deliverbull Before delivering you can compare the change set to the existing baseline or stream to identify
the changes it contains bull If you link the change set to a WI you can manually describe the changes in the WIbull Use naming conventions to indicate content or reason for change
bull Use naming conventions so you can recognize change sets at delivery timebull If you need to deliver across streams use explicit change sets
bull Implicit change sets are hard to identify and differentiate
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation35 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Consider security and permissions
bull To reference a GC you must be a member of the GC project area (in GCM application)bull Even to set the GC context in your RMQMDM applicationbull Can use lifecycle projects to ease user administration bull Members who need to create Personal Streams must have
permission to do sobull GC Configuration Leads must be members of RMQMCCMDM
project areas in order to access streams and baselinesbull Must have project permissions to create streamsbaselines
bull Assign roles and permissions for creating streams and baselines in local applications as well as GCMbull For DNG this includes permissions related to change sets owned
by yourself and by others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation36 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GCM considerations
bull GCM application has no project associationsbull You can define it as part of Lifecycle Project but it just makes
adding all the users easier no other effectbull A GC may include more than one contribution from a component
or project area (ldquocomponent skewrdquo)bull Resolves to first configuration found in list of contributions or
hierarchybull Use component skew reports to identify skew and ensure
configurations are ordered as intended ndash especially for large or complex hierarchies
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation37 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Deployment considerations
bull Single GCM application per JTS bull A project area canrsquot contribute to multiple GCM applications bull A project area can contribute to more than one GC component or
project within a single GCM applicationbull GC components are at granularity of project area ndash define
project areas accordinglybull The project area is used in the configuration as a single unit ndash the
entire project area is included in a stream or baseline and as a contribution to a GC You canrsquot subdivide a project area and contribute only part of it
bull For more information including recommended deployment topologies see the Deployment Wiki
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation38 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation39 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Rational Team
Concert
CLM Architecture 5x
Rational Quality Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
OSLC Integration
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation40 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
Rational Team
Concert
Rational Quality
Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
Config Aware OSLC Integration wo backlinks
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
Lifecycle Query
Engine
Global Config Service
Backlink Index
Service
Additions or restructured to support multiple configurations
Fundamental rework of the query
and repository services
Reorganization of the RQM and DNG data into schema that supports configurations
Restructuring of the OSLC cross product linkages
to support configuration
Requires removal of ldquobacklinksrdquo
Rework of the web UIs to allow selection of configuration and maintain config as user
navigates app to app
Add configuration management to RQM and DNG Includes reworking storage layers adding compare and
merge UIs
Modify trackingplanning to work with
versioned CLM resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation41 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Links and Configuration Managementbull In 5x and earlier creating a link from artifact A to artifact B typically
resulted in the creation of a link in the reverse direction ndash a lsquobacklinkrsquobull In 60 configuration management enabled projects to link between
versioned resources the configuration is used to determine the right version of the target artifactbull A single link is stored in the artifact of the application owning the link
(not necessarily the one that created it) A backlink is no longer created and stored ndash RTC owns all links involving RTCndash RQM owns all links between QM and RMDMndash DM owns links between DM and RM
bull A new Link Index Service is used to determine if incoming links to an artifact version exist and thus visiblenavigable from that artifact
bull In 60 projects that configuration management is NOT enabled the linking storagebehavior is the same as that used in 5x ie backlinks are created
- Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capabilit
- Slide 2
- Topics
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Configurations define the correct artifact versions
- Global configurations provide context
- Global configurations reference local configurations
- Slide 10
- Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
- GC ComponentStreamContributions
- Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly custom
- Why adopt configuration management
- Trade-offs to consider (for projects adopting configuration man
- Primary factors
- Reporting considerations
- Reporting considerations
- OSLC Integrations
- Changes related to linking
- Additional considerations
- Enabling Configuration Management
- When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
- Upgrade and Migration
- Adoption path
- Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
- For more information
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for
- Reporting considerations (2)
- RTC considerations
- Managing and delivering change
- More tips for change sets
- Consider security and permissions
- GCM considerations
- Deployment considerations
- Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
- CLM Architecture 5x
- CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
- OSLC Links and Configuration Management
-
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation32 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
RTC considerationsbull Work items are not versioned tracking and planning artifacts are not part
of GC contributionsbull RTC work items are targeted to a single Release and therefore a single
GC bull Each supported OSLC link type is associated with a single attribute specifying
the Release target (Planned For Found In or some custom attribute)bull When you set or change the Release target (and GC) for a WI you must save
the work item to make the context change take effectbull If you change the Release gt GC association in the RTC project area the
versioned links will not work correctlybull If there is no GC associated with a Release links resolve to the default
configurationbull Child iterations can inherit Release setting from the parent or have their own
(eg Sprints under a main iteration can contribute to the same Release and GC)
bull If you are working in a Personal Stream RTC cannot resolve the configuration context and therefore cannot filter artifacts by configuration when you create links
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation33 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Managing and delivering changebull DNG and DM have change sets RQM doesnrsquot
bull If necessary create separate RQM stream to model changes before delivering to main stream (note that this requires additional stream management and manual work with a Personal Stream)
bull Can create link from DNG or DM change set to change request (eg RTC work item)bull DNG now allows you to enforce
bull Requiring change set for any changes bull Requiring change set be linked to an approved change request in an OSLC change
management provider (like RTC)bull Delivering changes varies
bull Within DNGndash If you deliver changes from the Manage Configurations view you can only deliver between
parentchild in the stream hierarchyndash If you deliver from an artifact view you can choose any stream as the target (Deliver changes) or
source (Accept changes) and start from either directionndash You can select one or more change sets conflicts are highlighted and can be mergedndash As of 602 you can choose to automatically deliver changes providing inputs on how to resolve
conflicts (as well as returning to manual mode in case of conflict)bull RQM merges changes from a source baseline to the current stream selected by the GC
merge can be selectivendash Start operation from the target not the source of the changes ndash In effect you accept changes from a source baseline into the current configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation34 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
More tips for change setsbull In DNG you cannot create a review against a change setbull Your DNG change set is automatically added to your Personal Stream (PS) at creation and
removed at deliverydiscardbull Only one change set per DNG configuration in the PS at one time creating a second
change set for the same configuration replaces the first in the PS and requires manual changes to switch between them
bull You can manually add someone elsersquos change set to your PS (previous point still applies)bull Personal Streams persist and are reused for future change sets
ndash In 602 when you deliver your change set the configuration context remains set to your Personal Stream
bull RTC does not recognize the context of a Personal Stream when you create links from an artifact in a PS to an RTC artifact filtering based on configuration context will not work
bull DNG change set content is not visible after you deliverbull Before delivering you can compare the change set to the existing baseline or stream to identify
the changes it contains bull If you link the change set to a WI you can manually describe the changes in the WIbull Use naming conventions to indicate content or reason for change
bull Use naming conventions so you can recognize change sets at delivery timebull If you need to deliver across streams use explicit change sets
bull Implicit change sets are hard to identify and differentiate
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation35 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Consider security and permissions
bull To reference a GC you must be a member of the GC project area (in GCM application)bull Even to set the GC context in your RMQMDM applicationbull Can use lifecycle projects to ease user administration bull Members who need to create Personal Streams must have
permission to do sobull GC Configuration Leads must be members of RMQMCCMDM
project areas in order to access streams and baselinesbull Must have project permissions to create streamsbaselines
bull Assign roles and permissions for creating streams and baselines in local applications as well as GCMbull For DNG this includes permissions related to change sets owned
by yourself and by others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation36 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GCM considerations
bull GCM application has no project associationsbull You can define it as part of Lifecycle Project but it just makes
adding all the users easier no other effectbull A GC may include more than one contribution from a component
or project area (ldquocomponent skewrdquo)bull Resolves to first configuration found in list of contributions or
hierarchybull Use component skew reports to identify skew and ensure
configurations are ordered as intended ndash especially for large or complex hierarchies
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation37 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Deployment considerations
bull Single GCM application per JTS bull A project area canrsquot contribute to multiple GCM applications bull A project area can contribute to more than one GC component or
project within a single GCM applicationbull GC components are at granularity of project area ndash define
project areas accordinglybull The project area is used in the configuration as a single unit ndash the
entire project area is included in a stream or baseline and as a contribution to a GC You canrsquot subdivide a project area and contribute only part of it
bull For more information including recommended deployment topologies see the Deployment Wiki
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation38 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation39 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Rational Team
Concert
CLM Architecture 5x
Rational Quality Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
OSLC Integration
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation40 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
Rational Team
Concert
Rational Quality
Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
Config Aware OSLC Integration wo backlinks
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
Lifecycle Query
Engine
Global Config Service
Backlink Index
Service
Additions or restructured to support multiple configurations
Fundamental rework of the query
and repository services
Reorganization of the RQM and DNG data into schema that supports configurations
Restructuring of the OSLC cross product linkages
to support configuration
Requires removal of ldquobacklinksrdquo
Rework of the web UIs to allow selection of configuration and maintain config as user
navigates app to app
Add configuration management to RQM and DNG Includes reworking storage layers adding compare and
merge UIs
Modify trackingplanning to work with
versioned CLM resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation41 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Links and Configuration Managementbull In 5x and earlier creating a link from artifact A to artifact B typically
resulted in the creation of a link in the reverse direction ndash a lsquobacklinkrsquobull In 60 configuration management enabled projects to link between
versioned resources the configuration is used to determine the right version of the target artifactbull A single link is stored in the artifact of the application owning the link
(not necessarily the one that created it) A backlink is no longer created and stored ndash RTC owns all links involving RTCndash RQM owns all links between QM and RMDMndash DM owns links between DM and RM
bull A new Link Index Service is used to determine if incoming links to an artifact version exist and thus visiblenavigable from that artifact
bull In 60 projects that configuration management is NOT enabled the linking storagebehavior is the same as that used in 5x ie backlinks are created
- Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capabilit
- Slide 2
- Topics
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Configurations define the correct artifact versions
- Global configurations provide context
- Global configurations reference local configurations
- Slide 10
- Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
- GC ComponentStreamContributions
- Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly custom
- Why adopt configuration management
- Trade-offs to consider (for projects adopting configuration man
- Primary factors
- Reporting considerations
- Reporting considerations
- OSLC Integrations
- Changes related to linking
- Additional considerations
- Enabling Configuration Management
- When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
- Upgrade and Migration
- Adoption path
- Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
- For more information
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for
- Reporting considerations (2)
- RTC considerations
- Managing and delivering change
- More tips for change sets
- Consider security and permissions
- GCM considerations
- Deployment considerations
- Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
- CLM Architecture 5x
- CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
- OSLC Links and Configuration Management
-
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation33 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Managing and delivering changebull DNG and DM have change sets RQM doesnrsquot
bull If necessary create separate RQM stream to model changes before delivering to main stream (note that this requires additional stream management and manual work with a Personal Stream)
bull Can create link from DNG or DM change set to change request (eg RTC work item)bull DNG now allows you to enforce
bull Requiring change set for any changes bull Requiring change set be linked to an approved change request in an OSLC change
management provider (like RTC)bull Delivering changes varies
bull Within DNGndash If you deliver changes from the Manage Configurations view you can only deliver between
parentchild in the stream hierarchyndash If you deliver from an artifact view you can choose any stream as the target (Deliver changes) or
source (Accept changes) and start from either directionndash You can select one or more change sets conflicts are highlighted and can be mergedndash As of 602 you can choose to automatically deliver changes providing inputs on how to resolve
conflicts (as well as returning to manual mode in case of conflict)bull RQM merges changes from a source baseline to the current stream selected by the GC
merge can be selectivendash Start operation from the target not the source of the changes ndash In effect you accept changes from a source baseline into the current configuration
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation34 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
More tips for change setsbull In DNG you cannot create a review against a change setbull Your DNG change set is automatically added to your Personal Stream (PS) at creation and
removed at deliverydiscardbull Only one change set per DNG configuration in the PS at one time creating a second
change set for the same configuration replaces the first in the PS and requires manual changes to switch between them
bull You can manually add someone elsersquos change set to your PS (previous point still applies)bull Personal Streams persist and are reused for future change sets
ndash In 602 when you deliver your change set the configuration context remains set to your Personal Stream
bull RTC does not recognize the context of a Personal Stream when you create links from an artifact in a PS to an RTC artifact filtering based on configuration context will not work
bull DNG change set content is not visible after you deliverbull Before delivering you can compare the change set to the existing baseline or stream to identify
the changes it contains bull If you link the change set to a WI you can manually describe the changes in the WIbull Use naming conventions to indicate content or reason for change
bull Use naming conventions so you can recognize change sets at delivery timebull If you need to deliver across streams use explicit change sets
bull Implicit change sets are hard to identify and differentiate
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation35 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Consider security and permissions
bull To reference a GC you must be a member of the GC project area (in GCM application)bull Even to set the GC context in your RMQMDM applicationbull Can use lifecycle projects to ease user administration bull Members who need to create Personal Streams must have
permission to do sobull GC Configuration Leads must be members of RMQMCCMDM
project areas in order to access streams and baselinesbull Must have project permissions to create streamsbaselines
bull Assign roles and permissions for creating streams and baselines in local applications as well as GCMbull For DNG this includes permissions related to change sets owned
by yourself and by others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation36 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GCM considerations
bull GCM application has no project associationsbull You can define it as part of Lifecycle Project but it just makes
adding all the users easier no other effectbull A GC may include more than one contribution from a component
or project area (ldquocomponent skewrdquo)bull Resolves to first configuration found in list of contributions or
hierarchybull Use component skew reports to identify skew and ensure
configurations are ordered as intended ndash especially for large or complex hierarchies
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation37 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Deployment considerations
bull Single GCM application per JTS bull A project area canrsquot contribute to multiple GCM applications bull A project area can contribute to more than one GC component or
project within a single GCM applicationbull GC components are at granularity of project area ndash define
project areas accordinglybull The project area is used in the configuration as a single unit ndash the
entire project area is included in a stream or baseline and as a contribution to a GC You canrsquot subdivide a project area and contribute only part of it
bull For more information including recommended deployment topologies see the Deployment Wiki
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation38 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation39 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Rational Team
Concert
CLM Architecture 5x
Rational Quality Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
OSLC Integration
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation40 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
Rational Team
Concert
Rational Quality
Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
Config Aware OSLC Integration wo backlinks
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
Lifecycle Query
Engine
Global Config Service
Backlink Index
Service
Additions or restructured to support multiple configurations
Fundamental rework of the query
and repository services
Reorganization of the RQM and DNG data into schema that supports configurations
Restructuring of the OSLC cross product linkages
to support configuration
Requires removal of ldquobacklinksrdquo
Rework of the web UIs to allow selection of configuration and maintain config as user
navigates app to app
Add configuration management to RQM and DNG Includes reworking storage layers adding compare and
merge UIs
Modify trackingplanning to work with
versioned CLM resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation41 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Links and Configuration Managementbull In 5x and earlier creating a link from artifact A to artifact B typically
resulted in the creation of a link in the reverse direction ndash a lsquobacklinkrsquobull In 60 configuration management enabled projects to link between
versioned resources the configuration is used to determine the right version of the target artifactbull A single link is stored in the artifact of the application owning the link
(not necessarily the one that created it) A backlink is no longer created and stored ndash RTC owns all links involving RTCndash RQM owns all links between QM and RMDMndash DM owns links between DM and RM
bull A new Link Index Service is used to determine if incoming links to an artifact version exist and thus visiblenavigable from that artifact
bull In 60 projects that configuration management is NOT enabled the linking storagebehavior is the same as that used in 5x ie backlinks are created
- Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capabilit
- Slide 2
- Topics
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Configurations define the correct artifact versions
- Global configurations provide context
- Global configurations reference local configurations
- Slide 10
- Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
- GC ComponentStreamContributions
- Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly custom
- Why adopt configuration management
- Trade-offs to consider (for projects adopting configuration man
- Primary factors
- Reporting considerations
- Reporting considerations
- OSLC Integrations
- Changes related to linking
- Additional considerations
- Enabling Configuration Management
- When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
- Upgrade and Migration
- Adoption path
- Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
- For more information
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for
- Reporting considerations (2)
- RTC considerations
- Managing and delivering change
- More tips for change sets
- Consider security and permissions
- GCM considerations
- Deployment considerations
- Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
- CLM Architecture 5x
- CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
- OSLC Links and Configuration Management
-
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation34 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
More tips for change setsbull In DNG you cannot create a review against a change setbull Your DNG change set is automatically added to your Personal Stream (PS) at creation and
removed at deliverydiscardbull Only one change set per DNG configuration in the PS at one time creating a second
change set for the same configuration replaces the first in the PS and requires manual changes to switch between them
bull You can manually add someone elsersquos change set to your PS (previous point still applies)bull Personal Streams persist and are reused for future change sets
ndash In 602 when you deliver your change set the configuration context remains set to your Personal Stream
bull RTC does not recognize the context of a Personal Stream when you create links from an artifact in a PS to an RTC artifact filtering based on configuration context will not work
bull DNG change set content is not visible after you deliverbull Before delivering you can compare the change set to the existing baseline or stream to identify
the changes it contains bull If you link the change set to a WI you can manually describe the changes in the WIbull Use naming conventions to indicate content or reason for change
bull Use naming conventions so you can recognize change sets at delivery timebull If you need to deliver across streams use explicit change sets
bull Implicit change sets are hard to identify and differentiate
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation35 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Consider security and permissions
bull To reference a GC you must be a member of the GC project area (in GCM application)bull Even to set the GC context in your RMQMDM applicationbull Can use lifecycle projects to ease user administration bull Members who need to create Personal Streams must have
permission to do sobull GC Configuration Leads must be members of RMQMCCMDM
project areas in order to access streams and baselinesbull Must have project permissions to create streamsbaselines
bull Assign roles and permissions for creating streams and baselines in local applications as well as GCMbull For DNG this includes permissions related to change sets owned
by yourself and by others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation36 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GCM considerations
bull GCM application has no project associationsbull You can define it as part of Lifecycle Project but it just makes
adding all the users easier no other effectbull A GC may include more than one contribution from a component
or project area (ldquocomponent skewrdquo)bull Resolves to first configuration found in list of contributions or
hierarchybull Use component skew reports to identify skew and ensure
configurations are ordered as intended ndash especially for large or complex hierarchies
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation37 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Deployment considerations
bull Single GCM application per JTS bull A project area canrsquot contribute to multiple GCM applications bull A project area can contribute to more than one GC component or
project within a single GCM applicationbull GC components are at granularity of project area ndash define
project areas accordinglybull The project area is used in the configuration as a single unit ndash the
entire project area is included in a stream or baseline and as a contribution to a GC You canrsquot subdivide a project area and contribute only part of it
bull For more information including recommended deployment topologies see the Deployment Wiki
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation38 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation39 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Rational Team
Concert
CLM Architecture 5x
Rational Quality Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
OSLC Integration
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation40 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
Rational Team
Concert
Rational Quality
Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
Config Aware OSLC Integration wo backlinks
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
Lifecycle Query
Engine
Global Config Service
Backlink Index
Service
Additions or restructured to support multiple configurations
Fundamental rework of the query
and repository services
Reorganization of the RQM and DNG data into schema that supports configurations
Restructuring of the OSLC cross product linkages
to support configuration
Requires removal of ldquobacklinksrdquo
Rework of the web UIs to allow selection of configuration and maintain config as user
navigates app to app
Add configuration management to RQM and DNG Includes reworking storage layers adding compare and
merge UIs
Modify trackingplanning to work with
versioned CLM resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation41 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Links and Configuration Managementbull In 5x and earlier creating a link from artifact A to artifact B typically
resulted in the creation of a link in the reverse direction ndash a lsquobacklinkrsquobull In 60 configuration management enabled projects to link between
versioned resources the configuration is used to determine the right version of the target artifactbull A single link is stored in the artifact of the application owning the link
(not necessarily the one that created it) A backlink is no longer created and stored ndash RTC owns all links involving RTCndash RQM owns all links between QM and RMDMndash DM owns links between DM and RM
bull A new Link Index Service is used to determine if incoming links to an artifact version exist and thus visiblenavigable from that artifact
bull In 60 projects that configuration management is NOT enabled the linking storagebehavior is the same as that used in 5x ie backlinks are created
- Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capabilit
- Slide 2
- Topics
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Configurations define the correct artifact versions
- Global configurations provide context
- Global configurations reference local configurations
- Slide 10
- Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
- GC ComponentStreamContributions
- Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly custom
- Why adopt configuration management
- Trade-offs to consider (for projects adopting configuration man
- Primary factors
- Reporting considerations
- Reporting considerations
- OSLC Integrations
- Changes related to linking
- Additional considerations
- Enabling Configuration Management
- When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
- Upgrade and Migration
- Adoption path
- Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
- For more information
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for
- Reporting considerations (2)
- RTC considerations
- Managing and delivering change
- More tips for change sets
- Consider security and permissions
- GCM considerations
- Deployment considerations
- Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
- CLM Architecture 5x
- CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
- OSLC Links and Configuration Management
-
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation35 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Consider security and permissions
bull To reference a GC you must be a member of the GC project area (in GCM application)bull Even to set the GC context in your RMQMDM applicationbull Can use lifecycle projects to ease user administration bull Members who need to create Personal Streams must have
permission to do sobull GC Configuration Leads must be members of RMQMCCMDM
project areas in order to access streams and baselinesbull Must have project permissions to create streamsbaselines
bull Assign roles and permissions for creating streams and baselines in local applications as well as GCMbull For DNG this includes permissions related to change sets owned
by yourself and by others
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation36 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GCM considerations
bull GCM application has no project associationsbull You can define it as part of Lifecycle Project but it just makes
adding all the users easier no other effectbull A GC may include more than one contribution from a component
or project area (ldquocomponent skewrdquo)bull Resolves to first configuration found in list of contributions or
hierarchybull Use component skew reports to identify skew and ensure
configurations are ordered as intended ndash especially for large or complex hierarchies
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation37 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Deployment considerations
bull Single GCM application per JTS bull A project area canrsquot contribute to multiple GCM applications bull A project area can contribute to more than one GC component or
project within a single GCM applicationbull GC components are at granularity of project area ndash define
project areas accordinglybull The project area is used in the configuration as a single unit ndash the
entire project area is included in a stream or baseline and as a contribution to a GC You canrsquot subdivide a project area and contribute only part of it
bull For more information including recommended deployment topologies see the Deployment Wiki
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation38 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation39 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Rational Team
Concert
CLM Architecture 5x
Rational Quality Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
OSLC Integration
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation40 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
Rational Team
Concert
Rational Quality
Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
Config Aware OSLC Integration wo backlinks
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
Lifecycle Query
Engine
Global Config Service
Backlink Index
Service
Additions or restructured to support multiple configurations
Fundamental rework of the query
and repository services
Reorganization of the RQM and DNG data into schema that supports configurations
Restructuring of the OSLC cross product linkages
to support configuration
Requires removal of ldquobacklinksrdquo
Rework of the web UIs to allow selection of configuration and maintain config as user
navigates app to app
Add configuration management to RQM and DNG Includes reworking storage layers adding compare and
merge UIs
Modify trackingplanning to work with
versioned CLM resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation41 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Links and Configuration Managementbull In 5x and earlier creating a link from artifact A to artifact B typically
resulted in the creation of a link in the reverse direction ndash a lsquobacklinkrsquobull In 60 configuration management enabled projects to link between
versioned resources the configuration is used to determine the right version of the target artifactbull A single link is stored in the artifact of the application owning the link
(not necessarily the one that created it) A backlink is no longer created and stored ndash RTC owns all links involving RTCndash RQM owns all links between QM and RMDMndash DM owns links between DM and RM
bull A new Link Index Service is used to determine if incoming links to an artifact version exist and thus visiblenavigable from that artifact
bull In 60 projects that configuration management is NOT enabled the linking storagebehavior is the same as that used in 5x ie backlinks are created
- Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capabilit
- Slide 2
- Topics
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Configurations define the correct artifact versions
- Global configurations provide context
- Global configurations reference local configurations
- Slide 10
- Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
- GC ComponentStreamContributions
- Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly custom
- Why adopt configuration management
- Trade-offs to consider (for projects adopting configuration man
- Primary factors
- Reporting considerations
- Reporting considerations
- OSLC Integrations
- Changes related to linking
- Additional considerations
- Enabling Configuration Management
- When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
- Upgrade and Migration
- Adoption path
- Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
- For more information
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for
- Reporting considerations (2)
- RTC considerations
- Managing and delivering change
- More tips for change sets
- Consider security and permissions
- GCM considerations
- Deployment considerations
- Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
- CLM Architecture 5x
- CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
- OSLC Links and Configuration Management
-
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation36 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
GCM considerations
bull GCM application has no project associationsbull You can define it as part of Lifecycle Project but it just makes
adding all the users easier no other effectbull A GC may include more than one contribution from a component
or project area (ldquocomponent skewrdquo)bull Resolves to first configuration found in list of contributions or
hierarchybull Use component skew reports to identify skew and ensure
configurations are ordered as intended ndash especially for large or complex hierarchies
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation37 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Deployment considerations
bull Single GCM application per JTS bull A project area canrsquot contribute to multiple GCM applications bull A project area can contribute to more than one GC component or
project within a single GCM applicationbull GC components are at granularity of project area ndash define
project areas accordinglybull The project area is used in the configuration as a single unit ndash the
entire project area is included in a stream or baseline and as a contribution to a GC You canrsquot subdivide a project area and contribute only part of it
bull For more information including recommended deployment topologies see the Deployment Wiki
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation38 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation39 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Rational Team
Concert
CLM Architecture 5x
Rational Quality Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
OSLC Integration
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation40 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
Rational Team
Concert
Rational Quality
Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
Config Aware OSLC Integration wo backlinks
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
Lifecycle Query
Engine
Global Config Service
Backlink Index
Service
Additions or restructured to support multiple configurations
Fundamental rework of the query
and repository services
Reorganization of the RQM and DNG data into schema that supports configurations
Restructuring of the OSLC cross product linkages
to support configuration
Requires removal of ldquobacklinksrdquo
Rework of the web UIs to allow selection of configuration and maintain config as user
navigates app to app
Add configuration management to RQM and DNG Includes reworking storage layers adding compare and
merge UIs
Modify trackingplanning to work with
versioned CLM resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation41 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Links and Configuration Managementbull In 5x and earlier creating a link from artifact A to artifact B typically
resulted in the creation of a link in the reverse direction ndash a lsquobacklinkrsquobull In 60 configuration management enabled projects to link between
versioned resources the configuration is used to determine the right version of the target artifactbull A single link is stored in the artifact of the application owning the link
(not necessarily the one that created it) A backlink is no longer created and stored ndash RTC owns all links involving RTCndash RQM owns all links between QM and RMDMndash DM owns links between DM and RM
bull A new Link Index Service is used to determine if incoming links to an artifact version exist and thus visiblenavigable from that artifact
bull In 60 projects that configuration management is NOT enabled the linking storagebehavior is the same as that used in 5x ie backlinks are created
- Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capabilit
- Slide 2
- Topics
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Configurations define the correct artifact versions
- Global configurations provide context
- Global configurations reference local configurations
- Slide 10
- Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
- GC ComponentStreamContributions
- Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly custom
- Why adopt configuration management
- Trade-offs to consider (for projects adopting configuration man
- Primary factors
- Reporting considerations
- Reporting considerations
- OSLC Integrations
- Changes related to linking
- Additional considerations
- Enabling Configuration Management
- When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
- Upgrade and Migration
- Adoption path
- Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
- For more information
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for
- Reporting considerations (2)
- RTC considerations
- Managing and delivering change
- More tips for change sets
- Consider security and permissions
- GCM considerations
- Deployment considerations
- Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
- CLM Architecture 5x
- CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
- OSLC Links and Configuration Management
-
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation37 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Deployment considerations
bull Single GCM application per JTS bull A project area canrsquot contribute to multiple GCM applications bull A project area can contribute to more than one GC component or
project within a single GCM applicationbull GC components are at granularity of project area ndash define
project areas accordinglybull The project area is used in the configuration as a single unit ndash the
entire project area is included in a stream or baseline and as a contribution to a GC You canrsquot subdivide a project area and contribute only part of it
bull For more information including recommended deployment topologies see the Deployment Wiki
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation38 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation39 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Rational Team
Concert
CLM Architecture 5x
Rational Quality Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
OSLC Integration
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation40 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
Rational Team
Concert
Rational Quality
Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
Config Aware OSLC Integration wo backlinks
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
Lifecycle Query
Engine
Global Config Service
Backlink Index
Service
Additions or restructured to support multiple configurations
Fundamental rework of the query
and repository services
Reorganization of the RQM and DNG data into schema that supports configurations
Restructuring of the OSLC cross product linkages
to support configuration
Requires removal of ldquobacklinksrdquo
Rework of the web UIs to allow selection of configuration and maintain config as user
navigates app to app
Add configuration management to RQM and DNG Includes reworking storage layers adding compare and
merge UIs
Modify trackingplanning to work with
versioned CLM resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation41 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Links and Configuration Managementbull In 5x and earlier creating a link from artifact A to artifact B typically
resulted in the creation of a link in the reverse direction ndash a lsquobacklinkrsquobull In 60 configuration management enabled projects to link between
versioned resources the configuration is used to determine the right version of the target artifactbull A single link is stored in the artifact of the application owning the link
(not necessarily the one that created it) A backlink is no longer created and stored ndash RTC owns all links involving RTCndash RQM owns all links between QM and RMDMndash DM owns links between DM and RM
bull A new Link Index Service is used to determine if incoming links to an artifact version exist and thus visiblenavigable from that artifact
bull In 60 projects that configuration management is NOT enabled the linking storagebehavior is the same as that used in 5x ie backlinks are created
- Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capabilit
- Slide 2
- Topics
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Configurations define the correct artifact versions
- Global configurations provide context
- Global configurations reference local configurations
- Slide 10
- Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
- GC ComponentStreamContributions
- Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly custom
- Why adopt configuration management
- Trade-offs to consider (for projects adopting configuration man
- Primary factors
- Reporting considerations
- Reporting considerations
- OSLC Integrations
- Changes related to linking
- Additional considerations
- Enabling Configuration Management
- When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
- Upgrade and Migration
- Adoption path
- Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
- For more information
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for
- Reporting considerations (2)
- RTC considerations
- Managing and delivering change
- More tips for change sets
- Consider security and permissions
- GCM considerations
- Deployment considerations
- Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
- CLM Architecture 5x
- CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
- OSLC Links and Configuration Management
-
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation38 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation39 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Rational Team
Concert
CLM Architecture 5x
Rational Quality Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
OSLC Integration
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation40 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
Rational Team
Concert
Rational Quality
Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
Config Aware OSLC Integration wo backlinks
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
Lifecycle Query
Engine
Global Config Service
Backlink Index
Service
Additions or restructured to support multiple configurations
Fundamental rework of the query
and repository services
Reorganization of the RQM and DNG data into schema that supports configurations
Restructuring of the OSLC cross product linkages
to support configuration
Requires removal of ldquobacklinksrdquo
Rework of the web UIs to allow selection of configuration and maintain config as user
navigates app to app
Add configuration management to RQM and DNG Includes reworking storage layers adding compare and
merge UIs
Modify trackingplanning to work with
versioned CLM resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation41 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Links and Configuration Managementbull In 5x and earlier creating a link from artifact A to artifact B typically
resulted in the creation of a link in the reverse direction ndash a lsquobacklinkrsquobull In 60 configuration management enabled projects to link between
versioned resources the configuration is used to determine the right version of the target artifactbull A single link is stored in the artifact of the application owning the link
(not necessarily the one that created it) A backlink is no longer created and stored ndash RTC owns all links involving RTCndash RQM owns all links between QM and RMDMndash DM owns links between DM and RM
bull A new Link Index Service is used to determine if incoming links to an artifact version exist and thus visiblenavigable from that artifact
bull In 60 projects that configuration management is NOT enabled the linking storagebehavior is the same as that used in 5x ie backlinks are created
- Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capabilit
- Slide 2
- Topics
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Configurations define the correct artifact versions
- Global configurations provide context
- Global configurations reference local configurations
- Slide 10
- Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
- GC ComponentStreamContributions
- Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly custom
- Why adopt configuration management
- Trade-offs to consider (for projects adopting configuration man
- Primary factors
- Reporting considerations
- Reporting considerations
- OSLC Integrations
- Changes related to linking
- Additional considerations
- Enabling Configuration Management
- When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
- Upgrade and Migration
- Adoption path
- Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
- For more information
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for
- Reporting considerations (2)
- RTC considerations
- Managing and delivering change
- More tips for change sets
- Consider security and permissions
- GCM considerations
- Deployment considerations
- Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
- CLM Architecture 5x
- CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
- OSLC Links and Configuration Management
-
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation39 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
Rational Team
Concert
CLM Architecture 5x
Rational Quality Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
OSLC Integration
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation40 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
Rational Team
Concert
Rational Quality
Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
Config Aware OSLC Integration wo backlinks
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
Lifecycle Query
Engine
Global Config Service
Backlink Index
Service
Additions or restructured to support multiple configurations
Fundamental rework of the query
and repository services
Reorganization of the RQM and DNG data into schema that supports configurations
Restructuring of the OSLC cross product linkages
to support configuration
Requires removal of ldquobacklinksrdquo
Rework of the web UIs to allow selection of configuration and maintain config as user
navigates app to app
Add configuration management to RQM and DNG Includes reworking storage layers adding compare and
merge UIs
Modify trackingplanning to work with
versioned CLM resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation41 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Links and Configuration Managementbull In 5x and earlier creating a link from artifact A to artifact B typically
resulted in the creation of a link in the reverse direction ndash a lsquobacklinkrsquobull In 60 configuration management enabled projects to link between
versioned resources the configuration is used to determine the right version of the target artifactbull A single link is stored in the artifact of the application owning the link
(not necessarily the one that created it) A backlink is no longer created and stored ndash RTC owns all links involving RTCndash RQM owns all links between QM and RMDMndash DM owns links between DM and RM
bull A new Link Index Service is used to determine if incoming links to an artifact version exist and thus visiblenavigable from that artifact
bull In 60 projects that configuration management is NOT enabled the linking storagebehavior is the same as that used in 5x ie backlinks are created
- Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capabilit
- Slide 2
- Topics
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Configurations define the correct artifact versions
- Global configurations provide context
- Global configurations reference local configurations
- Slide 10
- Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
- GC ComponentStreamContributions
- Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly custom
- Why adopt configuration management
- Trade-offs to consider (for projects adopting configuration man
- Primary factors
- Reporting considerations
- Reporting considerations
- OSLC Integrations
- Changes related to linking
- Additional considerations
- Enabling Configuration Management
- When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
- Upgrade and Migration
- Adoption path
- Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
- For more information
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for
- Reporting considerations (2)
- RTC considerations
- Managing and delivering change
- More tips for change sets
- Consider security and permissions
- GCM considerations
- Deployment considerations
- Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
- CLM Architecture 5x
- CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
- OSLC Links and Configuration Management
-
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation40 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
Rational Team
Concert
Rational Quality
Manager
DOORs Next Generation(
RRC)
Rational Design
Manager
CLM Web Client
RTC VS EclipseClient
Rhapsody DM
Client
Relational DB Server
JAFDB
RTCDB
RQMDB
DNGDB
RDMDB
Application Server
Jazz Foundation
Config Aware OSLC Integration wo backlinks
Reporting
bull User Project Adminbull Authorizationbull Repository Servicesbull Process
Lifecycle Query
Engine
Global Config Service
Backlink Index
Service
Additions or restructured to support multiple configurations
Fundamental rework of the query
and repository services
Reorganization of the RQM and DNG data into schema that supports configurations
Restructuring of the OSLC cross product linkages
to support configuration
Requires removal of ldquobacklinksrdquo
Rework of the web UIs to allow selection of configuration and maintain config as user
navigates app to app
Add configuration management to RQM and DNG Includes reworking storage layers adding compare and
merge UIs
Modify trackingplanning to work with
versioned CLM resources
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation41 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Links and Configuration Managementbull In 5x and earlier creating a link from artifact A to artifact B typically
resulted in the creation of a link in the reverse direction ndash a lsquobacklinkrsquobull In 60 configuration management enabled projects to link between
versioned resources the configuration is used to determine the right version of the target artifactbull A single link is stored in the artifact of the application owning the link
(not necessarily the one that created it) A backlink is no longer created and stored ndash RTC owns all links involving RTCndash RQM owns all links between QM and RMDMndash DM owns links between DM and RM
bull A new Link Index Service is used to determine if incoming links to an artifact version exist and thus visiblenavigable from that artifact
bull In 60 projects that configuration management is NOT enabled the linking storagebehavior is the same as that used in 5x ie backlinks are created
- Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capabilit
- Slide 2
- Topics
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Configurations define the correct artifact versions
- Global configurations provide context
- Global configurations reference local configurations
- Slide 10
- Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
- GC ComponentStreamContributions
- Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly custom
- Why adopt configuration management
- Trade-offs to consider (for projects adopting configuration man
- Primary factors
- Reporting considerations
- Reporting considerations
- OSLC Integrations
- Changes related to linking
- Additional considerations
- Enabling Configuration Management
- When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
- Upgrade and Migration
- Adoption path
- Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
- For more information
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for
- Reporting considerations (2)
- RTC considerations
- Managing and delivering change
- More tips for change sets
- Consider security and permissions
- GCM considerations
- Deployment considerations
- Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
- CLM Architecture 5x
- CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
- OSLC Links and Configuration Management
-
copy 2015 2016 IBM Corporation41 May 2 2023 Adopting the IBM CE Solution Configuration Management Capability
OSLC Links and Configuration Managementbull In 5x and earlier creating a link from artifact A to artifact B typically
resulted in the creation of a link in the reverse direction ndash a lsquobacklinkrsquobull In 60 configuration management enabled projects to link between
versioned resources the configuration is used to determine the right version of the target artifactbull A single link is stored in the artifact of the application owning the link
(not necessarily the one that created it) A backlink is no longer created and stored ndash RTC owns all links involving RTCndash RQM owns all links between QM and RMDMndash DM owns links between DM and RM
bull A new Link Index Service is used to determine if incoming links to an artifact version exist and thus visiblenavigable from that artifact
bull In 60 projects that configuration management is NOT enabled the linking storagebehavior is the same as that used in 5x ie backlinks are created
- Adopting the IBM CE solution Configuration Management Capabilit
- Slide 2
- Topics
- Slide 4
- Slide 5
- Slide 6
- Configurations define the correct artifact versions
- Global configurations provide context
- Global configurations reference local configurations
- Slide 10
- Global Configurations ndash building reusable components
- GC ComponentStreamContributions
- Putting it all together Speeding up delivery of highly custom
- Why adopt configuration management
- Trade-offs to consider (for projects adopting configuration man
- Primary factors
- Reporting considerations
- Reporting considerations
- OSLC Integrations
- Changes related to linking
- Additional considerations
- Enabling Configuration Management
- When you click ldquoenablerdquo for DNGRQM projectshellip
- Upgrade and Migration
- Adoption path
- Global Configuration Management Adoption Service Offering
- For more information
- Slide 28
- Slide 29
- Appendix A Additional considerations and behavior changes for
- Reporting considerations (2)
- RTC considerations
- Managing and delivering change
- More tips for change sets
- Consider security and permissions
- GCM considerations
- Deployment considerations
- Appendix C Architectural changes from 5x to 6x (reference)
- CLM Architecture 5x
- CLM Architecture 6x (w PLE)
- OSLC Links and Configuration Management
-